You are on page 1of 1024

Cambridge International Examinations

Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education


* 7 8 6 0 1 8 7 7 5 1 *

MATHEMATICS 0580/31
Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2016
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For r, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 15 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (NH/SG) 112803/2
© UCLES 2016 [Turn over
2

1 Joel spins a fair five-sided spinner numbered 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6.

(a) Write down the probability that the spinner lands on

(i) an odd number,

.................................................. [1]

(ii) a prime number,

.................................................. [1]

(iii) the number 7.

.................................................. [1]

(b) Here are the results of his first 20 spins.

Number 2 3 4 5 6
Frequency 3 2 6 4 5

(i) Write down the mode.

.................................................. [1]

(ii) Calculate the mean.

.................................................. [3]

(iii) Joel wants to draw a pie chart to show the results in the table.

(a) Show that the sector angle for the number 2 is 54°.

[1]

(b) Find the sector angle for the number 6.

.................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2016 0580/31/M/J/16
3

(c) Joel asks 30 students to guess the number that the spinner will next land on.
The results are shown in this pie chart.

(i) The sector angle for the number 6 is 168°.

How many students guessed the number 6?

.................................................. [2]

(ii) Find the percentage of the students who guessed a number less than 5.

...............................................% [3]

(iii) Joel spins the spinner.


10% of the 30 students guessed correctly.

Which number did the spinner land on?

.................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2016 0580/31/M/J/16 [Turn over
4

2 (a) 3 6 19 20 24 27 30 32 35 36 48 49 51

From this list of numbers write down

(i) a factor of 15,

.................................................. [1]

(ii) a multiple of 18,

.................................................. [1]

(iii) an odd square number,

.................................................. [1]

(iv) a cube number.

.................................................. [1]

(b) Write as a percentage.

(i) 0.43

...............................................% [1]
1
(ii)
2
...............................................% [1]

28
(c) Write in its lowest terms.
42

.................................................. [1]

(d) (i) Write 45 as a product of its prime factors.

.................................................. [2]

(ii) Find the highest common factor (HCF) of 45 and 105.

.................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2016 0580/31/M/J/16
5

3 Paul and Mary go on a 14 night cruise in the Mediterranean.

(a) The price of the cruise is $237 per person per night.
A tax of 6% is added to this price.

Find the total amount Paul and Mary pay for this cruise.

$ .................................................. [3]

(b) At a port Mary buys 2 bottles of sun cream.


Each bottle costs $7.89 .

Work out the change she receives from $20.

$ .................................................. [2]

(c) Paul and Mary leave the ship at 09 23 to tour Pisa.


3
The tour lasts for 6 hours.
4
Find the time when the tour finishes.

.................................................. [2]

(d) The ship leaves at 18 40 to sail to the next port.


It sails 270 km at an average speed of 32.4 km/h.

Find the time when the ship arrives.

.................................................. [3]

(e) There are 1800 passengers on the ship.


They are in the ratio males : females = 5 : 4.

Work out the number of male passengers.

.................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2016 0580/31/M/J/16 [Turn over
6

4 (a) The table shows the temperature at noon each day for one week in a city.

Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday


5 °C 2 °C −3 °C −1°C 0 °C 1°C −2 °C

(i) Which day had the lowest noon temperature?

.................................................. [1]

(ii) Find the difference between the noon temperatures on Tuesday and Wednesday.

..............................................°C [1]

(iii) Write these seven temperatures in order, starting with the lowest.

..............., ..............., ..............., ..............., ..............., ..............., ............... [1]


lowest

(iv) On Sunday the noon temperature was −2 °C.


The next day the noon temperature fell by 4 °C.

Find the noon temperature on the next day.

..............................................°C [1]

(b) The number of houses in the city is 1 935 364.

Write this number correct to the nearest million.

.................................................. [1]

(c) The height, h metres, of a tower in the city is 120 m, correct to the nearest 10 m.

Complete this statement about the value of h.

.................... G h < .................... [2]


© UCLES 2016 0580/31/M/J/16
7

(d) The diagram shows the cross section of a circular tunnel in the city.

NOT TO
SCALE
8m

1m

Calculate the shaded area.

............................................. m2 [4]

© UCLES 2016 0580/31/M/J/16 [Turn over


8

5 (a) The scale drawing shows port A and port B.


The scale is 1 centimetre represents 15 kilometres.

North

North

Scale: 1 cm to 15 km

A ship sails from port A to port B.

(i) Measure the bearing of port B from port A.

.................................................. [1]

(ii) Find the actual distance from port A to port B.

............................................. km [2]

(iii) The ship then sails from port B to port C.


Port C is 90 km from port B on a bearing of 146°.

On the scale drawing mark the position of port C. [2]

© UCLES 2016 0580/31/M/J/16


9

(b) Another ship sails from port P to port Q.


It then sails from port Q to port R before returning to port P.

North

Q North NOT TO
SCALE
84°

North
67° R

43°

(i) Find angle RPQ.

Angle RPQ = ................................................. [1]

(ii) Find the bearing of port P from port R.

.................................................. [2]

(c)
North T

NOT TO
356 km SCALE

S
267 km

Port T is 267 km east and 356 km north of port S.

Calculate the distance ST.

ST = ............................................ km [2]
© UCLES 2016 0580/31/M/J/16 [Turn over
10

6 (a) Solve these equations.

(i) x + 7 = 15

x = ................................................. [1]

(ii) 5(3x + 8) = 10

x = ................................................. [3]

(b) A club is arranging transport for its members.

Speedy Coaches charge $625 plus $15 per member.

The total cost, in dollars, for x members is given by the expression 15x + 625.

(i) Sporty Coaches charge $117 plus $19 per member.

Write an expression for the total cost, in dollars, for x members.

.................................................. [2]

(ii) The total cost is the same for both Speedy Coaches and Sporty Coaches.

Write down an equation and solve it to find x.

x = ................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2016 0580/31/M/J/16
11

7
y

8
7
6
5
B A
4
3
2
1
x
–8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
–1
–2
–3
C
–4
–5
–6
–7
–8
-2
(a) On the grid, draw the image of shape A after a translation by the vector e o . [2]
-6

(b) (i) On the grid, draw the image of shape A after an enlargement, scale factor 2, centre (4, 4). [2]

(ii) Write down the scale factor of the enlargement that maps the image in part (b)(i)
back onto shape A.

.................................................. [1]

(c) Describe fully the single transformation that maps shape A onto shape B.

.............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................. [2]

(d) Describe fully the single transformation that maps shape A onto shape C.

.............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................. [3]

© UCLES 2016 0580/31/M/J/16 [Turn over


12

8 Jared is building a house.

(a)
11.8 m

NOT TO
7.5 m SCALE

2.8 m

3.2 m 3.2 m

The diagram shows the plan of the floor of the house.

(i) Find the area of the floor.

............................................. m2 [3]

(ii) For every square metre of floor area, it costs $2175 to build the house.

Calculate the cost of building the house.


Give your answer correct to 3 significant figures.

$ .................................................. [2]

(b)
NOT TO
SCALE
1.8 m

1.75 m

The diagram shows a section of the roof.

Using trigonometry, calculate the value of x.

x = ................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2016 0580/31/M/J/16
13

(c) Jared invests $50 000 for three years at a rate of 2% per year compound interest.

Calculate the total amount Jared receives at the end of the three years.

$ .................................................. [3]

(d) Jared also built an apartment for $180 000.


He sells it for $198 000.

Calculate the percentage profit that he makes.

...............................................% [3]

© UCLES 2016 0580/31/M/J/16 [Turn over


14

9 (a) Complete the table of values for y = 8 + 7x − x2.

x 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
y 8 18 18 8
[3]

(b) On the grid, draw the graph of y = 8 + 7x − x2 for 0 G x G 8.


y

22

20

18

16

14

12

10

x
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
[4]

© UCLES 2016 0580/31/M/J/16


15

(c) Write down the co-ordinates of the highest point of the curve.

(................ , ................) [1]

(d) (i) On the grid, draw the line y = 16. [1]

(ii) Use your line to solve the equation 8 + 7x − x2 = 16.

x = ........................ or x = ........................ [2]

© UCLES 2016 0580/31/M/J/16


16

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2016 0580/31/M/J/16


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
* 6 1 4 8 8 4 4 1 3 5 *

MATHEMATICS 0580/32
Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2016
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For r, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 18 printed pages and 2 blank pages.

DC (NF/FD) 112802/2
© UCLES 2016 [Turn over
2

1 (a) A group of 20 children were asked to choose their favourite type of fruit juice.
The results are listed below.

Orange Apple Apple Pineapple Mango


Tropical Orange Mango Apple Mango
Pineapple Apple Apple Mango Orange
Apple Mango Pineapple Orange Apple

(i) Complete the frequency table for the results.


You may use the tally column to help you.

Type of juice Tally Frequency

Orange

Apple

Pineapple

Mango

Tropical

[2]

(ii) Draw a bar chart to show these results.


Remember to mark the scale on the frequency axis.

Frequency

Orange Apple Pineapple Mango Tropical


[3]

(iii) Sarah has a pack of 20 cartons of juice.


5 are orange, 5 are apple, 5 are pineapple and 5 are mango.
She would like to give each child their favourite type of juice.

How many children will not get their favourite type of juice?

.................................................. [1]

© UCLES 2016 0580/32/M/J/16


3

(b) One litre of a mixed fruit drink contains 550 millilitres of apple juice.

Write down the fraction of the drink that is apple juice.


Give your answer in its simplest form.

.................................................. [2]

(c) Amir wants to buy a bottle of fruit juice.


There are three sizes of bottle.

0.9 litres 1.25 litres 1.35 litres


$2.40 $3.15 $3.50

Work out which size of bottle gives the best value.


Show how you decide.

.................................................. [3]

(d) The amount of juice in a glass, j millilitres, is 150 millilitres correct to the nearest 10 millilitres.

Complete this statement about the value of j.

........................ G j 1 ........................ [2]

© UCLES 2016 0580/32/M/J/16 [Turn over


4

2 (a) Here are five number cards.

1 2 6 7 8

Place two cards side-by-side to show

(i) a two-digit multiple of 7,

[1]

(ii) a two-digit square number,

[1]

(iii) a two-digit cube number,

[1]

(iv) a two-digit prime number.

[1]

(b) 2 5.85 4.12 r

Write down all the numbers in this list that are irrational.

.................................................. [1]

(c) Put one pair of brackets into this calculation to make it correct.

7 × 5 – 2 + 3 = 42 [1]

© UCLES 2016 0580/32/M/J/16


5

(d) Work out.

(i) 3
0.729

.................................................. [1]

(ii) 54

.................................................. [1]

(iii) 4−2

.................................................. [1]

(e) (i) Write 60 as a product of its prime factors.

.................................................. [2]

(ii) Find the lowest common multiple (LCM) of 36 and 60.

.................................................. [2]

© UCLES 2016 0580/32/M/J/16 [Turn over


6

3 (a) Here is part of a bus timetable.

Town Hall 10 15 10 35 10 55 11 15
City Gate 10 32 10 52 11 12 11 32
Beacon Hill 10 58 11 18 11 38 11 58
Kingswood Park 11 10 11 30 11 50 12 10

(i) Yana leaves home at 10 50.


She takes 14 minutes to walk to the bus stop at City Gate.

At what time does she reach the bus stop?

.................................................. [1]

(ii) She gets on the next bus to Kingswood Park.

At what time does this bus arrive at Kingswood Park?

.................................................. [1]

(iii) Work out how many minutes the bus takes to get from City Gate to Kingswood Park.

........................................... min [1]

(b) Ivan walks 1.5 km from his home to Kingswood Park.


He takes 20 minutes.

Work out Ivan’s average speed in kilometres per hour.

......................................... km/h [1]

© UCLES 2016 0580/32/M/J/16


7

(c) The scale drawing shows a map of Kingswood Park.


There are two straight paths and one circular path.
The scale is 1 centimetre represents 200 metres.

North

North Gate

East Gate

West Gate

Scale: 1 cm to 200 m

South Gate

(i) Yana walks along the straight path from East Gate to West Gate.

Work out the distance she walks.


Give your answer in kilometres.

............................................ km [2]

(ii) Measure the bearing of South Gate from North Gate.

.................................................. [1]

(iii) The entrance to a children’s play area, P, is 500 metres from North Gate on a bearing of 195°.
Mark the position of P on the map. [2]

(iv) Ivan runs around the circular path once.

Calculate the distance Ivan runs.

.............................................. m [4]

© UCLES 2016 0580/32/M/J/16 [Turn over


8

4 (a) A cuboid has length 4 cm, width 3 cm and height 1.5 cm.

(i) Calculate the volume of the cuboid.

.......................................... cm3 [2]

(ii) On the grid, draw an accurate net of the cuboid.


One face has been drawn for you.

[3]

© UCLES 2016 0580/32/M/J/16


9

(b)
5x + 4
NOT TO
x+1 SCALE
3x

2x

In the diagram, all lengths are in centimetres.

(i) Find an expression, in terms of x, for the perimeter of the shape.


Give your answer in its simplest form.

.................................................. [2]

(ii) The perimeter of the shape is 72 cm.

Work out the value of x.

x = .................................................. [2]

(iii) Calculate the total area of the shape.

.......................................... cm2 [3]

© UCLES 2016 0580/32/M/J/16 [Turn over


10

5 (a) The table shows the age and the total distance travelled for 10 cars.

Car A B C D E F G H I J
Age (years) 5 9 12 3 7 4 10 11 5 9
Total distance (thousand km) 86 126 156 48 148 60 70 150 105 138

(i) Find the mean age of the cars.

........................................ years [2]

(ii) Complete the scatter diagram.


The first six points have been plotted for you.

160

140

120

100

Total distance
(thousand km) 80

60

40

20

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Age (years)
[2]
© UCLES 2016 0580/32/M/J/16
11

(iii) What type of correlation does the scatter diagram show?

.................................................. [1]

(iv) Draw the line of best fit on the scatter diagram. [1]

(v) Use your line of best fit to estimate the total distance travelled by a car that is 6 years old.

............................ thousand km [1]

(vi) Car G travelled less than the average number of kilometres per year.

Explain how you know this from your scatter diagram.

..................................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) Juan is a car salesman.

(i) Last year, Juan sold 75 small cars, 45 medium cars and 30 large cars.

Find the ratio small cars : medium cars : large cars in its simplest form.

................ : ................ : ................ [2]

(ii) Ana wants to buy a car with a price of $2550.


Juan reduces the price by 12%.

Calculate the amount Ana pays for this car.

$ .................................................. [2]

(iii) Juan advertises a car for sale.

Plan A Cash price $4500

OR

Plan B 15% of the cash price


plus 36 monthly payments of $120

Work out how much more it costs to buy the car using Plan B than using Plan A.

$ .................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2016 0580/32/M/J/16 [Turn over
12

6
y

x
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2

–2

–4

–6

–8

–10

(a) On the grid,

(i) draw the line y = 3, [1]


(ii) draw the line that is perpendicular to the line y = 3 that passes through the point (1, −4). [2]

© UCLES 2016 0580/32/M/J/16


13

(b) Complete the table of values for y = 2 − 3x − x2.

x −5 −4 −3 −2 −1 0 1 2

y −2 2 2 −2

[2]

(c) On the grid, draw the graph of y = 2 − 3x − x2 for - 5 G x G 2 . [4]

(d) Write down the co-ordinates of the highest point of the graph of y = 2 − 3x − x2.

( ..................... , ...................... ) [1]

(e) Use your graphs to solve the equation 2 − 3x − x2 = 3.

x = .................... or x = ................... [2]

© UCLES 2016 0580/32/M/J/16 [Turn over


14

7 (a)

25°

98° NOT TO
SCALE


The diagram shows three straight lines crossing at a point.

(i) Find the value of x.

x = .................................................. [1]

(ii) Work out the value of y.

y = .................................................. [1]

(b)
C

A
49°
NOT TO
SCALE

41°

A, B and C are points on the circumference of a circle.

Explain why AB must be a diameter of the circle.

.............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................. [2]

© UCLES 2016 0580/32/M/J/16


15

(c)
Q

17.8 cm
NOT TO
SCALE

35°
P R

PQR is a right-angled triangle.

Use trigonometry to calculate PR.

PR = ............................................ cm [2]

(d)
K

NOT TO
28.9 cm SCALE

L M
21.5 cm

KLM is a right-angled triangle.

Calculate KL.

KL = ............................................ cm [3]

© UCLES 2016 0580/32/M/J/16 [Turn over


16

8 (a)
y

5
C
4

2
A
1
x
–7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
–1

–2

–3
B
–4

–5

–6

–7

–8

(i) On the grid, draw the image of triangle A after a reflection in the line y = −2. [2]
(ii) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle A onto triangle B.

.....................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [2]

(iii) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle A onto triangle C.

.....................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [3]

© UCLES 2016 0580/32/M/J/16


17

1
(b) On the grid, draw the image of shape S after an enlargement with scale factor , centre C.
3

[2]

© UCLES 2016 0580/32/M/J/16 [Turn over


18

9 (a) p = 4r − 3t

(i) Calculate the value of p when r = 5 and t = −6.

p = .................................................. [2]

(ii) Make r the subject of the formula p = 4r − 3t.

r = .................................................. [2]

(b) Expand the brackets and simplify.


4(3x − 2) − 3(x − 5)

.................................................. [2]

(c) Factorise completely.


12ab − 20a2

.................................................. [2]

© UCLES 2016 0580/32/M/J/16


19

BLANK PAGE

© UCLES 2016 0580/32/M/J/16


20

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2016 0580/32/M/J/16


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
* 1 8 9 4 9 5 6 0 1 1 *

MATHEMATICS 0580/33
Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2016
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For r, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 16 printed pages.

DC (NF/FD) 113062/2
© UCLES 2016 [Turn over
2

1 A wildlife park covers an area of 18 hectares.

(a) The 18 hectares is divided between enclosures, paths and buildings in the ratio

enclosures : paths : buildings = 11 : 14 : 5.

(i) Show that the area for enclosures is 6.6 hectares.

[1]

(ii) Calculate the area for paths and the area for buildings.

Paths .................................. hectares

Buildings .................................. hectares [2]


7
(b) Of the 6.6 hectares for enclosures, is for mammals and 30% is for reptiles.
11
Calculate the area for mammals and the area for reptiles.

Mammals .................................. hectares

Reptiles .................................. hectares [2]

© UCLES 2016 0580/33/M/J/16


3

(c) The table shows the opening times of the wildlife park.

Days Opening times


Monday to Friday 09 30 to 17 15
Saturday and Sunday 10 00 to 18 30

(i) Work out how long, in hours and minutes, the wildlife park is open on a Wednesday.

................... h ................... min [1]

(ii) Calculate the total time, in hours and minutes, that the wildlife park is open in one week.

................... h ................... min [2]

(d) This table shows the ticket prices for the wildlife park.

Adult $11.00
Senior (age 65 and over) $9.25
Child (age 4 to 16) $7.50
Child (age 3 and under) Free

Mr Lu visits the wildlife park with his wife, their children (aged 6 and 2)
and his parents (both aged 67).

(i) Work out the total cost of the tickets for this visit.

$ .................................................. [2]

(ii) Mr Lu has a voucher for the wildlife park that reduces the total cost of the tickets to $42.

Calculate the percentage saving.

..............................................% [3]

© UCLES 2016 0580/33/M/J/16 [Turn over


4

2 (a)

NOT TO
SCALE

36°

The diagram shows 2 sides of a regular polygon with exterior angle 36°.

For this regular polygon, work out

(i) the number of sides,

.................................................. [2]

(ii) the interior angle,

.................................................. [1]

(iii) the sum of the interior angles.

.................................................. [1]

© UCLES 2016 0580/33/M/J/16


5

(b) The diagram shows two shapes, A and B, on a 1 cm2 grid.

5
A
4

x
–8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
–1

–2

–3
B
–4

–5

–6

(i) Find the area of shape A.

.......................................... cm2 [1]

(ii) Describe fully the single transformation that maps shape A onto shape B.

.....................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [2]

(iii) On the grid,

(a) draw the reflection of shape A in the line x = 2, [2]

(b) draw the enlargement of shape A with scale factor 2 and centre (1, 5). [2]
© UCLES 2016 0580/33/M/J/16 [Turn over
6

3 The diagram shows a cylindrical flower vase


with radius, r, and height, h.

The volume, V, of the vase is V = rr 2 h . NOT TO


h SCALE
The surface area, A, of the vase is A = 2rrh + rr 2 .

(a) The vase has radius 4 cm and height 15 cm. r

(i) Calculate the volume of the vase.


Write down the units of your answer.

................................... ............. [3]

(ii) Calculate the surface area of the vase.

.......................................... cm2 [2]

(b) Make h the subject of the formula A = 2rrh + rr 2 .

h = .................................................. [2]

(c) Factorise completely.


2rrh + rr 2

.................................................. [2]

(d) Another cylindrical flower vase has radius 6 cm and height 22.5 cm.

(i) For this vase and the vase in part (a) the ratio of the radii is 4 : 6
and the ratio of the heights is 15 : 22.5 .

Write these ratios in their simplest form.

4 : 6 = ........................ : .......................

15 : 22.5 = ........................ : ....................... [2]

(ii) Write down a mathematical word to complete the statement.

The ratios show that the two vases are ................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2016 0580/33/M/J/16
7

4 A garage sells second-hand cars.


The table shows the number of cars sold and the year they were made.

Year 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015


Frequency 14 13 4 8 0 11

(a) Complete the bar chart to show this information.

16

14

12

10

Frequency 8

0
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015
Year
[2]

(b) For these cars, write down the modal year.

.................................................. [1]

(c) The garage sold 6 cars last week.


The selling prices, in dollars, are listed below.

920 1070 3100 2240 2650 1840

(i) Work out the range.

$ .................................................. [1]

(ii) Work out the median.

$ .................................................. [2]

(iii) Calculate the mean.

$ .................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2016 0580/33/M/J/16 [Turn over
8

16
5 (a) (i) Complete the table of values for y= , x ! 0.
x

x −16 −8 −4 −2 −1 1 2 4 8 16

y −1 −2 −8 16 4 2

[2]
16
(ii) On the grid, draw the graph of y= for - 16 G x G - 1 and 1 G x G 16 .
x
y
16

14

12

10

x
–16 –14 –12 –10 –8 –6 –4 –2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
–2

–4

–6

–8

–10

–12

–14

–16
[4]

© UCLES 2016 0580/33/M/J/16


9

(b) Write down the order of rotational symmetry of your graph.

.................................................. [1]

(c) One line of symmetry crosses the graph twice.

(i) Draw this line of symmetry on the grid. [1]


(ii) Write down the equation of this line of symmetry.

.................................................. [1]
16
(d) By drawing a suitable line on the grid, solve the equation = 7.
x

x = .................................................. [2]

© UCLES 2016 0580/33/M/J/16 [Turn over


10

6 (a) For the integers from 40 to 70, write down

(i) a multiple of 19,

.................................................. [1]

(ii) a common multiple of 6 and 8,

.................................................. [1]

(iii) the square root of 2500,

.................................................. [1]

(iv) a factor of 106,

.................................................. [1]

(v) an odd number where the tens digit is double the units digit,

.................................................. [1]

(vi) a number that is both a square number and a cube number,

.................................................. [1]

(vii) a number that has exactly 3 factors,

.................................................. [1]

(viii) three prime numbers.

................ , ................ , ................ [2]

© UCLES 2016 0580/33/M/J/16


11

(b) Write 234 as a product of its prime factors.

.................................................. [2]

(c) Write the answer to 34 × 37

(i) in the form 3x,

.................................................. [1]

(ii) as an integer,

.................................................. [1]

(iii) in standard form.

.................................................. [1]

(d) (i) Write 3−2 as a fraction.

.................................................. [1]

(ii) Find the value of 3x0 when x = 5.

.................................................. [1]

© UCLES 2016 0580/33/M/J/16 [Turn over


12

7 The scale drawing shows a park, ABCDE.


The scale is 1 centimetre represents 20 metres.

North

A
C

Scale: 1 cm to 20 m

(a) Measure the bearing of B from A.

.................................................. [1]

© UCLES 2016 0580/33/M/J/16


13

All constructions in the following parts must be completed using a straight edge and compasses only.
All construction arcs must be clearly shown.

(b) A straight cycle path crosses the park from E to BC.


The path bisects angle AED.

(i) Construct the cycle path. [2]


(ii) Work out the actual length, in metres, of the cycle path.

.............................................. m [2]

(iii) Alice cycles from E to BC along the path at a constant speed of 9 km/h.

(a) Show that 9 km/h is equivalent to 2.5 m/s.

[1]

(b) Find the time she takes to cycle from E to BC.


Give your answer in seconds.

................................................s [2]

(c) A straight footpath, equidistant from D and E, crosses the park from DE to AB.

Construct the footpath. [2]

(d) (i) Construct the locus of points 150 metres from A and inside the park. [2]
(ii) A region for sports activities is less than 150 metres from A and closer to E than to D.

Shade this region. [1]

© UCLES 2016 0580/33/M/J/16 [Turn over


14

73°
NOT TO
SCALE

C
F

19°


A a°
D


G
E

A, B, C, D and E are points on the circumference of a circle, centre O.


GAF is a tangent to the circle at A.
AB is parallel to EC and AB = AD.

(a) Write down the mathematical name of triangle ABD.

.................................................. [1]

© UCLES 2016 0580/33/M/J/16


15

(b) Find the value of

(i) a,

a = .................................................. [1]

(ii) b,

b = .................................................. [1]

(iii) c,

c = .................................................. [1]

(iv) d,

d = .................................................. [1]

(v) e.

e = .................................................. [2]

(c) The diameter, AC, of the circle is 13 cm.

Calculate the circumference of the circle.


Give your answer correct to 1 decimal place.

............................................ cm [3]
Question 9 is printed on the next page.
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2016 0580/33/M/J/16 [Turn over


16

9 (a) A solid has 6 faces, 8 vertices and 12 edges.


All the edges have the same length.

Write down the mathematical name of this solid.

.................................................. [1]

(b) Here is a sequence of diagrams made from identical square tiles.

Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3 Diagram 4

(i) On the grid, draw Diagram 4. [1]


(ii) Complete the table.

Diagram 1 2 3 4 5

Number of tiles 1 5 9

[2]

(iii) Find an expression, in terms of n, for the number of tiles in Diagram n.

.................................................. [2]

(iv) Find the number of tiles in Diagram 19.

.................................................. [1]

(v) A box contains 98 of these tiles.

(a) Diagram x is made from as many tiles as possible from this box.

Find the value of x.

x = .................................................. [2]

(b) When Diagram x is made, how many tiles are left in the box?

.................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2016 0580/33/M/J/16
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
* 8 6 4 8 9 8 2 3 7 3 *

MATHEMATICS 0580/31
Paper 3 (Core) October/November 2016
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For r, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 15 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (NF/FD) 117807/4
© UCLES 2016 [Turn over
2

1 (a) Juan and his family fly from London to Rio de Janeiro.

(i) The plane departs at 10 20 and arrives in Rio de Janeiro 11 hours 40 minutes later.
The local time in Rio de Janeiro is 5 hours behind the local time in London.

Work out the time in Rio de Janeiro when the plane arrives.

................................................ [2]

(ii) The total cost of the plane tickets is 3500 pounds (£).
The exchange rate is £1 = 4.45 Brazilian Real.

Calculate the cost of the tickets in Brazilian Real.

....................................... Real [1]

(b) (i) Juan and his family go to a soccer match.


He buys 2 adult tickets and 2 child tickets.
The price of an adult ticket is 660 Brazilian Real.
2
The price of a child ticket is of the price of an adult ticket.
3
Calculate the total cost of the tickets.

....................................... Real [2]

(ii) The length, x metres, of the soccer pitch is 105 m, correct to the nearest metre.

Complete the statement about the value of x.

.................................... G x 1 .................................... [2]

© UCLES 2016 0580/31/O/N/16


3

(c) The table shows how Juan and his family spent their time in Rio de Janeiro.

Sector angle in a
Activity Percentage of time
pie chart
Watching soccer 10 36°

Sleeping 108°

Shopping

Beach 25 90°

Other 15 54°

(i) Complete the table. [3]


(ii) Complete the pie chart.

Watching
Other soccer

Beach

[1]

© UCLES 2016 0580/31/O/N/16 [Turn over


4

2 Javier went to a carnival with his friends.

(a) He played five games of darts.


These are his scores.

160 58 45 82 125
(i) Work out his mean score.

................................................ [2]

(ii) Find the range.

................................................ [1]

(b) The 5000 tickets for the carnival are different colours.
The table shows the number of tickets of each colour.

Colour of ticket Red Green Blue Pink White


Number of tickets 370 560 1800 1320 950

A ticket is picked at random.

Find the probability that this ticket is Blue.

................................................ [1]

(c) Five different types of food are sold at the carnival.


Javier chooses one of these types of food.
The table shows the probability that he chooses each type of food.

Type of food Curry Fries Pasta Burger Salad


Probability 0.15 0.23 0.4 0.07

Complete the table. [2]

(d) Javier hires a four-seater bike.


The hire cost is $8.50 for the first hour and then $7.75 for each extra hour.

Calculate the cost of hiring the bike for 5 hours.

$ ................................................ [2]

© UCLES 2016 0580/31/O/N/16


5

(e) The table shows the number of drinks sold by one stall at the carnival.

Drink Number sold


Tea 70
Orange 60
Water 120
Coffee 180
Smoothie 40

Draw a bar chart to show this information.


Complete the scale on the frequency axis.

Frequency

Tea Orange Water Coffee Smoothie


[3]

© UCLES 2016 0580/31/O/N/16 [Turn over


6

3 (a)
6 144 63 11 288 72 8
From the list, write down

(i) the multiple of 7,

................................................ [1]

(ii) the cube of 2,

................................................ [1]

(iii) the prime number,

................................................ [1]

(iv) the lowest common multiple (LCM) of 16 and 18.

................................................ [1]

(b) Without using a calculator explain why the square of 4.86 must be between 16 and 25.

............................................................................................................................................................. [1]

(c) Find the value of

(i) 47,

................................................ [1]

(ii) 120,

................................................ [1]

(iii) 8.32 + 27.

................................................ [1]

(d) Write 90 as the product of its prime factors.

................................................ [2]

© UCLES 2016 0580/31/O/N/16


7

4
y

5
A
4

x
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
–1

–2
B
–3

–4

–5

–6

The diagram shows two trapeziums, A and B, on a 1 cm2 grid.

(a) Find the area of trapezium A.


Give the units of your answer.

..................................... .............. [2]

(b) (i) Describe fully the single transformation that maps trapezium A onto trapezium B.

.....................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [3]

(ii) On the grid, translate trapezium A by the vector f p .


5
[2]
-2

(iii) On the grid, enlarge trapezium A with centre (0, 0) and scale factor 0.5 . [2]

© UCLES 2016 0580/31/O/N/16 [Turn over


8

5 (a) This graph shows Gianna’s journey to work.

20

Work

15

Distance
from home 10
(km)

Home 0
07 00 07 30 08 00 08 30 09 00
Time

(i) How far did Gianna travel to work?

.......................................... km [1]

(ii) Explain what happened at 07 10.

................................................ [1]

(iii) Calculate the average speed for Gianna’s journey to work.

....................................... km/h [2]

(b) Gianna earns $1320 each month.


She divides her money in the ratio Bills : Leisure : Other = 12 : 5 : 7.

Work out how much she spends on each.

Bills = $ ................................................

Leisure = $ ................................................

Other = $ ................................................ [3]

© UCLES 2016 0580/31/O/N/16


9

(c) Gianna invests $5000 for 3 years at a rate of 2.1% per year compound interest.

Calculate the amount she will have at the end of the 3 years.
Give your answer correct to 2 decimal places.

$ ................................................ [4]

© UCLES 2016 0580/31/O/N/16 [Turn over


10

6 (a) Here are the first four terms of a sequence.

18 25 32 39
(i) Write down the next term.

................................................ [1]

(ii) Explain how you worked out your answer.

..................................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) The nth term of another sequence is n2 + 3.

Write down the first three terms of this sequence.

......................... , ......................... , ......................... [2]

(c) Simplify.

(i) 6a + 5h − 4a − 8h

................................................ [2]

(ii) 5(x + 3) + 4(2x − 6)

................................................ [2]

(d) Factorise.
6g + 15

................................................ [1]

(e) A rectangle has length (x + 6) cm and width 5 cm.


The area of this rectangle is 85 cm2.

Find the value of x.

x = ............................................... [3]

© UCLES 2016 0580/31/O/N/16


11

7
y

20

18

L 16

14

12

10

x
–2 –1 0 1 2 3
–2

–4

–6

–8
(a) The line L is drawn on the grid.

Find the equation of the line in the form y = mx + c.

y = ............................................... [3]

(b) (i) Complete the table of values for y = x 2 + 2x + 4.

x −2 −1 0 1 2 3

y 4 4 7 19
[2]

(ii) On the grid above, draw the graph of y = x 2 + 2x + 4 for –2 G x G 3. [4]

(c) For –2 G x G 3, write down the x co-ordinate of the point of intersection of the curve y = x 2 + 2x + 4
with the line L.

x = ............................................... [1]
© UCLES 2016 0580/31/O/N/16 [Turn over
12

8 (a) A cuboid measures 6 cm by 3 cm by 2 cm.

(i) On this 1 cm2 grid, complete the net of the cuboid.

[3]

(ii) Calculate the volume of the cuboid.

........................................ cm3 [2]

(b)

Write down the mathematical name of this shape.

................................................ [1]
© UCLES 2016 0580/31/O/N/16
13

(c)

Mark an obtuse angle on this trapezium. [1]

(d) A regular polygon has an exterior angle of 22.5°.

Work out how many sides this polygon has.

................................................ [2]

(e)
NOT TO
SCALE

20 cm
6 cm

x cm

The diagram shows a shape made from a semi-circle, radius 6 cm, and a right-angled triangle.

(i) Show that x = 16.

[2]

(ii) Calculate the area of the shape.

........................................ cm2 [5]

© UCLES 2016 0580/31/O/N/16 [Turn over


14

9 (a) The area of Cuba, in square kilometres, is one hundred and five thousand eight hundred and six.

Write this number in figures.

................................................ [1]

(b) The population of an island is 103 000.

Write this number in standard form.

................................................ [1]

(c) The table shows some populations in 2014.

Population

Puerto Rico 3.68 × 106

St Maarten 4.61 × 104

Haiti 1.05 × 107

US Virgin Islands 1.07 × 105

(i) Write the population of St Maarten as an ordinary number.

................................................ [1]

(ii) Complete the statement.

The population of Haiti is approximately ...................... times the population of the


US Virgin Islands. [1]

(iii) Find the difference between the population of Haiti and the population of Puerto Rico.
Give your answer in standard form.

................................................ [2]

(d) In 2013 the population of a town was 30 405.


In 2014 the population was 30 851.

Calculate the percentage increase in the population.

............................................% [3]

© UCLES 2016 0580/31/O/N/16


15

10 The scale drawing shows the positions of two towns, X and Y.


The scale is 1 centimetre represents 5 kilometres.

North

X
North

Y
Scale: 1 cm to 5 km

(a) Work out the actual distance from town X to town Y.

.......................................... km [2]

(b) Measure the bearing of town X from town Y.

................................................ [1]

(c) An airport, A, is 22.5 km from town Y on a bearing of 050°.

Mark and label the position of A on the scale drawing. [2]

© UCLES 2016 0580/31/O/N/16


16

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2016 0580/31/O/N/16


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
* 6 6 7 6 1 9 4 8 1 8 *

MATHEMATICS 0580/32
Paper 3 (Core) October/November 2016
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For r, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 16 printed pages.

DC (NH/FD) 117806/3
© UCLES 2016 [Turn over
2

1 (a) A group of 50 children were each asked which type of book they most like to read.
The pictogram shows some of the results.

Type of book Number of children

Adventure
Horror
History
Comedy
Fantasy

Key: = 4 children

(i) How many children said Comedy?

................................................... [1]

(ii) 9 children said they liked Horror best.

Complete the pictogram. [1]

(iii) Which type of book was most popular?

................................................... [1]

(iv) One of the children is chosen at random.

Find the probability that they liked History best.

................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2016 0580/32/O/N/16


3

(b) The same 50 children were each asked how many books they had read in the past month.
The results are shown in the table.

Number of books 1 2 3 4 5 6
Frequency 7 14 12 5 8 4

(i) Find the median.

................................................... [2]

(ii) Calculate the mean.

................................................... [3]

(c) The ages of 300 people visiting a library one day were recorded.
The pie chart shows the results.

Over 60

18 and under

19 to 60

(i) What fraction of the people were aged over 60?

................................................... [1]

(ii) How many people were aged 19 to 60?

................................................... [3]
© UCLES 2016 0580/32/O/N/16 [Turn over
4

2 (a) Polygon A is shown on the grid.

(i) Write down the mathematical name of polygon A.

................................................... [1]

(ii) Write down the order of rotational symmetry of polygon A.

................................................... [1]

(iii) Polygon A is enlarged by scale factor 3 to give polygon B.

Draw polygon B on the grid. [2]

© UCLES 2016 0580/32/O/N/16


5

(b) Triangle R and triangle S are shown on the grid.

3
S
2
R
1

x
–7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

–6

–7

(i) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle R onto triangle S.

......................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [3]

(ii) Reflect triangle R in the x-axis. [1]

(iii) Translate triangle S by the vector c m .


3
[2]
-4

© UCLES 2016 0580/32/O/N/16 [Turn over


6

3 (a) Tariq wants to buy some orange juice.


He sees these offers in a shop.

Offer A Offer B Offer C


1-litre carton 2-litre carton Pack of 4
1-litre cartons

$0.65 $1.25 $2.56

Work out the lowest amount Tariq could pay for 5 litres of orange juice.
Show how you decide.

Tariq buys ................................................................................................................................... cartons.

The lowest amount is $ ............................................................. [3]

(b) Bottle P contains 1.5 litres of lemonade.


1
Bottle Q contains more lemonade than bottle P.
3
Work out how much lemonade is in bottle Q.

......................................... litres [2]

(c) Tariq makes a fruit drink.


He mixes 500 ml of orange juice, 200 ml of pineapple juice and 1 litre of lemonade.

(i) Write the ratio orange juice : pineapple juice : lemonade in its simplest form.

.............. : .............. : .............. [2]

(ii) Tariq makes more of this fruit drink.

Work out the total amount of fruit drink he makes when he uses 2 litres of orange juice.
Give your answer in litres.

......................................... litres [3]

© UCLES 2016 0580/32/O/N/16


7

(d) Tariq pours 300 cm3 of fruit drink into a glass.


The glass is in the shape of a cylinder with radius 3.5 cm.
The height of the drink in the glass is h cm.

NOT TO
SCALE

h cm

3.5 cm

Work out the value of h.

h = ................................................. [2]

(e) The capacity of a jug is 750 ml correct to the nearest 10 ml.

Write down the upper and lower bounds of the capacity of the jug.

Upper bound = ............................................ ml

Lower bound = ............................................ ml [2]

© UCLES 2016 0580/32/O/N/16 [Turn over


8

4 (a) Complete the table of values for y = x 2 - 5x + 3.

x –1 0 1 2 3 4 5
y 3 –1 –1 3
[2]

(b) On the grid, draw the graph of y = x 2 - 5x + 3 for -1 G x G 5 .

10

x
–1 0 1 2 3 4 5

–2

–4
[4]

© UCLES 2016 0580/32/O/N/16


9

(c) Write down the equation of the line of symmetry of the graph of y = x 2 - 5x + 3.

................................................... [1]

(d) Write down the co-ordinates of the point where the line y = 4 - x

(i) crosses the x-axis,

( ..................... , ..................... ) [1]

(ii) crosses the y-axis.

( ..................... , ..................... ) [1]

(e) On the grid, draw the line y = 4 - x . [1]

(f) Write down the co-ordinates of the points of intersection of the graph of y = x 2 - 5x + 3 and the
line y = 4 - x .

( ..................... , ..................... )

( ..................... , ..................... ) [2]

© UCLES 2016 0580/32/O/N/16 [Turn over


10

5 (a) The scale drawing shows the positions of three villages, A, B and C.
The scale is 1 centimetre represents 5 kilometres.

North

North

Scale: 1 cm to 5 km

(i) Find the actual distance between village A and village B.

............................................. km [2]

(ii) Measure the bearing of B from A.

................................................... [1]

(iii) Another village, D, is 30 km from village B on a bearing of 215°.

On the scale drawing, mark the position of village D. [2]

(iv) A power station, P, is 25 km from village C.


It is equidistant from village A and village B.

Using a ruler and compasses only, construct and mark a position of the power station, P. [3]

© UCLES 2016 0580/32/O/N/16


11

(b) A bus takes workers from village C to the power station.


Each journey takes 35 minutes.

(i) Complete the timetable for the bus.

Village C 05 45

Power station 06 50 08 05

[3]

(ii) The bus travels 25 km from village C to the power station.

Calculate the average speed of the bus in kilometres per hour.

..........................................km/h [2]

© UCLES 2016 0580/32/O/N/16 [Turn over


12

6 (a) Write down a factor of 24 that is a square number.

................................................... [2]

(b) Write down the cube number between 100 and 200.

................................................... [1]

(c) Find

(i) 12.25,

................................................... [1]

(ii) 173,

................................................... [1]

(iii) 4–2.

................................................... [1]
1
(d) s = at 2
2
Find the value of s when a = 0.7 and t = 4.2 .

s = .................................................. [2]

(e) Simplify.

(i) a0

................................................... [1]

(ii) b 3 # b 2

................................................... [1]
c4
(iii)
c8
................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2016 0580/32/O/N/16


13

7 (a) Mei is paid $15.25 for each hour she works.

(i) Work out how much she is paid when she works for 8 hours.

$ .................................................. [1]

(ii) Mei gets a pay increase.


She is paid 8% more for each hour she works.
Mei works for 38 hours each week.

Work out how much Mei earns each week after the pay increase.

$ .................................................. [3]

(b) Xia works in France.


She is paid 425 euros each week.
The exchange rate between euros (€) and dollars is €1 = $1.45 .

Work out who earns more each week, Mei or Xia, and by how much.
Give your answer in dollars.

..................................... earns more by $ .................................................. [3]

(c) Mei invests $500 in a bank at a rate of 3.5% per year compound interest.

Calculate the total amount of money she will receive at the end of 3 years.

$ .................................................. [3]

© UCLES 2016 0580/32/O/N/16 [Turn over


14

8 (a)
P
NOT TO
SCALE

O
Q

R S

The diagram shows a circle, centre O, and lines PQ and RS.

Write down the mathematical name for

(i) line PQ,

................................................... [1]

(ii) line RS.

................................................... [1]

(b)
NOT TO
SCALE
C
A

A, B and C are points on the circle, centre O.

(i) Complete the statement.

Angle ACB = 90° because ........................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) AC = 8 cm and BC = 5 cm.

Calculate the area of triangle ABC.

............................................cm2 [2]

© UCLES 2016 0580/32/O/N/16


15

(iii) Show that the diameter of the circle is 9.43 cm, correct to 2 decimal places.

[2]

(iv) Calculate the area of the circle.

............................................cm2 [2]

(v) Calculate the percentage of the circle that is shaded.

.............................................. % [2]

Question 9 is printed on the next page.

© UCLES 2016 0580/32/O/N/16 [Turn over


16

9 A sequence of patterns is made from lines and dots.


The first three patterns in the sequence are shown.

Pattern 1 Pattern 2 Pattern 3 Pattern 4

(a) Draw Pattern 4 on the grid. [1]

(b) Complete the table.

Pattern 1 2 3 4 10
Number of dots 2 3

Number of lines 4 7

[4]

(c) Find an expression, in terms of n, for

(i) the number of dots in Pattern n,

................................................... [1]

(ii) the number of lines in Pattern n.

................................................... [2]

(d) One of these patterns has 76 lines.

Work out how many dots are in this pattern.

................................................... [2]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2016 0580/32/O/N/16


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
* 1 5 6 8 5 7 8 9 9 2 *

MATHEMATICS 0580/33
Paper 3 (Core) October/November 2016
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For r, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 16 printed pages.

DC (RW/SW) 117805/2
© UCLES 2016 [Turn over
2

1 (a) Juan takes his car to a garage for repairs.

Complete his bill.

Item Price ($)

Service 475.00

3 tyres at $86 each ................................

4.5 litres of oil at $5.68 per litre ................................


__________________________

Total ................................

[3]

(b) Juan buys a van costing $4400.


He pays a deposit of $3740.

(i) Work out $3740 as a percentage of $4400.

............................................ % [1]

(ii) He borrows the rest of the money for one year at a rate of 12% per year simple interest.

Work out how much he pays back at the end of one year.

$ ................................................. [3]

© UCLES 2016 0580/33/O/N/16


3

(c) Juan pays $321 for insurance.


He makes 12 equal payments.

Work out each payment.

$ ................................................. [1]

(d) Juan’s car travels 12.4 km and uses 1 litre of fuel.


His van travels 1 km and uses 0.0792 litres of fuel.

Using 1 litre of fuel, which vehicle travels further?


Explain how you decide.

............................ travels further because ............................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................................. [2]

(e) In 2015 the total cost of repairs and fuel for his van was $4200.
These costs are in the ratio repairs : fuel = 1 : 2.

Find the cost of the fuel.

$ ................................................. [2]

© UCLES 2016 0580/33/O/N/16 [Turn over


4

2 Eight athletes compete in both the 200 metre race and the long jump.
Their results are shown in the table.

Time for 200 m


23.85 23.91 23.92 23.96 24.02 24.15 24.23 24.30
(seconds)
Distance in the
6.42 6.32 6.24 6.18 6.05 5.97 5.90 5.84
long jump (metres)

(a) (i) Work out the range of the times for the 200 metre race.

.............................................. s [1]

(ii) Work out the mean of the distances in the long jump.

............................................ m [2]

(b) (i) Complete the scatter diagram.


The first four points have been plotted for you.

6.5

6.4

6.3

6.2

6.1
Distance in the
long jump (m) 6.0

5.9

5.8

5.7

5.6

5.5
23.8 23.9 24.0 24.1 24.2 24.3
Time for 200 m (s)
[2]

© UCLES 2016 0580/33/O/N/16


5

(ii) What type of correlation is shown on the scatter diagram?

................................................. [1]

(iii) Joe says that the scatter diagram shows that the faster an athlete runs the 200 metre race the
shorter their distance in the long jump.

Is he correct?
Explain your answer.

............................ because ...........................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [1]

(iv) Draw a line of best fit on the scatter diagram. [1]

(v) Jessica’s time for the 200 metre race is 24.05 s.

Use your line of best fit to estimate her distance in the long jump.

............................................ m [1]

© UCLES 2016 0580/33/O/N/16 [Turn over


6

3 (a)

x° NOT TO
SCALE

74° 71° y°

Work out the value of

(i) x,

x = ................................................ [1]

(ii) y.

y = ................................................ [1]

(b)

85° NOT TO
SCALE

w° 128°

Work out the value of w.


Give reasons for your answer.

w = ............................ because ............................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................................. [3]

(c)
NOT TO
15 SCALE
8

Use trigonometry to calculate the value of p.

p = ................................................ [2]

© UCLES 2016 0580/33/O/N/16


7

(d)
B
NOT TO
SCALE

225 km

A
300 km

The diagram shows the path of a plane from airport A to airport B.

(i) Show that the distance between A and B is 375 km.

[2]

(ii) The plane flies at an average speed of 450 km/h.


It leaves A at 14 45 and flies directly to B.

Work out the time it arrives at B.

................................................. [4]

© UCLES 2016 0580/33/O/N/16 [Turn over


8

4 (a) The diagram shows the positions of three towns, A, B and C.


B is 24 km due North of A.
C is 18 km from A and 15 km from B.

North B NOT TO
SCALE
15 km

24 km C

18 km
A

(i) Using a ruler and compasses only, construct a scale drawing to show the positions of B and C.
Town A has been marked for you.
Use a scale of 1 centimetre to represent 3 kilometres.

North

A Scale: 1 cm to 3 km
[3]

(ii) Using your scale drawing, measure the bearing of C from A.

................................................. [1]

(iii) Town D is on a bearing of 023° from town A.

Work out the bearing of town A from town D.

................................................. [2]

© UCLES 2016 0580/33/O/N/16


9

(b) The scale drawing shows the positions of three ports P, T and W.
A ship, S, is

• the same distance from P and T


• 300 km from W.

Using a ruler and compasses only, construct and mark the two possible positions of the ship.
Use a scale of 1 centimetre to represent 50 kilometres.

Scale: 1 cm to 50 km
[5]

© UCLES 2016 0580/33/O/N/16 [Turn over


10

5 (a) (i) Write down the two square numbers between 50 and 99.

..................... and .................... [2]

(ii) Find a common multiple of 30 and 45.

................................................. [1]

(iii) Write down all the factors of 54 that are odd numbers.

................................................. [2]

(iv) Find the highest common factor (HCF) of 64 and 80.

................................................. [2]

(b) Without using your calculator, work out 1 56 ' 25 .


Write down all the steps in your working and write your answer as a mixed number.

................................................. [4]

© UCLES 2016 0580/33/O/N/16


11

(c) For each of these sequences, write down the next term and the rule for continuing the sequence.

(i) 8, 11, 14, 17, …

Next term is ................................................

The rule is ....................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) 25, 17, 9, 1, …

Next term is ................................................

The rule is ....................................................................................................... [2]

(iii) 2, 4, 7, 11, …

Next term is ................................................

The rule is ....................................................................................................... [2]

(iv) 1, 8, 27, 64, …

Next term is ................................................

The rule is ....................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2016 0580/33/O/N/16 [Turn over


12

6 (a) A regular hexagon has side length h.

Write down an expression, in terms of h, for the perimeter of the hexagon.

................................................. [1]

(b) A square has side length x.

Write down an expression, in terms of x, for

(i) the perimeter of the square,

................................................. [1]

(ii) the area of the square.

................................................. [1]

(c) In this part, all measurements are in centimetres.

(2x + 1)
NOT TO
(x + 3) SCALE

A rectangle has length (2x + 1) and width (x + 3) .


The perimeter of the rectangle is 53.

Work out the value of x.

x = ................................................ [5]
© UCLES 2016 0580/33/O/N/16
13

(d) Simplify.
5a + 4b - 2a - b + 3a - 2b

................................................. [2]

(e) Multiply out the brackets.

(i) 5 (x - 4)

................................................. [1]

(ii) x (x 2 + 3)

................................................. [2]

(f) Factorise completely.


8x 2 - 4x

................................................. [2]

© UCLES 2016 0580/33/O/N/16 [Turn over


14

7
y

5
H
4

3
G
2
F
1

x
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

–6

(a) Reflect flag H in the x-axis. [1]

(b) Translate flag G by the vector c m .


1
[2]
-3
(c) Describe fully the single transformation that maps flag G onto flag H.

..............................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................................. [3]

(d) Describe fully the single transformation that maps flag F onto flag G.

..............................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................................. [3]

© UCLES 2016 0580/33/O/N/16


15

8 (a) Complete the table of values for y = x 2 - 2x .

x -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4
y 3 -1 3
[3]

(b) On the grid, draw the graph of y = x 2 - 2x for - 3 G x G 4 .

16

14

12

10

x
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4
–2
[4]

(c) On the grid, draw the line y = 6 . [1]

(d) Use your graph to solve the equation x 2 - 2x = 6 .


Give your answers correct to 1 decimal place.

x = .................. or x = .................. [2]

Question 9 is printed on the next page.

© UCLES 2016 0580/33/O/N/16 [Turn over


16

9 (a) Here is a list of ingredients to make 18 chocolate chip biscuits.

butter 130 g
sugar 60 g
flour 180 g
chocolate chips 30 g

Work out how much of each ingredient you need to make 45 biscuits.

butter ............................................ g

sugar ............................................ g

flour ............................................ g

chocolate chips ............................................ g [3]

(b) In a recipe for bread, 58 of the mass of bread mixture is flour.


Paul uses 395 g of flour.

(i) What mass of bread mixture does he make?

............................................. g [2]

(ii) Write your answer to part(b)(i) in kilograms.

........................................... kg [1]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2016 0580/33/O/N/16


w
w
w
.X
tr
e m
eP
ap
Cambridge International Examinations

er
s
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

.c
om
CANDIDATE
NAME

CENTRE CANDIDATE
NUMBER NUMBER
* 7 5 4 2 5 9 5 3 7 1 *

MATHEMATICS 0580/31

Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2015


2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 15 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (LEG/SG) 103623/1
© UCLES 2015 [Turn over
2

1 (a) Write down

(i) two factors of 12,


Answer(a)(i) .................................................. [1]

(ii) the next prime number after 19,


Answer(a)(ii) ................................................. [1]

(iii) the cube root of 64,


Answer(a)(iii) ................................................ [1]

(iv) two million five hundred and seven in figures,


Answer(a)(iv) ................................................ [1]

(v) two multiples of 75,


Answer(a)(v) ................................................. [1]

(vi) the value of π correct to 5 significant figures.


Answer(a)(vi) ................................................ [1]

(b) Write as a percentage.

(i) 1.63
Answer(b)(i) .............................................. % [1]
3
(ii)
40
Answer(b)(ii) ............................................. % [1]

(c) (i) Write 63 521.769 correct to 1 decimal place.

Answer(c)(i) .................................................. [1]

(ii) Write 63 521.769 correct to the nearest hundred.

Answer(c)(ii) ................................................. [1]

(d) (i) Change 234 mm into metres.

Answer(d)(i) .............................................. m [1]

(ii) Change 876 m2 into square centimetres.

Answer(d)(ii) .......................................... cm2 [1]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2015 0580/31/M/J/15


3

2
y
6

3
C A
2

x
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
–1

–2
D
–3
B
–4

–5

The diagram shows four shapes A, B, C and D.

(a) Describe fully the single transformation that maps shape A onto

(i) shape B,

Answer(a)(i) ................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [3]

(ii) shape C,

Answer(a)(ii) ...............................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [2]

(iii) shape D.

Answer(a)(iii) ..............................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [2]

(b) On the grid, draw the enlargement of shape A by scale factor 2 and centre (–1 , 2). [2]
__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2015 0580/31/M/J/15 [Turn over


4

3 Sonia works in a toy shop.

(a) (i) One week she works for 30 hours and is paid $180.

Calculate the amount she is paid per hour.

Answer(a)(i) $ ................................................. [1]

(ii) The next week Sonia works for 38 hours and is paid $220.

Find the difference in her pay per hour for these two weeks.

Answer(a)(ii) $ ................................................. [2]

(b) The shop sells bags of 40 marbles.


One bag has marbles in the ratio red : blue : green = 1 : 3 : 4.

(i) Calculate the number of marbles of each colour.

Answer(b)(i) Red = ................ , blue = ................ , green = ................ [2]

(ii) A second bag of 40 marbles contains 11 red marbles, 9 blue marbles and 20 green marbles.
All the marbles from the two bags are mixed together.

Write down the ratio of marbles red : blue : green.


Give your answer in its simplest form.

Answer(b)(ii) ............... : ............... : ............... [2]

© UCLES 2015 0580/31/M/J/15


5

(c) Thilo and Toby buy some boats and trains from the toy shop.
The cost of one boat is b cents and the cost of one train is t cents.

(i) Toby buys 3 boats and 4 trains for $5.70 .

Complete this equation.

3b + 4t = ..............
[1]

(ii) Thilo buys 1 boat and 2 trains for $2.40 .

Write this information as an equation.

......................................... = .......................
[2]

(iii) Solve your two equations to find the cost of a boat and the cost of a train.
You must show all your working.

Answer(c)(iii) Cost of a boat = ....................................... cents

Cost of a train = ....................................... cents [3]

(d) Train track costs 99 cents per 20 cm.

Calculate the cost of buying 3.4 metres of train track.

Answer(d) $ ................................................ [3]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2015 0580/31/M/J/15 [Turn over


6

4 The Patel family flies from their home town, H, to Kiruna, K, in Lapland.

(a) The scale drawing shows their journey.


The scale is 1 centimetre represents 40 kilometres.

North

K North

Scale: 1 cm to 40 km

(i) Measure the bearing of K from H.

Answer(a)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) Work out the distance in kilometres from H to K.

Answer(a)(ii) .......................................... km [2]

(iii) The average speed of the plane is 450 km/h.

Find the average speed in m/s.

Answer(a)(iii) ......................................... m/s [2]

(b) The probability that the plane arrives on time is 0.15 .

(i) Write down the probability that the plane does not arrive on time.

Answer(b)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) Every year there are 240 flights from H to K.

Calculate the expected number of flights that arrive on time.

Answer(b)(ii) ................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2015 0580/31/M/J/15


7

(c) The Patel family has six suitcases.


The number of items in each suitcase is shown below.

15 16 16 18 19 21
(i) Find the range.

Answer(c)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) Write down the mode.

Answer(c)(ii) ................................................ [1]

(iii) Work out the median.

Answer(c)(iii) ................................................ [1]

(iv) Calculate the mean.

Answer(c)(iv) ................................................ [2]

(v) Find the probability that a suitcase chosen at random has more than 18 items.

Answer(c)(v) ................................................ [1]

(d) Mr Patel buys a bag of sweets.


The bag of sweets costs $3.25 .

(i) Calculate the cost of the sweets in euros (€) when the exchange rate is €1 = $1.24 .

Answer(d)(i) € ................................................. [2]

(ii) The weight, w grams, of the bag of sweets is 250 g correct to the nearest 10 g.

Complete this statement about the value of w.

Answer(d)(ii) .......................  w < ....................... [2]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2015 0580/31/M/J/15 [Turn over


8

5 All the children in a school are asked to choose their favourite colour.
The pie chart shows the results.

Green
Red

Blue

Yellow

(a) Write down the least favourite colour chosen.

Answer(a) ................................................ [1]

(b) 27 children choose yellow as their favourite colour.

Work out the total number of children in the school.

Answer(b) ................................................ [3]

(c) Work out the percentage of the children in the school who choose red.

Answer(c) ............................................ % [2]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2015 0580/31/M/J/15


9

6
A B

D C

ABCD is a parallelogram.

(a) Write down

(i) the order of rotational symmetry of ABCD,

Answer(a)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) the number of lines of symmetry of ABCD,

Answer(a)(ii) ................................................ [1]

(iii) the sum of the interior angles of ABCD.

Answer(a)(iii) ................................................ [1]

(b) (i) Complete this part using a straight edge and compasses only.
All construction arcs must be clearly shown.

On the diagram, construct the bisector of angle BAD.


Extend this bisector to cut DC at E. Mark E on your diagram. [2]

(ii) Edelgard knows that angle BAE is the same size as angle AED.

Explain how Edelgard knows this is true without measuring the angles.

Answer(b)(ii) ............................................................................................................................... [1]

(iii) Write down the mathematical name for the triangle ADE and give a reason for your answer.

Answer(b)(iii) Name ........................................................... because .........................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [2]

(iv) Write down the mathematical name of the quadrilateral ABCE.

Answer(b)(iv) ................................................ [1]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2015 0580/31/M/J/15 [Turn over


10

7
40

Cawley 35

30

25

Distance from
Audley (km) 20

15

Brookland 10

Audley 0
09 00 09 30 10 00 10 30 11 00
Time

The grid shows the travel graph for a train travelling from Audley to Cawley, stopping at Brookland.

© UCLES 2015 0580/31/M/J/15


11

(a) (i) Between which two towns is the train journey fastest?
Give a reason for your answer.

Answer(a)(i) From ........................................... to .......................................... is fastest because

..................................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) Calculate the speed of the train, in kilometres per hour, between Brookland and Cawley.

Answer(a)(ii) ....................................... km/h [2]

(b) When the train reaches Cawley, it waits for 10 minutes.


It then returns to Audley without stopping at Brookland.
The return speed of the train is 70 km/h.

(i) Complete the travel graph for this train. [2]

(ii) Write down the time this train arrives at Audley.

Answer(b)(ii) ................................................ [1]

(c) Trains leave Audley for Cawley every 100 minutes.


The first train of the day is the 09 00 train.

Write down the time that the fourth train leaves Audley for Cawley.

Answer(c) ................................................ [2]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2015 0580/31/M/J/15 [Turn over


12

8 (a)
D

NOT TO
63° SCALE
A

A, B and C lie on a circle with diameter AC.


AC is extended to D and angle BAC = 63°.

Work out angle BCD.


Give reasons to explain your answer.

Answer(a) Angle BCD = ...................... because ................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................. [4]

(b)

NOT TO
SCALE

6 cm
3cm

The diagram shows a circle with radius 3 cm inside a square of side 6 cm.

Calculate the shaded area.

Answer(b) ......................................... cm2 [5]

© UCLES 2015 0580/31/M/J/15


13

(c)
F
NOT TO
SCALE
45 cm
27 cm

H G

FGH is a right-angled triangle.

Calculate

(i) GH,

Answer(c)(i) GH = .......................................... cm [3]

(ii) the perimeter of the triangle,

Answer(c)(ii) .......................................... cm [1]

(iii) the area of the triangle.

Answer(c)(iii) ......................................... cm2 [2]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2015 0580/31/M/J/15 [Turn over


14

9 (a) (i) Complete the table of values for y = –x2 + 5x .

x –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6

y –6 4 4 0
[2]

(ii) On the grid, draw the graph of y = –x2 + 5x for –1  x  6 .

y
7

x
–2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

–6
[4]

(b) Write down the co-ordinates of the highest point on the graph.

Answer(b) (...................... , ......................) [1]

© UCLES 2015 0580/31/M/J/15


15

(c) Use your graph to solve the equation –x2 + 5x = –3.

Answer(c) x = ....................... or x = ....................... [2]

(d) (i) On the grid, draw the line of symmetry for the graph. [1]

(ii) Write down the equation of the line of symmetry for the graph.

Answer(d)(ii) ................................................ [1]

(iii) The curve passes through the points (–10, –150) and (k, –150).

Use the symmetry of the curve to find the value of k.

Answer(d)(iii) k = ................................................ [1]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2015 0580/31/M/J/15


16

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2015 0580/31/M/J/15


w
w
w
.X
tr
e m
eP
ap
Cambridge International Examinations

er
s
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

.c
om
CANDIDATE
NAME

CENTRE CANDIDATE
NUMBER NUMBER
* 0 9 5 9 8 7 6 4 2 5 *

MATHEMATICS 0580/32
Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2015
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 16 printed pages.

DC (LK/SG) 103624/1
© UCLES 2015 [Turn over
2

1 (a) 4 3 0 2 9 5 7
From the list above, write down

(i) the factors of 24,

Answer(a)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) a prime factor of 24,

Answer(a)(ii) ................................................ [1]

(iii) the highest common factor (HCF) of 56 and 91,

Answer(a)(iii) ................................................ [1]

(iv) the square root of 49,

Answer(a)(iv) ................................................ [1]

(v) the cube root of 27.

Answer(a)(v) ................................................ [1]

(b) (i) Using four numbers from the list in part (a), form the largest 4-digit number.

Answer(b)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) Write your answer to part (b)(i) in words.

Answer(b)(ii) ...............................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) Find

(i) the common multiple of 5 and 8 between 100 and 150,

Answer(c)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) the square number between 350 and 390.

Answer(c)(ii) ................................................ [1]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2015 0580/32/M/J/15


3

2 (a) Simplify.
7e – 5f + 4e – f

Answer(a) ................................................ [2]

(b) Find the value of 8g – 9h when g = 5 and h = –3.

Answer(b) ................................................ [2]

(c) Solve the equation.


4x – 7 = 29

Answer(c) x = ................................................ [2]

(d) Simplify.
k 4 ÷ k 11

Answer(d) ................................................ [1]

(e) Pens cost p cents and pencils cost w cents.

(i) Aisha buys 3 pens and 5 pencils for $2.20 .


Complete the equation representing this cost in cents.

Answer(e)(i) 3p + 5w = ................................................ [1]

(ii) Bishen buys 4 pens and 10 pencils for $3.50 .


Write down an equation representing this cost in cents.

Answer(e)(ii) .................................................................. [1]

(iii) Solve your equations to find the value of p and the value of w.

Answer(e)(iii) p = ................................................

w = ................................................ [3]
__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2015 0580/32/M/J/15 [Turn over


4

3
A
NOT TO
SCALE

C B

The diagram shows a circle, centre O and diameter AD.


B is on the circumference of the circle and the line CDE touches the circle at D.
AD = 21 cm and CD = 16 cm.

(a) Calculate

(i) the circumference of the circle,

Answer(a)(i) .......................................... cm [2]

(ii) the area of the circle.

Answer(a)(ii) ......................................... cm2 [2]

© UCLES 2015 0580/32/M/J/15


5

(b) (i) Write down the size of angle ABD.

Answer(b)(i) Angle ABD = ................................................ [1]

(ii) BD = 9 cm.

Show that AB = 19.0 cm, correct to 3 significant figures.

Answer(b)(ii)

[3]

(c) (i) Calculate the area of triangle ABD.

Answer(c)(i) ......................................... cm2 [2]

(ii) Work out the total area of the shaded segments of the circle.

Answer(c)(ii) ......................................... cm2 [2]

(d) (i) Write down the mathematical name of the line CDE.

Answer(d)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) Write down the mathematical name of the line OD.

Answer(d)(ii) ................................................ [1]

(iii) Use trigonometry to calculate the size of angle OCD.

Answer(d)(iii) Angle OCD = ................................................ [2]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2015 0580/32/M/J/15 [Turn over


6

4 (a) (i) Complete the table of values for y = 8 + 3x – x2.

x 0 1 2 3 4 5
y 8 10 8 4
[2]

(ii) On the grid, draw the graph of y = 8 + 3x – x2 for 0 G x G 5.

y
12

11

10

0 x
1 2 3 4 5
–1

–2

–3

–4
[3]

(iii) Write down the co-ordinates of the highest point of the graph.

Answer(a)(iii) (...................... , ......................) [1]

© UCLES 2015 0580/32/M/J/15


7

12 .
(b) (i) Complete the table of values for y =
x

x 1 2 3 4 5
y 12 4 2.4
[2]
12
(ii) On the same grid, draw the graph of y = for 1 G x G 5 . [3]
x

12 .
(c) Use your graphs to write down the solutions of the equation 8 + 3x - x 2 =
x

Answer(c) x = ...................... or x = ...................... [2]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2015 0580/32/M/J/15 [Turn over


8

5
y
10

3
C
2

x
–7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
–1

–2

–3

–4
A
–5

–6
B
–7

–8

–9

–10

© UCLES 2015 0580/32/M/J/15


9

(a) For the shaded quadrilateral, write down

(i) its mathematical name,

Answer(a)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) the number of lines of symmetry.

Answer(a)(ii) ................................................ [1]

(b) The quadrilaterals are drawn on a 1 cm2 grid.

Work out the area of the shaded quadrilateral.

Answer(b) ......................................... cm2 [1]

(c) Describe fully the single transformation that maps the shaded quadrilateral onto

(i) quadrilateral A,

Answer(c)(i) ................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) quadrilateral B,

Answer(c)(ii) ...............................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [2]

(iii) quadrilateral C.

Answer(c)(iii) ..............................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [3]

(d) On the grid, draw the image of the shaded quadrilateral after a rotation of 90° clockwise about the
origin. [2]
__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2015 0580/32/M/J/15 [Turn over


10

6 Khamisi is trying to reach the standard required for competing in an international athletics competition.

(a) He arrives home from college at 16 15.


He divides his time before going to bed between training, studying and eating.
1
(i) He spends 3 4 hours training.
1
Show that 3 4 hours is equivalent to 195 minutes.

Answer(a)(i)

[1]
1
(ii) He spends 2 2 hours studying and 45 minutes eating.

Work out the time he goes to bed.

Answer(a)(ii) ................................................ [2]

(iii) Find, in its simplest form, the ratio training : studying : eating.

Answer(a)(iii) Training : studying : eating = ................ : ................ : ................ [2]

(b) Khamisi divides his 195 minutes training into three sessions.

• 40% of the time on the running track


2
• 13 of the time with his trainer
• the remaining time in the gym

Calculate the time, in minutes, he spends

(i) on the running track,

Answer(b)(i) ......................................... min [1]

(ii) with his trainer,

Answer(b)(ii) ......................................... min [1]

(iii) in the gym.

Answer(b)(iii) ......................................... min [1]

© UCLES 2015 0580/32/M/J/15


11

(c) Khamisi is a sprinter and he wants to qualify for the 200 metres race.
His best time is 22.5 seconds and the qualifying time is 20.7 seconds.

Calculate the percentage decrease in his best time needed in order to reach the qualifying time.

Answer(c) ............................................ % [3]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2015 0580/32/M/J/15 [Turn over


12

7 A machine produces nails.

(a) A random sample of 100 nails is taken from the machine.


The lengths are measured and recorded in the table.

Length (mm) 62 63 64 65 66 67 68

Number of nails 0 12 30 35 8 0

(i) Complete the table. [1]

(ii) Write down the modal length.

Answer(a)(ii) ......................................... mm [1]

(iii) Write down the range of the lengths.

Answer(a)(iii) ......................................... mm [1]

(iv) Calculate the mean length.

Answer(a)(iv) ......................................... mm [3]

© UCLES 2015 0580/32/M/J/15


13

(v) Nails that have length 64 mm, 65 mm or 66 mm are accepted.


Other nails are rejected.

Number of nails accepted 80

Number of nails rejected 20

Complete the pie chart to show the proportion of nails that are accepted and rejected.

[3]

(b) One nail from the machine measures 65 mm, correct to the nearest millimetre.

Complete the statement about the length, n mm, of this nail.

Answer(b) ........................ G n 1 ........................ [2]

__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2015 0580/32/M/J/15 [Turn over


14

8 The scale drawing shows one side, AB, of a 4-sided field.


The scale is 1 centimetre represents 20 metres.

North B

Scale: 1 cm to 20 m

© UCLES 2015 0580/32/M/J/15


15

(a) (i) Work out the actual distance AB.

Answer(a)(i) AB = ............................................ m [2]

(ii) Measure the bearing of B from A.

Answer(a)(ii) ................................................ [1]

(b) In this part use a ruler and compasses only and show your construction arcs clearly.

Point C is 240 m from A and 140 m from B.

On the scale drawing, construct the position of point C. [2]

(c) Point D is 200 m on a bearing of 135° from A.

On the scale drawing, draw accurately the line AD. [3]

(d) Work out the actual perimeter of the field ABCD.

Answer(d) ............................................ m [3]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

Question 9 is printed on the next page.

© UCLES 2015 0580/32/M/J/15 [Turn over


16

9 Nina is going on a holiday to Dubai from her home in Mumbai.

(a) At the airport she buys 2 packets of sandwiches and 3 magazines.

Complete her shopping bill in Indian rupees.

2 packets of sandwiches at 325 rupees per packet = .......................... rupees

3 magazines at 75 rupees per magazine = .......................... rupees

Total = .......................... rupees [3]

(b) She changed 10 000 rupees to dirhams when the exchange rate was 18.3 rupees = 1 dirham.

How much did she receive?

Answer(b) .................................. dirhams [2]

(c) The flight from Mumbai to Dubai takes 2 hours 50 minutes.


The distance from Mumbai to Dubai is 1937 km.

(i) Show that the average speed of the flight is 684 km / h, correct to the nearest whole number.

Answer(c)(i)

[2]

(ii) Nina’s flight leaves Mumbai at 13 15.


1
The local time in Mumbai is 1 2 hours ahead of the local time in Dubai.

Find the time of arrival in Dubai.


Give your answer in the 24-hour clock.

Answer(c)(ii) ................................................ [2]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2015 0580/32/M/J/15


w
w
w
.X
tr
em
eP
ap
Cambridge International Examinations

er
s
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education

.c
om
* 0 5 8 3 1 7 4 9 6 7 *

MATHEMATICS 0580/33
Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2015
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 16 printed pages.

DC (NH/SW) 105701/2
© UCLES 2015 [Turn over
2

1 (a) The number of trains stopping each day, for 20 days, at Pherlak Station is recorded below.

15 14 16 14 13 13 12 15 16 15

14 13 14 13 13 12 11 12 10 10

(i) Complete the table to show the frequency of the number of trains stopping each day.

Number of trains stopping each day Tally Frequency


10
11
12
13
14
15
16
[2]

(ii) Write down the modal number of trains stopping each day.

Answer(a)(ii) ............................................... [1]

(iii) Work out the mean number of trains stopping each day.

Answer(a)(iii) ............................................... [2]

(iv) The time of the last train to leave one night is shown on this clock.

11 12 1
10 2
9 3
8 4
7 6 5

Write down this time using the 24-hour clock.

Answer(a)(iv) ............................................... [1]

© UCLES 2015 0580/33/M/J/15


3

(b) This bar chart shows the number of trains stopping each day, for 20 days, at Sparke Station.

7
6
5
4
Frequency
3
2
1
0
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Number of trains

(i) Write down the modal number of trains stopping each day at Sparke Station.

Answer(b)(i) ............................................... [1]

(ii) Write down the range of the number of trains stopping each day at Sparke Station.

Answer(b)(ii) ............................................... [1]

(iii) Write one comment comparing the number of trains stopping each day at Pherlak Station to those
stopping at Sparke Station.

Answer(b)(iii) .............................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2015 0580/33/M/J/15 [Turn over


4

2 (a) Write the mathematical name under each of these triangles.

8 cm

8 cm 8 cm 8 cm 8 cm 12 cm NOT TO
SCALE

8 cm 12 cm

............................... ............................... ...............................


[3]

(b)

NOT TO
2 cm SCALE
5 cm

8 cm

12 cm

(i) Find the perimeter of this shape.

Answer(b)(i) ......................................... cm [1]

(ii) Find the area of this shape.


Give the units of your answer.

Answer(b)(ii) ............................. ............... [3]

© UCLES 2015 0580/33/M/J/15


5

(c)
C

NOT TO
6 cm SCALE
B

16 cm
A

In the diagram AB is the diameter of the circle and C is a point on the circumference.
AB = 16 cm and BC = 6 cm.

(i) Give a reason why angle ACB = 90°.

Answer(c)(i) ................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) Calculate AC.

Answer(c)(ii) AC = .......................................... cm [3]

(iii) Calculate the shaded area.

Answer(c)(iii) .........................................cm2 [5]

© UCLES 2015 0580/33/M/J/15 [Turn over


6

3 One day Raphael asked 90 people at a station the reason for their train journey.

(a) (i) Complete the table which shows the angles for the sectors in a pie chart.

Reason Frequency Angle


Work 24 96°
Holiday 16 64°
Shopping 19
Other 31
[2]

(ii) Complete the pie chart to show this information.

Work

Holiday

[1]

(b) Raphael selects one person at random.

Write down the probability that this person is going to work.


Give your answer as a fraction in its simplest form.

Answer(b) ............................................... [2]

(c) 405 people used the station that day.

Using Raphael’s information, calculate how many of the 405 people are likely to be going on holiday.

Answer(c) ............................................... [2]

© UCLES 2015 0580/33/M/J/15


7

4 In triangle ABC, AC = 10 cm and BC = 9 cm.

(a) Using a ruler and compasses only, construct this triangle below.
AB has been drawn for you.

B
[2]

(b) Using a straight edge and compasses only, construct the bisector of angle ABC.
Continue the bisector until it meets the line AC at D.
Mark the point D on your diagram. [2]

(c) Measure BD.

Answer(c) BD = .......................................... cm [1]

(d) Your diagram shows the positions of three towns A, B and C on a map.
A is due North of B.

Measure the bearing of C from A.

Answer(d) ............................................... [1]

© UCLES 2015 0580/33/M/J/15 [Turn over


8

5 Indira makes a playground for children.

(a) She borrows $40 000 for 5 years at a rate of 3.6% per year simple interest.

Calculate the total amount she will owe at the end of 5 years.

Answer(a) $ ............................................... [3]

(b) Bandhura works at the playground for 28 hours.


She is paid $15.85 per hour.

Calculate the total amount Bandhura is paid.

Answer(b) $ ............................................... [1]

(c) To visit the playground each adult pays $1.25 and each child pays $3.50 .
One day 24 adults and 32 children visit the playground.

Calculate how much they pay altogether.

Answer(c) $ ............................................... [3]

(d) On another day 180 people visit the playground.


These people are in the ratio

adults : boys : girls = 3 : 2 : 7.

Calculate the numbers of adults, boys and girls.

Answer(d) Adults = ...............................................

Boys = ...............................................

Girls = ............................................... [3]

© UCLES 2015 0580/33/M/J/15


9

(e) The opening hours for the playground are shown below.

Monday Closed
Tuesday 08 30 to 17 15
Wednesday 08 30 to 17 15
Thursday 08 30 to 17 15
Friday 08 30 to 18 00
Saturday 08 30 to 17 15
Sunday 09 00 to 17 00

Calculate the total number of hours that the playground is open in the week.

Answer(e) ...................................... hours [2]

(f) Indira introduces a family ticket for $7.95 .


21 families buy this ticket.

By rounding both numbers to 1 significant figure, estimate how much Indira receives.
Show clearly how you worked out your estimate.

Answer(f) $ ............................................... [2]

© UCLES 2015 0580/33/M/J/15 [Turn over


10

6 The travel graph shows a journey of a train from A to C, stopping at B.

C 125

100

75
Distance
from A (km)

50

25

A 0
09 00 10 00 11 00 12 00
Time

(a) Write down the time that the train leaves A.

Answer(a) ............................................... [1]

(b) Write down the time that the train stops at B.

Answer(b) ............................................... [1]

(c) For how many minutes did the train stop at B?

Answer(c) ........................................ min [1]


© UCLES 2015 0580/33/M/J/15
11

(d) Work out the average speed of the train between A and C.

Answer(d) ...................................... km/h [3]

(e) Another train leaves C at 09 50 and arrives at A at 11 40 without stopping.


It travels at a constant speed.

(i) On the grid, draw the travel graph for this train. [1]

(ii) At what time do the two trains pass each other?

Answer(e)(ii) ............................................... [1]

(f) A ticket from A to C costs 2345 rupees.


The exchange rate is 1 rupee = $0.024 .

Calculate the cost of the ticket in dollars.

Answer(f) $ ............................................... [1]

© UCLES 2015 0580/33/M/J/15 [Turn over


12

7 (a) The grid below shows the straight line L.


y

15

10

x
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6

–5
L

The equation of the line L is y = 2x + c.

Find the value of c.

Answer(a) c = ................................................ [1]

(b) (i) Complete the table of values for y = x 2 – 3x – 2.

x –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
y 8 2 –4 –4 2 8
[2]

(ii) On the grid, draw the graph of y = x 2 – 3x – 2 for –3 ⭐ x ⭐ 6. [4]

(iii) Write down the values of x where the line L intersects the curve y = x 2 – 3x – 2.

Answer(b)(iii) x = .................... and x = .................... [2]

© UCLES 2015 0580/33/M/J/15


13

8 (a) (i) A = 4πr2

Work out the value of A when r = 5.6 .


Give your answer correct to 1 decimal place.

Answer(a)(i) A = ............................................... [2]

(ii) Simplify the expression.


2a – b + 5a – 3b

Answer(a)(ii) ............................................... [2]

(iii) Solve the equation.


x
=6
3

Answer(a)(iii) x = ............................................... [1]

(iv) Solve the equation.


x–2=9

Answer(a)(iv) x = ............................................... [1]

(b) Solve the simultaneous equations.


You must show all your working.
2x + 3y = 4
3x – 4y = 23

Answer(b) x = ...............................................

y = ............................................... [4]

© UCLES 2015 0580/33/M/J/15 [Turn over


14

9 (a) Here are the first four terms of a sequence.

5 8 11 14
(i) Write down the next term in this sequence.

Answer(a)(i) ............................................... [1]

(ii) Write down the rule for finding the next term of this sequence.

Answer(a)(ii) .............................................................................................................................. [1]

(iii) Find an expression for the nth term of this sequence.

Answer(a)(iii) ............................................... [2]

(iv) Explain why the number 300 is not in this sequence.

Answer(a)(iv) ............................................................................................................................. [1]

(b) Here are the first four terms of another sequence.

4 7 11 16
(i) Write down the next two terms in this sequence.

Answer(b)(i) ..................... , ..................... [2]

(ii) Write down the rule for continuing this sequence.

Answer(b)(ii) .............................................................................................................................. [1]

© UCLES 2015 0580/33/M/J/15


15

10 A manufacturer makes rods.


Each day he records the number of rods made and the cost, in dollars, of making each rod.

Number of rods 660 340 150 580 280 520 310 480
Cost per rod ($) 2.14 2.22 2.43 2.24 2.41 2.18 2.30 2.28

(a) Complete the scatter diagram.


The first five points have been plotted for you.

2.50

2.40

2.30
Cost per
rod ($)

2.20

2.10

2.00
100 200 300 400 500 600 700

Number of rods
[2]

(b) Draw a line of best fit. [1]

(c) What type of correlation is shown by the scatter diagram?

Answer(c) ............................................... [1]

(d) When 400 rods are made, use your line of best fit to estimate the cost of each rod.

Answer(d) $ ............................................... [1]

(e) On another day the cost per rod is $2.20 .

Estimate the number of rods made.

Answer(e) ............................................... [1]

Question 11 is printed on the next page.


© UCLES 2015 0580/33/M/J/15 [Turn over
16

11 y
6

2
B
1
C x
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
–1
A
–2

–3

–4

–5

–6

(a) Reflect triangle A in the line y = –3. [2]

(b) Translate triangle A by the vector e o.


-5
[2]
4

(c) Describe fully the single transformation that maps

(i) triangle A onto triangle B,

Answer(c)(i) ................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [3]

(ii) triangle C onto triangle B.

Answer(c)(ii) ..............................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [3]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2015 0580/33/M/J/15


Candidate
Centre Number Number

Candidate Name

International General Certificate of Secondary Education


CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
MATHEMATICS 0580/3, 0581/3
PAPER 3
MAY/JUNE SESSION 2002
2 hours

Candidates answer on the question paper.


Additional materials:
Electronic calculator
Geometrical instruments
Mathematical tables (optional)
Tracing paper (optional)

TIME 2 hours

INSTRUCTIONS TO CANDIDATES
Write your name, Centre number and candidate number in the spaces at the top of this page.
Answer all questions.
Write your answers in the spaces provided on the question paper.
If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.

INFORMATION FOR CANDIDATES


The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the
answer to three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

FOR EXAMINER’S USE

This question paper consists of 11 printed pages and 1 blank page.


SB (SC) S07106/4 UNIVERSITY of CAMBRIDGE
© CIE 2002 Local Examinations Syndicate [Turn over
2 For
Examiner’s
Use
1 (a) Seven students from a class worked out the number of calories in their food and drink one
morning.
The list shows the results.

1400, 1650, 1880, 1530, 1210, 1390, 1440

(i) Find the median number of calories.

Answer (a)(i) .................................................. [2]

(ii) Calculate the mean number of calories.

Answer (a)(ii) ................................................. [2]

(iii) Explain why this list of numbers has no mode.

Answer (a)(iii) ...................................................................................................... [1]

(b) All 24 students in the class then estimated how many units of energy they had used during the
morning. The list shows the results.

20, 40, 20, 30, 30, 30, 25, 35, 30, 30, 25, 30,
30, 20, 25, 35, 30, 25, 25, 30, 25, 25, 30, 30.

(i) Complete the frequency table.

Number of units Number of students


of energy used (frequency)

20

25

30

35

40
[2]

(ii) Calculate the mean number of units of energy used.

Answer (b)(ii) ................................................. [3]


0580/3, 0581/3 Jun02
3 For
Examiner’s
Use
(c) The 24 students estimated how many units of energy they had used during the afternoon. The
results are shown in the table below.

Number of units of energy used 20 25 30 35 40

Number of students (frequency) 4 6 9 3 2

Draw and label an accurate pie chart in the circle below to show this information.
Show clearly how you calculated your angles.

[5]

0580/3, 0581/3 Jun02 [Turn over


4 For
Examiner’s
Use
50
2 (a) Complete the table of values for the function y = –– .
x

x 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
y 1.7 1.4 1.3
[3]
50
(b) On the grid draw the graph of y = –– for 5 ⭐ x ⭐ 50.
x
y
10

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 x [4]

(c) Use your graph to

(i) find the value of x when y = 4, Answer (c)(i) ................................................... [1]


50
(ii) solve the equation –– = 3. Answer (c)(ii) ................................................. [1]
x
x
(d) (i) Complete the table of values for the function y = 8 – –– .
5

x 0 20 40
y 4
[2]
x
(ii) On the same grid, draw the graph of y = 8 – –– for 0 ⭐ x ⭐ 40. [2]
5
(e) Write down the coordinates of the points of intersection of the two graphs.

Answer (e) ( .......... , ..........), ( .......... , .........) [2]


x
(f) Find the gradient of the graph of y = 8 – ––
5
Answer (f) ....................................................... [2]
0580/3, 0581/3 Jun02
5 For
Examiner’s
Use
3 Q NOT TO
SCALE

B
P C
6m

8m

In the diagram AB = 8 m, BC = 6 m and angle ABC = 90 °.

(a) Calculate the length of AC.

Answer (a) AC = ........................................ m [2]

(b) Calculate the size of angle BAC.

Answer (b) Angle BAC = ................................ [2]

(c) In triangle ACR, RC = 8.5 m and AR = AC.

(i) Make an accurate drawing of triangle ACR using a scale of 1 centimetre to represent 2
metres.

[3]

(ii) Measure angle CAR.

Answer (c)(ii) Angle CAR = ........................... [1]

(d) APBQCR is a net of a solid. Write down the name of this solid.

Answer (d) ...................................................... [1]

0580/3, 0581/3 Jun02 [Turn over


6 For
Examiner’s
Use
4 (a) Simplify 7k – 3m – k – 2m.

Answer (a) ...................................................... [2]

(b) Solve the equation 2(x – 4) + 3 (5 – 3x) = 4.

Answer (b) x = ................................................. [3]

(c) Pencils cost p cents each and erasers cost e cents each.
Farah buys 7 pencils and 3 erasers.

(i) Write down the total cost in cents, in terms of p and e.

Answer (c)(i) ......................................... cents [2]

(ii) Change your answer into dollars.

Answer (c)(ii) $ .............................................. [1]

(iii) What is the total cost, in dollars, when p = 20 and e = 15?

Answer (c)(iii) $ ............................................. [2]

(d) Zak starts with $1.


Each day the money he has doubles.
After 1 day he has $2, after 2 days he has $4 and so on.
How much money does he have after

(i) 4 days,

Answer (d)(i) $ .............................................. [1]

(ii) 7 days,

Answer (d)(ii) $ ............................................. [1]

(iii) d days? (Give your answer in its simplest form.)

Answer (d)(iii) $ ............................................ [1]

0580/3, 0581/3 Jun02


7 For
Examiner’s
Use
5 y
8

4
P
3

2 S

–4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 x
–1

–2

–3

The shape S, , is drawn on the grid above and the point P (1,3) is labelled.

(a) On the grid, draw the following transformations.

(i) The rotation of S, 90 ° clockwise, about the point P. Label it A. [2]

(ii)
冢 冣
The translation of S by the vector – 4 . Label it B.
–3
[2]

(iii) The enlargement of S with centre (0, 0) and scale factor 2. Label it C. [3]

(iv) The reflection of S in the line y = 4. Label it D. [3]

(b) Write down the vector which translates B back to the original position of S.

Answer (b) 冢 冣 [1]

0580/3, 0581/3 Jun02 [Turn over


8 For
Examiner’s
Use
6 The graph shows the number of students in a school at ten-yearly intervals between the years 1930
and 1990.

500

400
Number of
students

300

200

100

0
1930 1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000

Year
(a) How many students were there in the school in 1940?

Answer (a) ...................................................... [1]

(b) Estimate the number of students in 1952.

Answer (b) ...................................................... [1]

(c) During which ten-year interval did the number of students increase the most?

Answer (c) ........................to .......................... [1]

(d) The increase during each ten-year interval is x. The value of x between 1930 and 1940 is + 30.
Write down the value of x between

(i) 1970 and 1980,

Answer (d)(i) x = ............................................ [1]

(ii) 1980 and 1990.


Answer (d)(ii) x = ........................................... [1]

(e) The trend between 1980 and 1990 continued until 2000.

Estimate the number of students in (i) 2000,

Answer (e)(i) ................................................... [1]

(ii) 1996.

Answer (e)(ii) ................................................. [1]


0580/3, 0581/3 Jun02
9 For
Examiner’s
Use
(f) Work out the average increase each year in the number of students during the ten-year interval
1960 to 1970.

Answer (f) ....................................................... [2]

7(a) Y
NOT TO
p° X
SCALE
D 40°
A q°

150° r°
C
B

In the diagram, AX and CY are straight lines which intersect at D.


BA and CY are parallel.
Angle CDX = 40 ° and angle ABC = 150 °.

(i) Find p, q and r.

Answer (a)(i) p = ............................................ [1]

q = ............................................ [1]

r = ............................................. [1]

(ii) What is the name of the special quadrilateral ABCD?

Answer (a)(ii) ................................................. [1]

(b) (i) A nonagon is a polygon with nine sides.


Calculate the size of an interior angle of a regular nonagon.

Answer (b)(i) .................................................. [3]

(ii) Each angle of another regular polygon is 150 °.


Calculate the number of sides of this polygon.

Answer (b)(ii) ................................................. [3]

0580/3, 0581/3 Jun02 [Turn over


10 For
Examiner’s
Use
8 A bank offers loans to its customers.
Customers choose to repay over periods ranging from 60 to 240 months.

Table of Monthly Repayments in Dollars

Time taken to repay loan in months

60 90 120 180 240

5000 111.83 85.17 72.43 60.78 55.89

Loan 6000 134.20 102.20 86.92 72.94 67.07


amount
($) 8000 178.93 136.27 115.89 97.25 89.43

10 000 217.03 163.23 137.30 113.16 102.67

The table shows how much the customer must repay each month.
For example, Manuel takes a loan of $6000 for 180 months. The table shows that he must repay
$72.94 each month for 180 months.

(a) Ella takes a loan of $5000 for 90 months.

(i) How much must she repay each month?


Answer (a)(i)$ ................................................ [1]

(ii) Calculate the total amount she must repay.

Answer (a)(ii) $ .............................................. [1]

(iii) If instead she takes the loan of $5000 for 120 months, calculate how much more the total
amount will be.

Answer (a)(iii) $ ............................................. [2]

(b) Frida takes a loan of $10 000 for 60 months.

(i) Calculate the total amount she must repay.

Answer (b)(i) $ ............................................... [2]

(ii) Work out your answer to part(b)(i) as a percentage of $10 000.

Answer (b)(ii) ................................................. [2]

(c) Pedro takes a loan of $8000. He repays a total amount of $13 906.80.
Using the table, find the number of months of Pedro’s loan.

Answer (c) ...................................................... [3]

0580/3, 0581/3 Jun02


11 For
Examiner’s
Use
9 (a) The table below shows a pattern of numbers.
Fill in the two empty boxes.

1 2 3 4 5 n
3 5 9 2n + 1
[2]

(b) The new table shows another pattern of numbers.


Fill in the two empty boxes.

1 2 3 4 5 n
5 8 11 14
[2]

(c) By looking at the patterns, fill in the eight empty boxes in the table below.

1 2 3 4 5 6 n

1 4 9 16 n2

0 3 8 15

4 9 16 25
[5]

0580/3, 0581/3 Jun02


12

BLANK PAGE

0580/3, 0581/3 Jun02


Centre Number Candidate Number Name

CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS


International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MATHEMATICS 0580/03
0581/03
Paper 3
May/June 2003
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator
Geometrical instruments
Mathematical tables (optional)
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen in the spaces provided on the Question Paper.
You may use a soft pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer
to three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π , use either your calculator value or 3.142.

For Examiner’s Use


If you have been given a label, look at the
details. If any details are incorrect or
missing, please fill in your correct details
in the space given at the top of this page.

Stick your personal label here, if provided.

This document consists of 13 printed pages and 3 blank pages.

Ó CIE 2003 [Turn over


2 For
Examiner's
Use

1 Fifty students take part in a quiz.


The table shows the results.

Number of correct answers 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12


Number of students 4 7 8 7 10 6 5 3

(a) How many students had 6 correct answers?

Answer(a)……………….……… [1]

(b) How many students had less than 11 correct answers?

Answer(b)………………….....… [1]

(c) Find

(i) the modal number of correct answers,

Answer(c)(i)……………………. [1]
(ii) the median number of correct answers,

Answer(c)(ii)……………...……. [2]
(iii) the mean number of correct answers.

Answer(c)(iii)……….………….. [3]

(d) A bar chart is drawn to show the results.


The height of the bar for the number of students who had 5 correct answers is 2 cm.
What is the height of the bar for the number of students who had 9 correct
answers?

Answer(d)……….………...…cm [2]

0580/3, 0581/3 Jun 03


3 For
Examiner's
Use

(e) A pie chart is drawn to show the results.


What is the angle for the number of students who had 11 correct answers?

Answer(e)………………………. [2]

(f) The students who had the most correct answers shared a top prize of $22.50.
How much did each of these students receive?

Answer(f) $…………………….. [2]

(g) Work out the percentage of students who had less than 7 correct answers.

Answer(g)………………….…% [2]

(h) A student is chosen at random from the fifty students.


What is the probability that this student had

(i) exactly 10 correct answers,

Answer(h)(i)……………………. [1]
(ii) at least 10 correct answers,

Answer(h)(ii)…………………… [1]
(iii) more than 1 correct answer?

Answer(h)(iii)………………….. [1]

0580/3, 0581/3 Jun 03 [Turn over


4 For
Examiner's
Use

2 (a) Complete the table for the equation y = 120


x .

x 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6
y 80 60 40 30
[3]

(b) On the grid below, draw the curve y = 120


x for 1 x 6.

120

100

80

60

40

20

x
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 [4]
(c) Use your graph to find x when y = 70.

Answer(c) x = …………………. [1]

(d) Complete the table for the equation y = 120 - 20 x .

x 0 2 4 6
y 80 40 [2]

(e) On the same grid above, draw the graph of y = 120 - 20 x for 0 x 6. [2]

0580/3, 0581/3 Jun 03


5 For
Examiner's
Use

120
(f) The graphs of y= and y = 120 - 20 x intersect at two points.
x
Write down the coordinates of these two points.

Answer(f) ( ….… , ….…) and (….… , ….…) [2]

(g) Write down the gradient of the line y = 120 - 20 x .

Answer(g)……………………… [2]

0580/3, 0581/3 Jun 03 [Turn over


6 For
Examiner's
Use

3 (a) Bottles of water cost 25 cents each.

(i) Find the cost of 7 bottles in cents.

Answer(a)(i)……………...cents [1]

(ii) Write down an expression in b for the cost of b bottles in cents.

Answer(a)(ii)……………...cents [1]

(iii) Change your answer to part (i) into dollars.

Answer(a)(iii) $…...…………… [1]

(iv) Write down an expression in b for the cost of b bottles in dollars.

Answer(a)(iv) $………………… [1]

(b) The total cost, T, of n bars of chocolate is given by T = nc .

(i) Write c in terms of T and n.

Answer(b)(i) c = ………………… [1]

(ii) What does c represent?

Answer(b)(ii) .…………………………………………………………………………… [1]

(c) The average cost of a book is $A.

(i) The total cost of 8 books is $36.


Find the value of A.

Answer(c)(i) A = .……………… [1]

(ii) One of the 8 books is removed.


The cost of this book is $6.60.
Find the new value of A.

Answer(c)(ii) A = ……………… [2]

0580/3, 0581/3 Jun 03


7 For
Examiner's
Use

(iii) The total cost of x books is $y.


Write an expression for A in terms of x and y.

Answer(c)(iii) A = ……………… [1]

(iv) One of the x books is removed.


The cost of this book is $7.
Write a new expression for A in terms of x and y.

Answer(c)(iv) A = ……………… [2]

0580/3, 0581/3 Jun 03 [Turn over


8 For
Examiner's
Use

4
y

12

11

10

8
T
7 A

6
L K
5
F E
4

3
G D
2

1
M N
x
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

(a) Draw accurately the image of triangle T under the following transformations.
(i) Translate triangle T by the vector æç - 43 ö÷ . Label it P. [2]
è ø

(ii) Reflect triangle T in the line x = 8. Label it Q. [2]

(iii) Rotate triangle T about the point A through 90° anti-clockwise.


Label it R. [2]

(iv) Enlarge triangle T with centre of enlargement A and scale factor 2.


Label it S. [2]

0580/3, 0581/3 Jun 03


9 For
Examiner's
Use
(b) Describe fully the single transformation which maps

(i) triangle P onto triangle T,

Answer(b)(i)…………………………………………………………………………………. [2]

(ii) triangle S onto triangle T.

Answer(b)(ii)………………………………………………………………………………… [3]

(c) The rectangle DEFG is rotated onto the rectangle KLMN, with D mapped onto K.

Write down

(i) the angle of the rotation,

Answer(c)(i)…...…………………... [1]

(ii) the coordinates of the centre of the rotation.

Answer(c)(ii) (…..…….. , ....…..….) [2]

0580/3, 0581/3 Jun 03 [Turn over


10 For
Examiner's
Use

5
B

O A

The quarter-circle above has centre O and radius 7 cm.

(a) Using a straight edge and compasses only construct

(i) the perpendicular bisector of AO, [2]

(ii) the locus of points inside the quarter-circle which are 5 cm from O. [2]

(b) Shade the region, inside the quarter-circle, containing the points which are
more than 5 cm from O and nearer to A than O. [1]

(c) (i) The line OX bisects angle AOB and is 12 cm long.


Draw OX accurately. [2]

(ii) Draw accurately the tangent to the quarter-circle at A. [1]

(iii) This tangent meets the line OX at Y.


Measure the length of AY.
Answer(c)(iii) AY = …………..…….cm [1]

0580/3, 0581/3 Jun 03


11 For
Examiner's
Use

6
1 cm 1 cm 1 cm

1.5 cm 1.5 cm 1.5 cm


2.5 cm

3 cm

9 cm

In the diagram above, all the angles are right angles.

(a) Show that the area of the shape is 13.5 cm2.

Answer(a)
[2]
(b) The shape is the cross-section of a metal prism of length 2.8 metres.
Calculate the volume of the prism in cubic centimetres.

Answer(b)………………….cm3 [3]

(c) A metal cuboid is melted down so that prisms as described in part (b) can be made.
The cuboid measures 2 metres by 1.2 metres by 0.8 metres.

(i) Calculate the volume of the cuboid in cubic metres,

Answer(c)(i)……...…………..m3 [2]

(ii) Calculate the volume of the cuboid in cubic centimetres.

Answer(c)(ii)……..…………cm3 [2]
(iii) Calculate the number of prisms which can be made.

Answer(c)(iii)……...……………. [2]

(d) Draw any lines of symmetry of the shape on the diagram above. [1]

(e) Describe the rotational symmetry of the shape above.

Answer(e)……………………………………………………………………………….. [1]

0580/3, 0581/3 Jun 03 [Turn over


12 For
Examiner's
Use
7
90

80

70

60

Temperature 50
O
( C)
40

30

20

10

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Time (minutes)

The graph shows the temperature of a cup of tea cooling down in a room.

(a) What is the temperature of the tea after

(i) 0 minutes,
Answer(a)(i)……………………. [1]

(ii) 20 minutes?
Answer(a)(ii)...…………………. [1]

(b) After how many minutes is its temperature 30 °C?

Answer(b)……………………… [1]

(c) By how much has its temperature gone down between 4 minutes and 8 minutes?

Answer(c)……………………… [1]

(d) (i) Complete the table which shows falls in temperature.

Between 0 and 4 4 and 8 8 and 12 12 and 16


minutes minutes minutes minutes
Fall in temperature

[3]
(ii) What pattern do you notice about these falls in temperature?

Answer(d)(ii)…………………………………………………………………… [1]

0580/3, 0581/3 Jun 03


13 For
Examiner's
Use
(e) Estimate the room temperature.

Answer(e)…………………. °C [1]

8
Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3 Diagram 4

3 dots 4 dots 5 dots


1 triangle 3 triangles 6 triangles

Look at the diagrams above.

(a) Complete Diagram 4 to continue the pattern. [2]

(b) Complete the table below.

Diagram 1 2 3 4 5 n
Number of dots 3 4 5
[3]
(c) Complete the table below.

Diagram 1 2 3 4 5 6 10
Number of triangles 1 3 6 10
[3]
(d) A line is now drawn inside each of the diagrams as shown below.

Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3

2 triangles 6 triangles

How many triangles are there in Diagram 3?

Answer(d)………………………[2]

0580/3, 0581/3 Jun 03


14

BLANK PAGE

0580/3, 0581/3 Jun 03


15

BLANK PAGE

0580/3, 0581/3 Jun 03


16

BLANK PAGE

0580/3, 0581/3 Jun 03


Centre Number Candidate Number Name

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS


International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MATHEMATICS 0580/03
0581/03
Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2004

Candidates answer on the Question Paper. 2 hours


Additional Materials: Electronic calculator
Geometrical instruments
Mathematical tables (optional)
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen in the spaces provided on the Question Paper.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer
to three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π , use either your calculator value or 3.142.

FOR EXAMINER’S USE


If you have been given a label, look at
the details. If any details are incorrect or
missing, please fill in your correct details
in the space given at the top of this page.

Stick you personal label here, if provided.

This document consists of 15 printed pages and 1 blank page.


IB04 06_0580_03/6RP
Ó UCLES 2004 [Turn over
2 For
Examiner's
Use
1 (a) The list shows marks in an examination taken by a class of 10 students.

65, 51, 35, 34, 12, 51, 50, 75, 48, 39

(i) Write down the mode.

Answer(a)(i) [1]

(ii) Work out the median.

Answer(a)(ii) [2]

(iii) Calculate the mean.

Answer(a)(iii) [2]

(b) Grades were awarded for the examination.


The table below shows the number of students in the whole school getting each grade.

Grade Number of Angle on a pie


students chart

A 5
B 15
C 40
D 20
E 10

Totals 90

(i) Complete the table above by calculating the angles required to draw a pie chart. [2]

(ii) Using the circle at the top of the opposite page, draw an accurate pie chart to show the data
in the table.
Label the sectors A, B, C, D and E.

© UCLES 2004 0580/3, 0581/3 Jun/04


3 For
Examiner's
Use

[3]

(iii) What is the probability that a student chosen at random from the group taking the
examination was awarded

(a) grade C,

Answer(b)(iii)(a) [1]

(b) grade D or grade E?

Answer(b)(iii)(b) [2]

© UCLES 2004 0580/3, 0581/3 Jun/04 [Turn over


4 For
Examiner's
Use
2

NOT TO
2m SCALE

3m

3m

The diagram shows a shelter that Vudnella will build for her goats.
The shelter will stand on level ground with four identical vertical posts at the corners. Three walls
will be made by attaching thin rectangular pieces of wood to the posts. The front will be left open.
The shelter will have a thin square roof, 3 metres by 3 metres. The shelter will be 2 metres high.

(a) Calculate the area of the roof.

Answer(a) m2 [1]

(b) (i) Calculate the area of one wall.

Answer(b)(i) m2 [1]

(ii) Write down the total area of the three walls.

Answer(b)(ii) m2 [1]

(c) The three walls will be made up from thin rectangular pieces of wood.
Each piece of wood is 3 metres long and 20 centimetres wide.
You may ignore the thickness of the wood.

(i) Calculate the area, in square metres, of one of the pieces of wood.

Answer(c)(i) m2 [2]

(ii) Calculate the total number of pieces of wood she will need to build the three walls of the
shelter.

Answer(c)(ii) [2]

© UCLES 2004 0580/3, 0581/3 Jun/04


5 For
Examiner's
Use
(d) The four corner posts are each 2 metres high and 10 centimetres by 10 centimetres in cross-
section.
Calculate the volume, in cubic metres, of one post.

Answer(d) m3 [2]

(e) To build the shelter, she will also need 1.5 kilograms of nails.
Complete the table below.

Item Total cost of item


Posts at $1.20 each $……………………
Rectangular pieces of wood at $0.30 each $……………………
Roof material at $1.60 per m2 $……………………
Nails at $1.40 per kg $……………………
Total cost of shelter $……………………

[5]

© UCLES 2004 0580/3, 0581/3 Jun/04 [Turn over


6 For
Examiner's
2
Use
3 (a) Complete the table below for y =8- x .

x -3.5 -3 -2.5 -2 -1.5 -1 0 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5


y -4.25 -1 1.75 4 5.75 7 5.75 1.75 -4.25

[3]

2
(b) On the grid below, draw the graph of y = 8 - x for - 3.5 x 3.5.

11

10

_ _ _ _ x
4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4
_
1
_
2
_
3
_
4
_
5

[4]

© UCLES 2004 0580/3, 0581/3 Jun/04


7 For
Examiner's
Use
2
(c) Using the graph, write down the values of x for which 8 - x = 0 .

Answer(c) x = and [2]

(d) Complete the table below for y = 2 x + 5 .

x -3 0 3
y 11

[2]

(e) On the grid on the opposite page, draw the line y = 2 x + 5 for - 3 x 3. [2]

(f) Find the gradient of the line y = 2 x + 5 .

Answer(f) [2]

2
(g) Using your graphs, write down the x coordinates of the intersections of the graphs of y = 8 - x
and y = 2 x + 5 .

Answer(g) x = and [2]

© UCLES 2004 0580/3, 0581/3 Jun/04 [Turn over


8 For
Examiner's
Use
4 In this question the diagrams are not to scale.

(a) Calculate the value of s.

50 o
80 o
110 o s
o

Answer(a) s = [1]

(b) Calculate the value of t.

75 o t o
o

75
2t o

Answer(b) t = [2]

(c) (i)

50 o

xo 2y o

Complete the equation x + 2y = [2]

© UCLES 2004 0580/3, 0581/3 Jun/04


9 For
Examiner's
Use
(ii)

100 o

160 o

xo yo

Complete the equation x+y= [2]

(iii) Solve the simultaneous equations given by your answers to parts (c)(i) and (c)(ii) to find
the values of x and y.

Answer(c)(iii) x = ,y= [3]

© UCLES 2004 0580/3, 0581/3 Jun/04 [Turn over


10 For
Examiner's
Use
5 (a) Change 200 metres to kilometres.

Answer(a) km [1]

(b)
P
200 m
Q In the diagram, Q and S lie on a circle,
S radius 7.8 kilometres, centre C.
CQ is extended by 200 metres to P.
PS is a tangent to the circle at S.

7.8 km

NOT TO
SCALE

(i) Why is angle PSC a right angle?

Answer(b)(i) [1]

(ii) Write down the length of PC in kilometres.

Answer(b)(ii) km [1]

(iii) Calculate the length of PS in kilometres.

Answer(b)(iii) km [3]

(iv) Calculate the area of triangle PSC.


Give your answer correct to 2 significant figures.

Answer(b)(iv) km2 [3]

© UCLES 2004 0580/3, 0581/3 Jun/04


11 For
Examiner's
Use
6
y

7
A
6

5
B
4

3
E F
2

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ x
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
_
1
_
2
C
_
3
_
4
D
_
5
_
6

(a) Describe fully the single transformation that maps

(i) shape A onto shape B,

Answer(a)(i) [3]

(ii) shape C onto shape D.

Answer(a)(ii)

[3]

(b) On the grid above, draw

(i) the reflection of shape E in the y-axis, [2]

(ii) the enlargement of shape F, with scale factor 2 and centre (0, 0). [2]

© UCLES 2004 0580/3, 0581/3 Jun/04 [Turn over


12 For
Examiner's
Use
7 (a) (i) What is the special name given to a five-sided polygon?

Answer(a)(i) [1]

(ii) Calculate the total sum of the interior angles of a regular five-sided polygon.

Answer(a)(ii) [2]

(iii) Calculate the size of one interior angle of a regular five-sided polygon.

Answer(a)(iii) [1]

(b)
North

NOT TO
SCALE
B 160o
North
xo
yo
100 km North
120 km

o
70
A

A ship sails 100 kilometres from A on a bearing of 070o to B.


It then sails 120 kilometres on a bearing of 160o to C.

(i) Show that x + y = 90o.

Answer(b)(i)

[2]

(ii) Use trigonometry to calculate the size of angle BAC.

Answer(b)(ii) [2]

© UCLES 2004 0580/3, 0581/3 Jun/04


13 For
Examiner's
Use
(iii) Find the three-figure bearing of C from A.

Answer(b)(iii) [1]

(iv) Find the three-figure bearing of A from C.

Answer(b)(iv) [1]

© UCLES 2004 0580/3, 0581/3 Jun/04 [Turn over


14 For
Examiner's
Use
8
B
A

ROAD

The map shows three towns, A, B and C and a road.

(a) (i) Measure and write down the distance, in centimetres, from A to B.

Answer(a)(i) cm [1]

(ii) The towns A and B are 60 kilometres apart.


The map is drawn to scale.
Complete the statement in the answer space.

Answer(a)(ii) 1 cm represents km [2]

(iii) Find the actual distance, in kilometres, from town A to town C.

Answer(a)(iii) km [1]

(b) An airport is to be built 10 kilometres from the road.


On the map, draw accurately the locus of the points that are 10 kilometres from the road. [2]

(c) The airport must be the same distance from A as it is from B.


Using compasses and a straight edge only, draw the locus of the points that are equidistant from
A and B. [2]

(d) The airport must be not more than 40 kilometres from C.


Draw the locus of points that are 40 kilometres from C. [2]

(e) Mark and label L, the position for the airport. [1]

© UCLES 2004 0580/3, 0581/3 Jun/04


15 For
Examiner's
Use
9 (a) Look at the sequence of dots and squares below.

Number of dots 4 6 8 10
Number of squares 1 2 3 4

Find the number of dots when there are

(i) 5 squares,

Answer(a)(i) [1]

(ii) 9 squares,

Answer(a)(ii) [1]

(iii) n squares.

Answer(a)(iii) [2]

(b) Another sequence of dots and squares is shown below.

Diagram 1 2 3 4
Number of dots 4 8 12 16
Number of squares 1 4 9 16

(i) For diagram 5, find

(a) the number of dots,

Answer(b)(i)(a) [1]

(b) the number of squares.

Answer(b)(i)(b) [1]

(ii) Find the number of dots in the diagram that has 144 squares.

Answer(b)(ii) [2]

(iii) Find the number of squares in the diagram that has 40 dots.

Answer(b)(iii) [2]

© UCLES 2004 0580/3, 0581/3 Jun/04


16

BLANK PAGE

Every reasonable effort has been made to trace all copyright holders. The publishers would be pleased to hear from anyone whose rights we have unwittingly infringed.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the
University of Cambridge.

0580/3, 0581/3 Jun/04


UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MATHEMATICS
*058003*
Paper 3 (Core) 0580/03 0581/03
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator
Geometrical instruments May/June 2005
Mathematical tables (optional)
Tracing paper (optional) 2 hours

Candidate
Name

Centre Candidate
Number Number

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen in the spaces provided on the Question Paper.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN THE BARCODE.
DO NOT WRITE IN THE GREY AREAS BETWEEN THE PAGES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
For Examiner's Use
The total number of marks for this paper is 104.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is
not exact, give the answer to three significant figures. Given answers
in degrees to one decimal place.
For π , use either your calculator value or 3.142.

This document consists of 15 printed pages and 1 blank page.


IB05 06_0580_03/5RP
 UCLES 2005 [Turn over
2

1 Juana is travelling by plane from Spain to England. For


Examiner's
(a) Her case weighs 17.2 kilograms. Use
The maximum weight allowed is 20 kilograms.
By how much is the weight of her case below the maximum allowed?

Answer (a) kg [1]

(b) She changes 150 euros (€) into pounds (£).


The exchange rate is €1 = £0.71.
Calculate how much she receives.

Answer (b) £ [1]

(c) She travels from her home to the airport by train.


She catches a train at 09 55 and the journey takes 45 minutes.

(i) Write down the time she arrives at the airport.

Answer (c)(i) [1]

(ii) She has to wait until 12 10 to get on her plane.


Work out how long she has to wait.

Answer (c)(ii) h min [1]

(d) The plane takes off at 12 40 Spanish time, which is 11 40 English time.
1
The flight takes 2 4 hours.
What is the time in England when she arrives?

Answer (d) [1]

(e) The plane has seats for 420 passengers.


15% of the seats are empty.
How many passengers are on the plane?

Answer (e) [3]

© UCLES 2005 0580/03, 0581/03 Jun 05


3

2 (a) Complete the table of values for y = 1 + 2x – x2. For


Examiner's
Use
x −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3 4 5

y − 14 −7 1 −2 − 14

[3]
(b) Draw the graph of y = 1 + 2x – x2 on the grid below.

y
4

x
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5
–2

–4

–6

–8

–10

–12

–14
[4]

(c) Use your graph to find the solutions to the equation 1 + 2x – x2 = 0.

Answer (c) x =

or x = [2]

(d) (i) On the grid, draw the line of symmetry of the graph. [1]

(ii) Write down the equation of this line of symmetry.

Answer(d)(ii) [1]

© UCLES 2005 0580/03, 0581/03 Jun 05 [Turn over


4

3 For
Examiner's
Use
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday

Minimum
temperature 4 6 0 −2 −4 2
o
C

Maximum
temperature 8 10 5 7 2 7
o
C

The table shows the minimum and maximum temperatures on six days of a week.

(a) (i) On Sunday the minimum temperature was 5 °C lower than on Saturday.
The maximum temperature was 2 °C higher than on Saturday.
Use this information to complete the table. [2]

(ii) Find the difference between the minimum and maximum temperatures on Thursday.

o
Answer(a)(ii) C [1]

(b) Use the table to complete the graphs below for all seven days.

10
Maximum
temperature
8

4
Temperature
o
C 2

0
Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday
–2
Minimum
temperature
–4

–6

[2]

© UCLES 2005 0580/03, 0581/03 Jun 05


5

(c) Use your graphs to find For


(i) on how many days the temperature fell below −1 °C, Examiner's
Use

Answer(c)(i) [1]

(ii) which day had the largest difference between minimum and maximum temperatures.

Answer(c)(ii) [1]

(d) The formula for changing degrees Celsius (C) to degrees Fahrenheit (F) is

9C
F= + 32 .
5

Use the formula to change 6 degrees Celsius to degrees Fahrenheit.


Show all your working.

Answer(d) [2]

© UCLES 2005 0580/03, 0581/03 Jun 05 [Turn over


6

4 For
y Examiner's
Use
4

3
A
2

1
B

–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 x

–1
C
–2

–3
D
–4

6 −3
(a) A translation is given by + .
3 −4

(i) Write this translation as a single column vector.

Answer(a)(i) [2]

(ii) On the grid, draw the translation of triangle A using this vector. [2]

1
(b) Another translation is given by –2
−1

(i) Write this translation as a single column vector.

Answer(b)(i) [2]

(ii) On the grid, draw the translation of triangle B using this vector. [2]

(c) Describe fully the single transformation that maps shape C onto shape D.

Answer(c)

[3]

© UCLES 2005 0580/03, 0581/03 Jun 05


7

(d) For
y Examiner's
Use

x
O

The triangle in the diagram above is isosceles.

(i) How many lines of symmetry does this triangle have?

Answer(d)(i) [1]

(ii) Write down the order of rotational symmetry of this triangle.

Answer(d)(ii) [1]

(iii) On the grid above, draw the rotation of this triangle about O through 180o. [2]

(iv) Describe fully another single transformation that maps this triangle onto your answer for
part (d)(iii).

Answer(d)(iv)

[2]

© UCLES 2005 0580/03, 0581/03 Jun 05 [Turn over


8

5 For
Examiner's
6 Use
1
5
2
4
3

(a) Asif tests a six-sided spinner.

The results of 60 spins are shown below.

3 3 6 5 6 1 2 6 5 2

3 4 4 4 3 4 6 5 2 1

6 3 6 4 1 5 3 6 2 6

6 6 3 6 1 6 6 5 1 6

1 6 2 5 3 6 4 2 3 5

1 4 4 1 5 4 6 6 2 3

(i) Use these results to complete the frequency table.

Number Frequency

6
[3]
(ii) Write down the mode.

Answer(a)(ii) [1]

(iii) Find the median.

Answer(a)(iii) [2]

© UCLES 2005 0580/03, 0581/03 Jun 05


9

(iv) Calculate the mean. For


Give your answer correct to one decimal place. Examiner's
Use

Answer(a)(iv) [3]

(b) Asif tests a different six-sided spinner.


He draws a bar chart to show the results.

14

12

10

8
Frequency
6

0
1 2 3 4 5 6
Number

(i) How many times did he spin this spinner?

Answer(b)(i) [2]

(ii) Calculate the mean score for this spinner.

Answer(b)(ii) [3]

© UCLES 2005 0580/03, 0581/03 Jun 05 [Turn over


10

6 (a) For
Examiner's
Use
x cm NOT TO
SCALE

2x cm

The perimeter of the rectangle in the diagram above is 36 centimetres.

(i) Find the value of x.

Answer(a)(i) x = [2]

(ii) Using this value of x, calculate the area of the rectangle.

Answer(a)(ii) cm2 [2]

(b)
4z + 2

NOT TO
3y y+3
SCALE

10z – 1

The diagram above shows another rectangle.

(i) In this rectangle 3y = y + 3.


Solve the equation to find y.

Answer(b)(i) y = [2]

(ii) Write down an equation in z.

Answer(b)(ii) [1]

(iii) Solve the equation in part (b)(ii) to find z.

Answer(b)(iii) z = [3]

© UCLES 2005 0580/03, 0581/03 Jun 05


11

(c) For
4a+b Examiner's
Use

a–b NOT TO
3
SCALE

17

The diagram above shows another rectangle.

(i) Write down two equations in a and b.

Answer(c)(i)

[2]

(ii) Solve these two equations simultaneously to find a and b.

Answer(c)(ii) a =

b= [3]

© UCLES 2005 0580/03, 0581/03 Jun 05 [Turn over


12

7 For
C Examiner's
Use

Sea
North

North
Land

14 km
A
B

At midday, a ship is somewhere along the line from A to C.

(a) By measuring an angle, write down the three figure bearing of the ship from A.

Answer(a) [2]

(b) The coastguard at B sees the ship on a bearing of 350o.

(i) On the diagram draw accurately the line showing a bearing of 350o from B. [1]

(ii) On the diagram mark the position of the ship, S. [1]

(c) (i) Measure the length, in centimetres, of the line AB on the diagram.

Answer(c)(i) cm [1]

(ii) The distance from A to B is 14 kilometres.


Calculate the scale of the drawing.
Give your answer in the form 1:n.

Answer(c)(ii) 1: [2]

© UCLES 2005 0580/03, 0581/03 Jun 05


13

(d) The ship is sailing straight for the rocks, R. For


There is a lighthouse at A. Examiner's
The range of the light from the lighthouse is 10 kilometres. Use

(i) Using your scale, draw the locus of points that are 10 kilometres from A. [2]

(ii) Draw the line SR on the diagram.


How far is the ship from the rocks when the light from the lighthouse is first seen on the
ship?

Answer(d)(ii) km [2]

(e) If the ship does not alter course it will hit the rocks at 12 40.
A lifeboat sets off from the coastguard station, B, at 12 00 and sails straight towards the rocks.

(i) Measure and calculate the distance, in kilometres, from the coastguard station, B, to the
rocks, R.

Answer(e)(i) km [2]

(ii) Calculate the speed, in kilometres per hour, at which the lifeboat must sail to reach the
rocks by 12 40.

Answer(e)(ii) km/h [3]

(iii) A knot is 1 nautical mile per hour.


One nautical mile is equal to 1.85 kilometres.
Calculate the speed found in part (e)(ii) in knots.

Answer(e)(iii) knots [2]

© UCLES 2005 0580/03, 0581/03 Jun 05 [Turn over


14

8 For
C Examiner's
Use

NOT TO
SCALE

A B

6 cm

C
4 cm
NOT TO
SCALE

B
A

8 cm

The diagram above shows a cuboid and its net.

(a) Calculate the total surface area of the cuboid.

Answer(a) cm2 [3]

© UCLES 2005 0580/03, 0581/03 Jun 05


15

(b) Calculate the volume of the cuboid. For


Examiner's
Use

Answer(b) cm3 [2]

(c) An ant walks directly from A to C on the surface of the cuboid.

(i) Draw a straight line on the net to show this route. [1]

(ii) Calculate the length of the ant’s journey.

Answer(c)(ii) cm [3]

(iii) Calculate the size of angle CAB on the net.

Answer(c)(iii) Angle CAB = [3]

© UCLES 2005 0580/03, 0581/03 Jun 05


16

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where
possible. Every reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance
have unwittingly been included, the publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is
itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
0580/03, 0581/03 Jun 05
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MATHEMATICS
*058001*
Paper 3 (Core) 0580/03 0581/03
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator
Geometrical instruments May/June 2006
Mathematical tables (optional)
Tracing paper (optional) 2 hours

Candidate
Name

Centre Candidate
Number Number

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN THE BARCODE.
DO NOT WRITE IN THE GREY AREAS BETWEEN THE PAGES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
For Examiner's Use
The total number of marks for this paper is 104.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is
not exact, give the answer to three significant figures. Given answers
in degrees to one decimal place.
For π , use either your calculator value or 3.142.

This document consists of 11 printed pages and 1 blank page.


IB06 06_0580_03/4RP
 UCLES 2006 [Turn over
2

1 For
y Examiner's
Use

B
4

2
T

x
–6 –4 –2 0 2 4 6 8 10

–2
A

–4

–6

The shapes T, A and B are drawn on the grid above.

(a) In each case describe fully the single transformation which maps

(i) T onto A,

Answer(a)(i) [3]

(ii) T onto B.

Answer(a)(ii) [3]

(b) Draw on the grid the rotation of T by 90° anticlockwise about (0,0).
Label your answer R. [2]

(c) Draw on the grid the reflection of T in the line y = –2.


Label your answer M. [2]

© UCLES 2006 0580/03 0581/03 Jun 2006


3

2 A candle, made from wax, is in the shape of a cylinder. For


The radius is 1.5 centimetres and the height is 20 centimetres. Examiner's
Use

(a) Calculate, correct to the nearest cubic centimetre, NOT TO


the volume of wax in the candle. 20 cm
SCALE
[The volume of a cylinder, radius r, height h, is πr 2 h .]

1.5 cm

Answer(a) cm3 [2]

(b) The candle burns 0.8 cm3 of wax every minute.


How long, in hours and minutes, will it last?
Write your answer correct to the nearest minute.

Answer(b) h min [3]

(c) The candles are stored in boxes which


measure x cm by 24 cm by 20 cm.
Each box contains 96 candles.
20 cm
Calculate the minimum value of x.
NOT TO
SCALE
24 cm
x cm

Answer(c) x = [2]

(d) A shopkeeper pays $25 for one box of 96 candles. He sells all the candles for 35 cents each.
(i) How much profit does he make?

Answer(d)(i) $ [2]

(ii) Calculate his profit as a percentage of the cost price.

Answer(d)(ii) % [3]

© UCLES 2006 0580/03 0581/03 Jun 2006 [Turn over


4

3 (a) Simplify the expression 5p – 2q – (p + q). For


Examiner's
Use

Answer(a) [2]

(b) Solve the equation 3(2x – 5) = 27.

Answer(b) x = [3]

(c) A kite has sides of length j cm and k cm. j cm k cm


NOT TO
(i) Write down an expression in terms of
SCALE
j and k for the perimeter of the kite.

Answer(c)(i) cm [1]

(ii) The perimeter of the kite is 72 centimetres.


Write down an equation in j and k.

Answer(c)(ii) [1]

(iii) If k = 2j, find the value of k.

Answer(c)(iii) k = [2]

s−t 5 2 1
(d) (i) Use the formula w = r to find the value of w when s = , t = and r = .
6 3 2

Show all your working clearly.

Answer(d)(i) [3]

(ii) Rearrange the formula in part (d)(i) to find s in terms of w, r and t.

Answer(d)(ii) s = [2]

© UCLES 2006 0580/03 0581/03 Jun 2006


5

4 For
Examiner's
Use

Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3 Diagram 4

The diagrams show a sequence of regular hexagons.


Sticks of equal length are used to make the hexagons.

(a) Complete the table for the number of sticks in each diagram.

Diagram 1 2 3 4 5

Sticks 6 11 [3]

(b) How many sticks are there in the 20th diagram?

Answer(b) [2]

(c) How many sticks are there in the nth diagram?

Answer(c) [2]

(d) How many hexagons are there in a diagram which has 186 sticks?

Answer(d) [2]

© UCLES 2006 0580/03 0581/03 Jun 2006 [Turn over


6

5 A train leaves Madrid at 07 00 and travels to Cordoba, a distance of 340 kilometres. For
The distance-time graph shows the journey. Examiner's
Use

Seville

400

Cordoba

300
Distance
from
Madrid
(kilometres)
200

100

Madrid
07 00 08 00 09 00 10 00
Time

(a) Find the average speed of the train from Madrid to Cordoba, in kilometres per hour.

Answer(a) km/h [2]

(b) The train stops for 12 minutes at Cordoba.


It then continues its journey at the same average speed to Seville.
(i) Complete the graph to show its journey. [2]

(ii) At what time does it arrive in Seville?


Answer(b)(ii) [1]

(c) Another train leaves Seville at 07 30 and travels, without stopping, to Madrid.
This train arrives in Madrid at 09 45.
(i) Draw a line on the grid to show this journey. [2]

(ii) How far from Madrid are the two trains when they pass each other?
Answer(c)(ii) km [1]

(iii) Calculate the average speed of the train from Seville to Madrid, in kilometres per hour.

Answer(c)(iii) km/h [2]

© UCLES 2006 0580/03 0581/03 Jun 2006


7

6 Ahmed selected a sample of 10 students from his school and measured their hand spans and heights. For
The results are shown in the table below. Examiner's
Use

Hand span (cm) 15 18.5 22.5 26 19 23 17.5 25 20.5 22


Height (cm) 154 156 164 178 162 170 154 168 168 160

He calculated the mean hand span to be 20.9 cm and the range of the hand spans to be 11 cm.
(a) Calculate
(i) the mean height,

Answer(a)(i) Mean = cm [2]


(ii) the range of the heights.

Answer(a)(ii) Range = cm [2]

(b) In order to compare the two measures, he used a scatter diagram.


The first three points are plotted on the grid.

180
178
176
174
172
170
168
Height 166
(cm) 164
162
160
158
156
154
152
150
14 16 18 20 22 24 26
Hand span (cm)

(i) Complete the scatter diagram by plotting the remaining 7 points. [2]
(ii) Draw the line of best fit on the grid. [1]
(iii) Use the line of best fit to estimate the height of a student with hand span 21 cm.
Answer(b)(iii) cm [1]

(iv) Which one of the following words describes the correlation?


Positive Negative Zero
Answer(b)(iv) [1]

(v) What does this indicate about the relationship between hand span and height?

Answer(b)(v) [1]

© UCLES 2006 0580/03 0581/03 Jun 2006 [Turn over


8

7 (a) The equation of a straight line is y = mx + c. For


Which letter in this equation represents the gradient? Examiner's
Use
Answer(a) [1]

(b)
y
12

10

x
–4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4
–2

–4

Write down the equation of the line shown on the grid above.

Answer(b) [2]

(c) Complete the table of values for y = 12 – x2.

x –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4

y –4 3 11 11 8 –4
[3]

(d) On the grid above, draw the graph of y = 12 – x2. [3]

(e) Write down the coordinates of the points of intersection of the straight line with your curve.

Answer(e) ( , ) and ( , ) [2]

© UCLES 2006 0580/03 0581/03 Jun 2006


9

8 (a) ABCDE is a regular polygon with centre O. For


Examiner's
Use
B

NOT TO
A O C
SCALE

E D

(i) What is the special name for the polygon?


Answer(a)(i) [1]
(ii) Calculate angle EOD.

Answer(a)(ii) Angle EOD = [2]


(iii) Calculate angle AED.

Answer(a)(iii) Angle AED = [2]

(b) In the diagram below, AB and CD are straight lines which intersect at M.
LMN and PQRS are parallel straight lines.
Angle QMR = 35° and angle BMN = 64°.

D B

xo
L M 64o N

35o

NOT TO
SCALE

P Q R S
yo zo

A C

Find the values of x, y and z.

Answer(b) x = [1]

y= [2]

z= [2]

© UCLES 2006 0580/03 0581/03 Jun 2006 [Turn over


10

9 A farmer owns a triangular field ABC. For


A scale diagram of this field is drawn below. Examiner's
Use
1 centimetre represents 10 metres.

A B

(a) (i) Complete the following statement.


The side of the field, AC, is metres long. [1]

(ii) Measure, in degrees, the angle ACB.


Answer(a)(ii) Angle ACB = [1]

In the following parts, leave in all your construction lines.

(b) The farmer divides the field with a fence from A to the side BC.
Each point on the fence is the same distance from AB as from AC.
(i) Using a straight edge and compasses only, construct the line representing the fence. [2]

(ii) Write down the length of this fence, in metres.


Answer(b)(ii) m [1]

(c) He puts another fence along the perpendicular bisector of the side AC.
Using a straight edge and compasses only, construct the line representing this fence. [2]

(d) He decides to keep goats in the region of the field which is closer to AC than to AB and closer
to A than to C.
Label the region G in the field where he can keep goats. [2]

© UCLES 2006 0580/03 0581/03 Jun 2006


11

10 Bashira lives in town A and works in town B, which is 13 kilometres from A on a bearing of 040°. For
She drives from home to work and then drives to visit her mother who lives in town C. Examiner's
Use
Town C is 17 kilometres from B on a bearing of 130° from B.

North
NOT TO
SCALE
o
B 130

po q
o

13 km
17 km

North North

40o

A
C

(a) By writing down the values of p and q, show that angle ABC = 90o.
Answer(a) p = and q = [1]

(b) Use trigonometry to calculate the size of angle ACB.

Answer(b) Angle ACB = [2]

(c) Calculate the distance CA.

Answer(c) CA = km [2]

(d) Calculate the area of the triangle ABC.

Answer(d) km2 [2]

(e) Work out the bearing of A from C.

Answer(e) [2]

© UCLES 2006 0580/03 0581/03 Jun 2006


12

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included,
the publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a
department of the University of Cambridge.

0580/03 0581/03 Jun 2006


UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*9910953725*

MATHEMATICS 0580/03, 0581/03


Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2007
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Mathematical tables (optional)
Geometrical instruments Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π , use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

For Examiner's Use

This document consists of 12 printed pages.

IB07 06_0580_03/5RP
© UCLES 2007 [Turn over
2

1 (a) Find the value of For


Examiner's
(i) 5 0, Use

Answer(a)(i) [1]

(ii) the square root of 64,

Answer(a)(ii) [1]

(iii) the cube root of 64,

Answer(a)(iii) [1]

(iv) the integer closest in value to (1.8)3.

Answer(a)(iv) [1]

(b) Write down

(i) a common factor of 15 and 27, which is greater than 1,

Answer(b)(i) [1]

(ii) a common multiple of 10 and 12.

Answer(b)(ii) [1]

(c) (i) Two of the factors of 2007 are square numbers. One of these is 1.

Find the other square number.

Answer(c)(i) [1]

(ii) Write down the two factors of 2007 which are prime.

Answer(c)(ii) and [2]

© UCLES 2007 0580/03/J/07


3

2 Marguerite earns $336 per month. For


She divides her earnings between bills, food, savings and personal spending. Examiner's
Use
2
(a) Her bills take of her earnings.
7
Show that $240 is left for her other items.
Answer(a)

[2]

(b) She divides the $240 between food, savings and personal spending in the ratio 5 : 3 : 4.
Calculate how much she spends on food.

Answer(b) $ [2]

(c) She saves the same amount each month.


Show that she saves $720 in one year.
Answer(c)

[2]

(d) She invests the $720 in a bank which pays 6% per year compound interest.
How much will this be worth after 2 years?

Answer(d) $ [3]

© UCLES 2007 0580/03/J/07 [Turn over


4

3 (a) Kinetic energy, E, is related to mass, m, and velocity, v, by the formula For
Examiner's
1 Use
E= mv2.
2

(i) Calculate E when m = 5 and v = 12.

Answer(a)(i) E= [2]

(ii) Calculate v when m = 8 and E = 225.

Answer(a)(ii) v = [2]

(iii) Make m the subject of the formula.

Answer(a)(iii) m = [2]

(b) Factorise completely xy2 – x2y.

Answer(b) [2]

(c) Solve the equation 3(x – 5) + 2(14 – 3x) = 7.

Answer(c) x = [3]

(d) Solve the simultaneous equations

4x + y = 13,
2x + 3y = 9.

Answer(d) x =

y= [3]

© UCLES 2007 0580/03/J/07


5

4 (a) The table shows corresponding values of x and y for the function For
Examiner's
Use
60
y= (x ≠ 0).
x

x −6 −5 −4 −3 −2 −1 1 2 3 4 5 6

y −12 −15 −30 60 12 10


[2]
(i) Fill in the missing values of y in the table above.
(ii) Plot the points on the grid below and draw the graph for −6 x −1 and 1 x 6.

y
60

50

40

30

20

10

x
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
–10

–20

–30

–40

–50

–60
[4]
(b) Write down the order of rotational symmetry of the graph.
Answer(b) [1]

(c) Draw the lines of symmetry of the graph on the grid. [2]

(d) One line of symmetry intersects the graph at two points.

(i) Write down the co-ordinates of these two points.

Answer(d)(i) ( , ) and ( , ) [2]

(ii) Write down the equation of this line of symmetry.


Answer(d)(ii) [1]
(e) Find the gradient of the other line of symmetry.
Answer(e) [1]

© UCLES 2007 0580/03/J/07 [Turn over


6

5 A bag contains 24 discs. For


10 discs are red, 9 discs are green and 5 discs are yellow. Examiner's
Use

(a) The number of discs of each colour can be shown by three sectors on a pie chart.
The sector angle for the red discs is 150°.

Work out the sector angle for

(i) the green discs,

Answer(a)(i) [1]

(ii) the yellow discs.

Answer(a)(ii) [1]

(iii) Complete the pie chart below and label the sectors.

[2]

© UCLES 2007 0580/03/J/07


7

(b) A disc is chosen at random. For


Examiner's
Use
Find, as a fraction, the probability of each of the following events.

(i) Event A: the disc is red.

Answer(b)(i) [1]

(ii) Event B: the disc is red or yellow.

Answer(b)(ii) [1]

(iii) Event C: the disc is not yellow.

Answer(b)(iii) [1]

(c)

Probability Scale
Impossible Certain

(c)(i) ........... (c)(ii) ...........

The diagram shows a horizontal probability scale.

Write on the dotted lines in the diagram, the probability of

(i) an impossible event, [1]

(ii) a certain event. [1]

(d) Using the notation, A, B and C , mark the positions of your three answers in part (b) on the
Probability Scale diagram in part (c). [3]

© UCLES 2007 0580/03/J/07 [Turn over


8

6 For
E Examiner's
Use

D C

6m 6m
NOT TO
SCALE

56°

A B
O

ABCED is the cross-section of a tunnel.

ABCD is a rectangle and DEC is a semi-circle. O is the mid-point of AB.

OD = OC = 6 m and angle DOC = 56°.

(a) (i) Show that angle COB = 62°.

Answer(a)(i)

[1]
(ii) Calculate the length of OB.

Answer(a)(ii) OB = m [2]

(iii) Write down the width of the tunnel, AB.

Answer(a)(iii) AB= m [1]

(iv) Calculate the length of BC.

Answer(a)(iv) BC = m [2]

© UCLES 2007 0580/03/J/07


9

(b) Calculate the area of For


Examiner's
Use
(i) the rectangle ABCD,

Answer(b)(i) m2 [2]

(ii) the semi-circle DEC,

Answer(b)(ii) m2 [2]

(iii) the cross-section of the tunnel.

Answer(b)(iii) m2 [1]

(c) The tunnel is 500 metres long.

(i) Calculate the volume of the tunnel.

Answer(c)(i) m3 [2]

(ii) A car travels through the tunnel at a constant speed of 60 kilometres per hour.

How many seconds does it take to go through the tunnel?

Answer(c)(ii) s [3]

© UCLES 2007 0580/03/J/07 [Turn over


10

7 For
l Examiner's
Use

D C

A B

A quadrilateral ABCD, a line l and a point O are shown on the grid above.

(a) Write down the mathematical name for the quadrilateral ABCD.

Answer(a) [1]

(b) On the grid above, draw the images of the quadrilateral ABCD under the
following transformations.

 9
(i) Translation by the vector  −  . Label this image P. [2]
 3
 
(ii) Reflection in the line l. Label this image Q. [2]

(iii) Rotation, centre A, through 90° anti-clockwise. Label this image R. [2]

(iv) Enlargement, centre O and scale factor 3. Label this image S. [3]

© UCLES 2007 0580/03/J/07


11

8 For
Examiner's
Use

A
R

The diagram shows a circular garden, centre O. A straight path AB touches the circle at P.

(a) (i) Draw on the diagram the diameter PQ and label the point Q. [1]

(ii) Without measuring, write down the size of angle APQ.

Answer(a)(ii) Angle APQ= [1]

(iii) The point R is marked on the circumference of the circle. Draw the lines PR and QR. [1]

(iv) Write down the reason why the angle PRQ is 90°.

Answer(a)(iv) [1]

(b) Showing all your construction lines, use a straight edge and compasses only to construct

(i) the perpendicular bisector of QR, [2]

(ii) the bisector of angle PRQ. [2]

(c) Shade the region of the garden between PQ and QR which is closer to R than to Q and
closer to RQ than to RP. [2]

Question 9 is on the next page.

© UCLES 2007 0580/03/J/07 [Turn over


12

9 In the pattern below each diagram shows a letter E formed by joining dots. For
Examiner's
Use
Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3 Diagram 4

(a) Draw the next letter E in the pattern. [1]

(b) Complete the table showing the number of dots in each letter E.

Diagram 1 2 3 4 5

Dots 8 15

[3]
(c) How many dots make up the letter E in

(i) Diagram 10,

Answer(c)(i) [2]

(ii) Diagram n?

Answer(c)(ii) [2]

(d) The letter E in Diagram n has 113 dots.

Write down an equation in n and use it to find the value of n.

Answer(d) n = [3]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where
possible. Every reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance
have unwittingly been included, the publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of
University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2007 0580/03/J/07


UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*7626748314*

MATHEMATICS 0580/03, 0581/03


Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2008
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Mathematical tables (optional) Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a soft pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π , use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

For Examiner's Use

This document consists of 15 printed pages and 1 blank page.

IB08 06_0580_03/4RP
© UCLES 2008 [Turn over
2

1 Alphonse, his wife and child fly from Madrid to the Olympic Games in Beijing. For
The adult plane fare is 450 euros. Examiner's
Use
The child fare is 68% of the adult fare.
(a) Show that the total plane fare for the family is 1206 euros. Show all your working clearly.

Answer (a)

[3]

(b) The ratio of the money spent on plane fares : accommodation : tickets = 6 : 5 : 3.

Calculate the total cost.

Answer(b) euros [3]

(c) Alphonse changes 500 euros into Chinese Yuan at a rate of 1 euro = 9.91 Chinese Yuan.

How many Chinese Yuan does he receive?

Answer(c) Yuan [2]

(d) Their plane leaves Madrid at 05 45. The journey takes 11 hours 35 minutes.
Beijing time is 6 hours ahead of Madrid time.

Find the time in Beijing when they arrive.

Answer(d) [2]

© UCLES 2008 0580/03/M/J/08


3

2 For
y Examiner's
Use
5

2
D C
1

x
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
–1
A
–2

–3
E
–4

–5
B
–6

–7

Describe fully the single transformation which maps

(a) A onto B,

Answer(a) [3]

(b) C onto D,

Answer(b) [2]

(c) A onto C,

Answer(c) [3]

(d) C onto E.

Answer(d) [3]

© UCLES 2008 0580/03/M/J/08 [Turn over


4

3 Marie counts the number of people in each of 60 cars one morning. For
Examiner's
Use
(a) She records the first 40 results as shown below.

Number of people in a car Tally Number of cars


1
2
3
4
5
6

The remaining 20 results are

2, 2, 5, 2, 2, 4, 2, 6, 5, 3, 4, 5, 4, 6, 2, 5, 3, 2, 1, 6.

(i) Use these results to complete the frequency table above. [2]

(ii) On the grid below, draw a bar chart to show the information for the 60 cars.

20

18

16

14

12
Number
of cars 10

0
1 2 3 4 5 6
Number of people in a car
[1]

© UCLES 2008 0580/03/M/J/08


5

(iii) Write down the mode. For


Examiner's
Use
Answer(a)(iii) [1]

(iv) Find the median.

Answer(a)(iv) [1]

(v) Work out the mean.

Answer(a)(v) [3]

(b) Manuel uses Marie’s results to draw a pie chart.

Work out the sector angle for the number of cars with 5 people.

Answer(b) [2]

© UCLES 2008 0580/03/M/J/08 [Turn over


6

4 (a) Solve the equations For


Examiner's
Use
(i) 3x − 4 = 14,

Answer(a)(i) x = [2]

y +1
(ii) = 2,
5

Answer(a)(ii) y = [2]

(iii) 3(2z − 7) − 2(z − 3) = −9.

Answer(a)(iii) z = [3]

(b) Donna sent p postcards and q letters to her friends.

(i) The total number of postcards and letters she sent was 12.

Write down an equation in p and q.

Answer(b)(i) [1]

(ii) A stamp for a postcard costs 25 cents and a stamp for a letter costs 40 cents.
She spent 375 cents on stamps altogether.

Write down another equation in p and q.

Answer(b)(ii) [1]

(iii) Solve these equations to find the values of p and q.

Answer(b)(iii) p = and q = [3]

© UCLES 2008 0580/03/M/J/08


7

5 (a) (i) Calculate the area of a circle with radius 3.7 centimetres. For
Examiner's
Use

Answer(a)(i) cm2 [2]

(ii) A can of tomatoes is a cylinder with radius 3.7 centimetres and height h centimetres.
The volume of the cylinder is 430 cubic centimetres.

Calculate h.

Answer(a)(ii) h = [2]

2 cans
NOT TO
SCALE

3 cans

2 cans

(b) Twelve cans fit exactly inside a box 3 cans long, 2 cans wide and 2 cans high.

(i) Write down the length, width and height of the box.
Answer(b)(i) length = cm

width = cm

height = cm [3]

(ii) Calculate the volume of the box.

Answer(b)(ii) cm3 [2]

(iii) Calculate the percentage of the volume of the box occupied by the cans.

Answer(b)(iii) % [3]

© UCLES 2008 0580/03/M/J/08 [Turn over


8

6 For
P Q Examiner's
x° Use

NOT TO
SCALE

T z°

100° 63°
S R

(a) In the diagram PQ is parallel to SR, and QR is parallel to PT.


PQ = QR, angle PRS = 63° and angle RST = 100°.

Find the value of

(i) x,

Answer(a)(i) x = [1]

(ii) y,

Answer(a)(ii) y = [2]

(iii) z.

Answer(a)(iii) z = [2]

(b) The shape of a flower bed is a regular octagon, ABCDEFGH, with sides of 4 metres.

(i) Show that the interior angle of a regular octagon is 135°.

Answer(b)(i)

[2]

© UCLES 2008 0580/03/M/J/08


9

(ii) Use a ruler and protractor to complete an accurate scale drawing of the flower bed. For
Use a scale of 1 centimetre to represent 1 metre. Examiner's
Use
The line AB and the centre O are already shown.

A 4m B
[2]

(iii) Measure and write down the distance from the centre, O, to the mid-point of AB.

Answer(b)(iii) cm [1]

(iv) Calculate the area of triangle OAB in the scale drawing.

Answer(b)(iv) cm2 [2]

(v) Calculate the actual area of the flower bed.

Answer(b)(v) m2 [1]

© UCLES 2008 0580/03/M/J/08 [Turn over


10

7 For
North Examiner's
Use

98°
NOT TO P
SCALE 13.5 km

7.2 km

Q
10.3 km R

P, Q, R and S are ferry ports on a wide river, as shown in the diagram above.

A ferry sails from P, stopping at Q, R and S before returning to P.

(a) Q is 7.2 kilometres due south of P and R is 10.3 kilometres due east of Q.

(i) Show by calculation that angle QPR = 55°.

Answer(a)(i)

[2]

(ii) Write down the bearing of R from P.

Answer(a)(ii) [1]

(b) The bearing of S from P is 098° and SP = 13.5 km.

(i) Explain why angle RPS = 27°.

Answer (b)(i)

[1]
(ii) Angle PRS = 90°. Calculate the distance RS.

Answer(b)(ii)RS = km [2]

© UCLES 2008 0580/03/M/J/08


11

(iii) Find the total distance the ferry sails. For


Examiner's
Use

Answer(b)(iii) km [1]

(c) The total sailing time for the ferry is 4 hours 30 minutes.

Calculate the average sailing speed, in kilometres per hour, for the whole journey.

Answer(c) km/h [2]

© UCLES 2008 0580/03/M/J/08 [Turn over


12

8 (a) The width of a rectangle is x centimetres. For


Examiner's
Use
The length of the rectangle is 3 centimetres more than the width.

Write down an expression, in terms of x, for

(i) the length of the rectangle,

Answer(a)(i) cm [1]

(ii) the area of the rectangle.

Answer(a)(ii) cm2 [1]

(iii) The area of the rectangle is 7 square centimetres.

Show that x2 + 3x − 7 = 0.

Answer (a)(iii)

[1]
(b) (i) Complete the tables of values for the equation y = x2 + 3x − 7.

x −5 −4 −3 −2 −1 0 1 2

y 3 −7 −9 −7 3
[3]

© UCLES 2008 0580/03/M/J/08


13

(ii) On the grid below, draw the graph of y = x2 + 3x − 7 for −5 Y x Y 2. For


y Examiner's
Use
4

x
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2
A

–2

–4

–6

–8

–10
[4]
(c) (i) Use your graph to find the solutions to the equation x2 + 3x − 7 = 0.

Answer(c)(i) x = or x = [2]

(ii) Find the length of the rectangle in part (a).

Answer(c)(ii) cm [1]
(d) The point A(1, −1) is marked on the grid.

(i) Draw a straight line through A with a gradient of 2. [1]

(ii) Write down the equation of this line in the form y = mx + c.

Answer(d)(ii) y = [2]

© UCLES 2008 0580/03/M/J/08 [Turn over


14

9 In this question, all construction arcs must be shown clearly. For


Examiner's
Use
Jalal buys an area of land on which to build a school.

The land, ABCDE, is in the shape of a polygon with 5 sides.

(a) Write down the mathematical name of this polygon.

Answer(a) [1]

(b) Jalal starts to make an accurate plan of the land, as shown below.

He uses a scale of 1 centimetre to represent 10 metres.

m
45 m

B C
70 m

(i) The actual lengths of AB and BC are written on the plan.

Write the actual length of CD on the plan. [1]

(ii) Use compasses to find the point E such that AE = 64 m and DE = 58 m.

Draw the lines AE and DE. [2]

© UCLES 2008 0580/03/M/J/08


15

(c) The land is to be divided into distinct regions. For


Examiner's
Use
Construct, using a straight edge and compasses only,

(i) the perpendicular bisector of BC, [2]

(ii) the bisector of angle ABC. [2]

(d) The music department building will be nearer to B than to C and nearer to BC than to BA.

Write a letter M on the plan where the music department could be. [1]

(e) The school gate, PQ, will be 8 metres wide.

It will lie along AB so that AP = QB.

Mark P and Q accurately on the plan. [2]

© UCLES 2008 0580/03/M/J/08


16

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

0580/03/M/J/08
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*6159588306*

MATHEMATICS 0580/03, 0581/03


Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2009
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Mathematical tables (optional) Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a soft pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE ON ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π , use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

For Examiner's Use

This document consists of 16 printed pages.

IB09 06_0580_03/4RP
© UCLES 2009 [Turn over
2

1 (a) Roberto owns 6000 square metres of land. For


He divides it between himself and his two children, Stefano and Tania, in the ratio Examiner's
Use

Roberto : Stefano : Tania = 7 : 5 : 3.

(i) Show that Roberto now has 2800 square metres of land.
Answer(a)(i)

[2]

(ii) Calculate the area of land that Stefano and Tania each have.

Answer(a)(ii) Stefano m2

Tania m2 [2]

(b) Roberto receives a rent of $1.40 per month for each square metre of his land.

(i) Calculate the rent he receives in one year from his 2800 square metres of land.

Answer(b)(i) $ [2]

3
(ii) Roberto uses of this amount to buy more land.
5
Calculate the amount that he uses to buy more land.

Answer(b)(ii) $ [2]

© UCLES 2009 0580/03/M/J/09


3

(c) Stefano builds a house on his land. For


He borrows $5000 from a bank at 8% per year simple interest. Examiner's
Use
Find the total amount of interest he will have paid at the end of 3 years.

Answer(c) $ [2]

(d) Tania sells her land for $12 000.


She invests the money for 3 years at 6% per year compound interest.
Calculate the total amount of money she will have at the end of the 3 years.
Give your answer to the nearest dollar.

Answer(d) $ [4]

© UCLES 2009 0580/03/M/J/09 [Turn over


4

2 The diagram represents a fairground wheel with centre O, and diameter 30 metres. For
Point D is vertically below point A, and the line EDB is horizontal. ED = 20 metres. Examiner's
Use
C

NOT TO
SCALE A

O
30 m

E D B
20 m

(a) A seat starts at B and travels one-third of the circumference to A.

Explain why angle AOB equals 120°.

Answer(a)

[1]

(b) Find the value, in degrees, of

(i) angle ABO,

Answer(b)(i) Angle ABO = [1]

(ii) angle BAC,

Answer(b)(ii) Angle BAC = [1]

(iii) angle ABD.

Answer(b)(iii) Angle ABD = [1]

© UCLES 2009 0580/03/M/J/09


5

(c) (i) Use trigonometry in triangle ABC to calculate the distance AB. For
Examiner's
Use

Answer(c)(i) AB = m [2]

(ii) Show that AD = 22.5 metres.

Answer(c)(ii)

[2]

(d) Eshe holds her camera at E and takes a photograph of her friend in the seat at A.

Calculate angle AED.

Answer(d) [2]

© UCLES 2009 0580/03/M/J/09 [Turn over


6

3 All the times given in this question are the local time in Paris. For
Examiner's
Use
Pierre left Paris at 08 00 to go to his office in London.
He travelled 30 kilometres to the airport.
He arrived at 08 30 and his plane left one hour later.
It flew 350 kilometres to London airport and landed at 10 15.
Pierre left London airport at 10 50 and he arrived at his office in London 40 minutes later.

(a) On the grid below, complete the travel graph.

London
office
400

300

Distance
travelled
(km)

200

100

Paris
08 00 08 30 09 00 09 30 10 00 10 30 11 00 11 30
Time

[4]

© UCLES 2009 0580/03/M/J/09


7

(b) (i) How long is the flight from Paris to London? For
Give your answer in hours. Examiner's
Use

Answer(b)(i) h [1]

(ii) Calculate the average speed of the flight, in kilometres/hour.

Answer(b)(ii) km/h [2]

(c) Pierre’s colleague, Annette, travelled from Paris to London by train.


She left at 09 50 and arrived at the London office at 12 45.
Calculate the difference in the times taken by Pierre and Annette for the whole journey.
Give your answer in minutes.

Answer(c) min [3]

© UCLES 2009 0580/03/M/J/09 [Turn over


8

4 (a) Garcia and Elena are each given x dollars. For


Examiner's
Use
(i) Elena spends 4 dollars.
Write down an expression in terms of x for the number of dollars she has now.

Answer(a)(i) $ [1]

(ii) Garcia doubles his money by working and then is given another 5 dollars.
Write down an expression in terms of x for the number of dollars he has now.

Answer(a)(ii) $ [1]

(iii) Garcia now has three times as much money as Elena.


Write down an equation in x to show this.

Answer(a)(iii) [1]

(iv) Solve the equation to find the value of x.

Answer(a)(iv) x = [3]

(b) Solve the simultaneous equations

3x – 2y = 3,
x + 4y = 8.

Answer(b) x =

y= [3]

© UCLES 2009 0580/03/M/J/09


9

5 For
Examiner's
y Use

10
A B
8

x
–10 –8 –6 –4 –2 0 2 4 6 8 10
–2

–4

–6

–8

–10

(a) Two different single transformations can map shape A onto shape B.

Describe each transformation fully.

Answer(a)

or [4]

(b) Reflect shape A in the x axis. Draw the image and label it C. [2]

(c) Rotate shape B through 90° clockwise about the origin. Draw the image and label it D. [2]

(d) Describe fully the single transformation which maps shape C onto shape B.

Answer(d) [3]

1
(e) Draw the enlargement of shape A, centre (– 4, 8), with scale factor .
2
Label the image E. [2]

© UCLES 2009 0580/03/M/J/09 [Turn over


10

6 (a) Write down the name of a polygon with 8 sides. For


Examiner's
Use

Answer(a) [1]

(b) Find the size of the interior angle of a regular polygon with 8 sides.

Answer(b) [2]

(c) A regular 8-sided polygon, centre O, and side 8 cm, is shown below.
M is the mid-point of the side AB.

F E
NOT TO
SCALE

G D

H C

A M B
8 cm

(i) Show that OM = 9.66 cm correct to 3 significant figures.

Answer (c)(i)

[3]

© UCLES 2009 0580/03/M/J/09


11

(ii) Calculate the area of the triangle AOB. For


Examiner's
Use

Answer(c)(ii) cm2 [2]

(iii) Calculate the area of the polygon.

Answer(c)(iii) cm2 [1]

(d) The polygon forms the cross-section of a box.


The box is a prism of height 12 cm.

Calculate the volume of the box.

Answer(d) cm3 [1]

(e) The box contains 200 toffees in the shape of cuboids, 3 cm by 2 cm by 2 cm.

Calculate

(i) the total volume of the 200 toffees,

Answer(e)(i) cm3 [2]

(ii) the percentage of the volume of the box not filled by the toffees.

Answer(e)(ii) % [3]

© UCLES 2009 0580/03/M/J/09 [Turn over


12

7 y = 9x – x2. For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Complete the table of values for this equation.

x 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

y 8 20 20 8 0
[3]

(b) On the grid below, draw the graph of y = 9x – x2 for 0 Y x Y 9.

22

20

18

16

14

12

10

0 x
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

[4]

© UCLES 2009 0580/03/M/J/09


13

(c) Write down the values of x and y at the highest point of the curve. For
Examiner's
Use

Answer(c) x =

y= [2]

(d) (i) On the grid, draw the line y=6 for 0 Y x Y 9. [1]

(ii) Use this line to find the solutions of the equation

9x – x2 = 6.

Give your answers correct to one decimal place.

Answer(d)(ii) x = or x = [2]

© UCLES 2009 0580/03/M/J/09 [Turn over


14

8 The table below shows the age and price of 20 used cars in a showroom. For
Examiner's
Use
Age (years) 6 5 4 5 4 5 1 6 3 8

Price ($) 1800 7600 9500 2500 4100 3100 5600 4700 4800 7900

Age (years) 1 2 9 10 3 7 1 8 2 3

Price ($) 6500 7000 1000 3800 1900 5200 3400 2100 4300 8200

(a) Use this information to complete the following table.

Age of cars (years) Number of cars Angle in a pie chart

1 to 3 8 144°

4 to 6 7

7 or more
[3]
(b) (i) Complete the frequency table for the price, $x, of the cars.

Price ($) 0 Y x < 2000 2000 Y x < 4000 4000 Y x < 6000 6000 Y x < 8000 8000 Y x < 10 000

Frequency

[2]
(ii) Draw a histogram to show this information.

6
Frequency
5

0
2000 4000 6000 8000 10 000
Price of car ($)

[2]

© UCLES 2009 0580/03/M/J/09


15

(c) (i) On the grid below complete the scatter diagram showing the age and price of each car. For
Examiner's
Use
The first 10 points from the original table have been plotted.

10 000

9000

8000

7000

6000
Price of car
5000
($)

4000

3000

2000

1000

0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Age of car (years)

[3]

(ii) What correlation is there between the price of a car and its age?

Answer(c)(ii) [1]

(iii) A car is chosen at random.

Using your scatter diagram, find the probability that the car is more than 4 years old and
the price is more than $5000.

Answer(c)(iii) [2]

Question 9 is on the next page

© UCLES 2009 0580/03/M/J/09 [Turn over


16

9 (a) The first four terms of a sequence are 12, 7, 2, –3. For
Examiner's
Use
(i) Write down the next two terms of the sequence.

Answer(a)(i) and [2]

(ii) State the rule for finding the next term of the sequence.

Answer(a)(ii) [1]

(iii) Write down an expression for the nth term of this sequence.

Answer(a)(iii) [2]

(b) The first four terms of another sequence are −3, 2, 7, 12.

Write down an expression for the nth term of this sequence.

Answer(b) [2]

(c) Add together the expressions for the nth terms of both sequences.

Write your answer as simply as possible.

Answer(c) [1]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2009 0580/03/M/J/09


w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

er
s
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

.c
om
*6596303759*

MATHEMATICS 0580/31
Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2010
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Mathematical tables (optional) Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π , use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 12 printed pages.

IB10 06_0580_31/2RP
© UCLES 2010 [Turn over
2

For
1 The population of a village is 2250. Examiner's
Use

(a) 32% of the population are children.


Calculate the number of children in the village.

Answer(a) [2]

(b) 360 people in the village are over the age of 60.

(i) For these 360 people, the ratio of men to women is 2 : 7.


Calculate how many men are over the age of 60.

Answer(b)(i) [2]

(ii) Write 360 as a fraction of 2250 in its lowest terms.

Answer(b)(ii) [2]

(c) The population of 2250 is expected to increase by 18% next year.


Calculate the expected population next year.

Answer(c) [3]

(d) Write the number 2250 in standard form.

Answer(d) [1]

(e) Another village has a population of 1770, correct to the nearest ten.
Write down the lower bound for the population of this village.

Answer(e) [1]

© UCLES 2010 0580/31/M/J/10


3

For
2 E F Examiner's
Use

NOT TO
SCALE

A B
H G
19 cm

10 cm
42 cm

D 13 cm C

The diagram shows a block of stone in the shape of a prism of length 42 cm.
The cross-section is a trapezium ABCD.
AB = 19 cm, AD = 10 cm, DC = 13 cm and angle ADC = 90°.

(a) Calculate

(i) the perimeter of the rectangular face ABFE,

Answer(a)(i) cm [2]

(ii) the area of the cross-section ABCD,

Answer(a)(ii) cm2 [3]

(iii) the volume of the block of stone.

Answer(a)(iii) cm3 [2]

(b) The mass of 1 cubic centimetre of the stone is 4 grams.


Calculate the mass of the block.
Give your answer in kilograms.

Answer(b) kg [3]

© UCLES 2010 0580/31/M/J/10 [Turn over


4

For
3 Twelve students each answer 30 questions in a quiz. Examiner's
Use

The time taken and the number of correct answers for each student is given in the table.

Time taken in
9 4 5 10 3 2 8 8 4 5 6 7
minutes
Number of correct
19 28 26 17 30 26 25 20 23 21 24 22
answers

(a) Complete the scatter diagram below to show this information.


The first six points have been plotted for you.

31

30

29

28

27

26

25

24
Number of
correct
23
answers
22

21

20

19

18

17

16

15
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Time taken in minutes
[3]

© UCLES 2010 0580/31/M/J/10


5

For
(b) What type of correlation does the scatter diagram show? Examiner's
Use

Answer(b) [1]

(c) (i) Find the range of the time taken.

Answer(c)(i) min [1]

(ii) Calculate the mean time taken.

Answer(c)(ii) min [3]

(d) (i) Find the mode for the number of correct answers.

Answer(d)(i) [1]

(ii) Find the median for the number of correct answers.

Answer(d)(ii) [1]

(e) One of the 12 students is selected at random.

Write down the probability that the student

(i) took more than 8 minutes to answer the quiz,

Answer(e)(i) [1]

(ii) took less than 5 minutes and had more than 24 correct answers.

Answer(e)(ii) [2]

© UCLES 2010 0580/31/M/J/10 [Turn over


6

For
4 Examiner's
A Use

NOT TO
SCALE
29°
13.4 cm
8.6 cm

B N C

In triangle ABC, AN = 8.6 cm and is perpendicular to BC.

Angle BAN = 29° and AC = 13.4 cm.

(a) Use trigonometry to calculate

(i) the length of BN,

Answer(a)(i) BN = cm [3]

(ii) angle CAN.

Answer(a)(ii) Angle CAN = [2]

(b) Calculate the length of NC.

Answer(b) NC = cm [3]

© UCLES 2010 0580/31/M/J/10


7

For
5 Examiner's
y Use

4
S R C D
3
W
Q 2 B

1
P V U T A
x
–7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
–1

–2

–3

–4

(a) On the grid, draw the image of


 4 
(i) the flag ABCD after translation by   , [2]

 3

(ii) the flag ABCD after enlargement, scale factor 2, centre the origin, [2]

(iii) the flag ABCD after reflection in the x-axis. [2]

(b) Describe fully the single transformation which maps ABCD onto PQRS.

[2]

(c) Describe fully the single transformation which maps ABCD onto TUVW.

[3]

© UCLES 2010 0580/31/M/J/10 [Turn over


8

For
3
6 (a) Complete the table of values for the function y = , x ≠ 0. Examiner's
x Use

x −3 −2.5 −2 −1.5 −1 −0.5 −0.3 0.3 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3


y −1 −1.2 −2 −3 −6 3 2 1.5 1
[3]
3
(b) On the grid below, draw the graph of y = for −3 Y x Y −0.3 and 0.3 Y x Y 3.
x
y
10

x
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

–6

–7

–8

–9
[5]
–10
© UCLES 2010 0580/31/M/J/10
9

For
3 Examiner's
(c) Use your graph to solve the equation = 7.
x Use

Answer(c) x = [1]

2x
(d) Complete the table of values for y = −1.
3

x −3 0 3

y
[2]

2x
(e) On the grid, draw the straight line y = − 1 for −3 Y x Y 3. [2]
3

2x
(f) Write down the co-ordinates of the points where the line y = − 1 intersects
3
3
the graph of y = .
x

Answer(f) ( , ) and ( , ) [2]

7 S = a + 4d

(a) Find S when a = 17 and d = − 5.

Answer(a) S = [2]

(b) Find d when S = 37 and a = 5.

Answer(b) d = [2]

(c) Make d the subject of the formula S = a + 4d .

Answer(c) d = [2]

© UCLES 2010 0580/31/M/J/10 [Turn over


10

For
8 In this question give all your answers to 2 decimal places. Examiner's
Use

(a) Ankuri lends her brother $275 for 4 years at a rate of 3.6% per year simple interest.
Calculate the total amount her brother owes after 4 years.

Answer(a) $ [3]

(b) Monesh invests $650 in a bank which pays 4% per year compound interest.
Calculate the amount Monesh will have after 2 years.

Answer(b) $ [3]

(c) Theresa and Ian have 400 euros (€) each.

(i) Theresa changes her €400 for pounds (£) when the exchange rate is €1= £ 0.7857.
Calculate the amount she receives.

Answer(c)(i) £ [2]

(ii) Ian changes his €400 for dollars ($) when the exchange rate is $1= € 0.6374.
Calculate the amount he receives.

Answer(c)(ii) $ [3]

© UCLES 2010 0580/31/M/J/10


11

For
9 Examiner's
Use

A B
Triangle ABC is drawn accurately.

(a) Measure and write down

(i) the length of AC,


Answer(a)(i) AC = cm [1]

(ii) the size of angle CAB.


Answer(a)(ii) Angle CAB = [1]

(b) Construct accurately the locus of all the points 7 cm from C. [2]

(c) The point X lies outside the triangle ABC, with CX = 7 cm and angle BCX= 67°.
Draw accurately the line CX. [2]

(d) Draw the line BX. Measure and write down the length of this line.

Answer(d) BX = cm [1]

(e) Using a straight edge and compasses only, construct the locus of points equidistant
from BC and from BX. [2]

Question 10 is printed on the next page.

© UCLES 2010 0580/31/M/J/10 [Turn over


12

For
10 Examiner's
Use

Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3 Diagram 4

Look at the sequence of diagrams.

(a) Diagram 2 has a height of 2.

Write down the height of

(i) Diagram 5,
Answer(a)(i) [1]

(ii) Diagram 10,


Answer(a)(ii) [1]

(iii) Diagram n.
Answer(a)(iii) [1]

(b) Diagram 2 has a width of 3.

Find the width of

(i) Diagram 5,
Answer(b)(i) [1]

(ii) Diagram 10,


Answer(b)(ii) [1]

(iii) Diagram n.

Answer(b)(iii) [2]

(c) There are 6 squares in Diagram 2 and 15 squares in Diagram 3.

(i) Write down how many squares there are in Diagram 5.

Answer(c)(i) [1]

(ii) Explain how this is found from the height and width of the diagram.

Answer(c)(ii) [1]

(iii) Write down, in terms of n, how many squares there are in Diagram n.

Answer(c)(iii) [1]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2010 0580/31/M/J/10


w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

er
s
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

.c
om
*4814804174*

MATHEMATICS 0580/32
Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2010
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Mathematical tables (optional) Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π , use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 15 printed pages and 1 blank page.

IB10 06_0580_32/3RP
© UCLES 2010 [Turn over
2

For
1 (a) (i) 1, 2 and 36 are factors of 36. Examiner's
Use

Write down all the other factors of 36.

Answer(a)(i) [2]

(ii) 1 and 2 are common factors of 36 and 90.

Write down two more common factors of 36 and 90.

Answer(a)(ii) [2]

(b) Write down all the square numbers between 20 and 50.

Answer(b) [3]

(c) p and q are prime numbers.

p3 × q = 56

Find p and q.

Answer(c) p =

q= [2]

© UCLES 2010 0580/32/M/J/10


3

For
2 Francis earns $150 per week. Examiner's
Use
He has $132 left after he pays his tax.

(a) Calculate what percentage of his $150 he pays in tax.

Answer(a) % [3]

(b) He divides the $132 between expenses, savings and family in the ratio

Expenses : Savings : Family = 15 : 7 : 11.

Calculate his expenses.

Answer(b) $ [3]

(c) His rent is $24 per week.

What fraction of the $132 is this?


Give your answer as a fraction in its simplest form.

Answer(c) [2]

(d) His earnings of $150 per week increase by 8%.

Calculate his new earnings.

Answer(d) $ [2]

© UCLES 2010 0580/32/M/J/10 [Turn over


4

For
3 Mrs Sesay leaves home by car at 13 30. Examiner's
Use
After 15 minutes she stops at a shopping centre, 8 kilometres from home.

(a) Calculate the average speed for her journey.


Give your answer in kilometres per hour.

Answer(a) km/h [2]

(b) She leaves the shopping centre half an hour later.


She travels a further 12 kilometres at the speed of 36 km/h to Villeneuve.

(i) Write down the time when she leaves the shopping centre.

Answer(b)(i) [1]

(ii) Calculate the time, in minutes, that she takes to travel from the shopping centre to
Villeneuve.

Answer(b)(ii) min [2]

(iii) On the grid opposite, complete the travel graph showing her journey. [2]

(c) Her son, Braima, also leaves home at 13 30 and cycles the 20 kilometres to Villeneuve.
He cycles at a speed of 15 km/h.

(i) Calculate how long his journey takes.


Give your answer in hours and minutes.

Answer(c)(i) h min [2]

(ii) Show his journey on the grid. [1]

(iii) How many minutes after his mother does Braima arrive at Villeneuve?

Answer(c)(iii) min [1]

© UCLES 2010 0580/32/M/J/10


5

For
Examiner's
Villeneuve 20 Use

18

16

14
Distance
from home
(km) 12

10

Shopping 8
centre

Home 0
13 30 13 45 14 00 14 15 14 30 14 45 15 00
Time

© UCLES 2010 0580/32/M/J/10 [Turn over


6

For
4 Examiner's
Use
9

5
Frequency
4

0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Number of goals per game

Karen keeps a record of how many goals United score in each of 40 games.
She draws a bar chart to show this information.

(a) Use the information in the bar chart to complete the frequency table below.

Number of goals per game 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Frequency 0 2 1

Frequency × Number of goals 0 14 8


[2]

(b) (i) How many goals did United score in the 40 games?

Answer(b)(i) [1]

(ii) Calculate the mean number of goals scored per game.

Answer(b)(ii) [2]

© UCLES 2010 0580/32/M/J/10


7

For
(iii) Find the median. Examiner's
Use

Answer(b)(iii) [2]

(iv) Write down the mode.

Answer(b)(iv) [1]

(c) United won 23 games and lost 12 games.


The other games ended in a draw.

(i) How many games ended in a draw?

Answer(c)(i) [1]

(ii) Complete the pie chart accurately to represent these results. Label the sectors.

Won

[2]

(d) If one game from the 40 is chosen at random, use the information in part (c) to find the
probability that United

(i) won,

Answer(d)(i) [1]

(ii) did not draw.

Answer(d)(ii) [1]

© UCLES 2010 0580/32/M/J/10 [Turn over


8

For
5 Examiner's
D C Use

NOT TO
SCALE
h cm x cm

140°
A (x + 2) cm B

In the parallelogram ABCD, AB = (x + 2) cm, BC = x cm and angle ABC = 140°.

(a) When x = 10,

(i) use trigonometry to calculate the height, h cm, of the parallelogram,

Answer(a)(i) h = [2]

(ii) calculate the area of the parallelogram.

Answer(a)(ii) cm2 [1]

(b) For a different value of x, the perimeter of the parallelogram is 38 cm.

Write down an equation in x and solve it.

Answer(b) x = [3]

© UCLES 2010 0580/32/M/J/10


9

For
6 (a) C Examiner's
NOT TO Use
SCALE
135°
A B D
In the diagram, ABD is a straight line and angle ABC = 135°.

(i) Find the size of angle CBD.

Answer(a)(i) Angle CBD = [1]

(ii) A regular polygon has interior angles of 135°.


Find the number of sides of the polygon.

Answer(a)(ii) [2]

(iii) Write down the name of the polygon in part (a)(ii).

Answer(a)(iii) [1]

(b) B A
x° NOT TO
D SCALE


F

64°
C

G
A, B, C, and D lie on a circle. AC is a diameter.
FCG is a tangent to the circle at C. DE is parallel to CG.
Find the values of x, y and z.

Answer(b) x =

y=

z= [5]

© UCLES 2010 0580/32/M/J/10 [Turn over


10

For
7 An area of land ABCDEF is in the shape of a hexagon. Examiner's
Use
Part of a scale drawing of the land is shown on the opposite page.
A pond, P, is inside the hexagon.
On the plan, 1 centimetre represents 20 metres.

Parts (a), (b), (c) and (f) must be completed using a ruler and compasses only.
All construction arcs must be clearly shown.

(a) On the land, AF = 80 m and EF = 100 m.

On the scale drawing, find the point F, by construction.


Draw the lines AF and EF. [2]

(b) On the scale drawing, construct the perpendicular bisector of CD.


Label the point M where the bisector crosses CD. [2]

(c) On the scale drawing, construct the bisector of angle BCD. [2]

(d) The bisectors from part (b) and part (c) meet at L.

(i) Measure and write down the length of LM in centimetres.

Answer(d)(i) cm [1]

(ii) Find the distance between L and M on the land.


Give your answer in metres.

Answer(d)(ii) m [1]

(e) Triangle CML is a field for sheep.

Calculate the area of this field.

Answer(e) m2 [2]

(f) There is also a field for cows inside the hexagon.


This field is the region nearer to D than to C and less than 120 m from D.

By constructing a suitable locus on the scale drawing, find and label this region R. [2]

© UCLES 2010 0580/32/M/J/10


11

For
Examiner's
Use

P
E

C D

© UCLES 2010 0580/32/M/J/10 [Turn over


12

For
18 Examiner's
8 (a) Complete the table for the function y = , (x ≠ 0). Use
x

x −18 −9 −6 −3 −2 −1 1 2 3 6 9 18

y −6 −9 −18 18 9 6

[3]

18
(b) On the grid below, draw the graph of y = for −18 Y x Y −1 and 1 Y x Y 18.
x

y
20

16

12

x
–20 –16 –12 –8 –4 0 4 8 12 16 20

–4

–8

–12

–16

–20
[4]

(c) Write down the order of rotational symmetry of the graph.

Answer(c) [1]

© UCLES 2010 0580/32/M/J/10


13

For
(d) (i) On the grid, draw the graph of y = x. [1] Examiner's
Use

18
(ii) Write down the co-ordinates of the points of intersection of y = x and y = .
x

Answer(d)(ii) ( , ) and ( , ) [2]

(e) On the grid, draw the reflection of y = x in the y-axis. [1]

9 (a) Simplify the following expressions.

(i) 5k + 3p – 2 + p – 2k – 5

Answer(a)(i) [2]

(ii) 5y2 – 4x + 5x – 7y2

Answer(a)(ii) [2]

(b) Expand the following expressions.

(i) 3 ( 4 + 7g )

Answer(b)(i) [1]

(ii) 5m ( 5m2 – t2 )

Answer(b)(ii) [2]

© UCLES 2010 0580/32/M/J/10 [Turn over


14

For
10 Three bolts at A, B and C join the rods AB, BC and CA to form the right-angled triangle, ABC. Examiner's
Use
Angle ABC = 90°, AB = 8 cm and BC = 5 cm.

NOT TO
5 cm SCALE

A 8 cm B

(a) Calculate

(i) the length of the rod AC,

Answer(a)(i) AC = cm [2]

(ii) angle CAB.

Answer(a)(ii) Angle CAB = [2]

(b) Another right-angled triangle, ADE, is formed by adding rods to triangle ABC.

AC is extended to E and AB is extended to D, with more bolts at D and E.


Rods AB and BD are the same length.

C NOT TO
SCALE

A B D

(i) Complete the following statement.

Triangle ADE is to triangle ABC. [1]

(ii) Describe clearly the single transformation which maps triangle ABC onto triangle ADE.

Answer(b)(ii) [3]

© UCLES 2010 0580/32/M/J/10


15

For
Examiner's
Use

Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3 Diagram 4

(c) The pattern of diagrams shown above is continued by adding more rods and bolts.

Complete the table below.

Diagram 1 2 3 4 5

Number of bolts 3 5 7
[2]

(d) How many bolts are required for

(i) Diagram 10,

Answer(d)(i) [1]

(ii) Diagram n?

Answer(d)(ii) [2]

(e) The number of bolts in Diagram n is 47.

Find the value of n.

Answer(e) n = [2]

© UCLES 2010 0580/32/M/J/10


16

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

0580/32/M/J/10
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

er
s
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

.c
om
*7186308287*

MATHEMATICS 0580/33
Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2010
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Mathematical tables (optional) Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π , use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 12 printed pages.

IB10 06_0580_33/2RP
© UCLES 2010 [Turn over
2

For
1 A bookshop sold a total of 2750 books in January. Examiner's
Use

(a) The ratio hardback books sold : paperback books sold was 4 : 7.
Calculate how many paperback books were sold.

Answer(a) [2]

(b) 24% of the 2750 books sold were non-fiction.


Calculate how many non-fiction books were sold.

Answer(b) [2]

(c) 330 cookery books were sold.


Write 330 as a fraction of 2750 in its lowest terms.

Answer(c) [2]

(d) In February, the bookshop sold 14% more than the 2750 books sold in January.
Calculate the number of books sold in February.

Answer(d) [3]

(e) The total value of the books sold in January was $9480 correct to the nearest 10 dollars.
Write down the lower bound for this amount.

Answer(e) $ [1]

(f) 35000 books were sold in a year.


Write this number in standard form.

Answer(f) [1]

© UCLES 2010 0580/33/M/J/10


3

For
2 (a) Write down Examiner's
Use

(i) five numbers which are multiples of 7,

Answer(a)(i) , , , , [2]

(ii) two common multiples of 4 and 7.

Answer(a)(ii) and [2]

(b) 10 12 13 16 17 23 25 39

From the list above, write down

(i) a square number that is also an odd number,

Answer(b)(i) [1]

(ii) a prime number that is one more than a square number.

Answer(b)(ii) [1]

(c) n is an integer and n3 is between 60 and 70.


Find the value of n.

Answer(c) n = [1]

(d) k and m are prime numbers.

k2 + m = 23

Find k and m.

Answer(d) k =

m= [2]

© UCLES 2010 0580/33/M/J/10 [Turn over


4

For
3 (a) Complete the table of values for y = 5 + x – x 2. Examiner's
Use

x −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3

y −7 −1 5 3

[3]
(b) On the grid below draw the graph of y = 5 + x – x2 for –3 Y x Y 3.

y
6

x
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

–6

–7

–8
[4]

(c) Use your graph to solve the equation 5 + x – x2 = 2.

Answer(c) x = or x = [2]

© UCLES 2010 0580/33/M/J/10


5

For
(d) (i) Complete the table of values for y = 2x – 1. Examiner's
Use

x −3 0 3

[2]

(ii) On the grid, draw the straight line y = 2x – 1 for –3 Y x Y 3. [2]

(iii) Write down the gradient of y = 2x – 1.

Answer(d)(iii) [1]

(e) Write down the co-ordinates of the points where the line y = 2x – 1 intersects the graph of
y = 5 + x – x 2.

Answer(e) ( , ) and ( , ) [2]

4 (a) Solve the equation.


3(x + 1) + 5(x – 3) = 48

Answer(a) x = [3]

(b) Make f the subject of the formula g = 7f − 5.

Answer(b) f = [2]

(c) Factorise completely 6xy − 10yz.

Answer(c) [2]

© UCLES 2010 0580/33/M/J/10 [Turn over


6

For
5 D Examiner's
x cm x cm Use

A C NOT TO
SCALE

(x + 3) cm (x + 3) cm

Triangles DAB and DCB form a kite ABCD.


Angle DAB = angle DCB = 90°.
AD = DC = x cm and AB = BC = (x + 3) cm.

(a) Complete the following statement.

Triangle ADB is to triangle CDB. [1]

(b) When x = 8, calculate angle DBC.

Answer(b) Angle DBC = [2]

(c) When x = 5, calculate

(i) the area of triangle BCD,

Answer(c)(i) cm2 [2]

(ii) the area of the kite ABCD.

Answer(c)(ii) cm2 [1]

(d) For a different value of x, the perimeter of the kite is 62 cm.

Write down and solve an equation to find this value of x.

Answer(d) x = [3]

© UCLES 2010 0580/33/M/J/10


7

For
6 In triangle ABC, BC = 9 cm and AC = 11 cm. Examiner's
Use
The side AB has been drawn for you.

A B

(a) Using ruler and compasses only, complete the triangle ABC. [2]

(b) Measure and write down the size of angle CAB.

Answer(b) Angle CAB = [1]

(c) For the constructions below, use a straight edge and compasses only.
Leave in all your construction arcs.

(i) Construct the bisector of angle ABC.


Label the point P where the bisector crosses AC. [2]

(ii) Construct the locus of points which are equidistant from A and from C.
Label the point Q where the locus crosses AC. [2]

(d) (i) Write down the length of PQ in centimetres.

Answer(d)(i) cm [1]

(ii) Shade the region inside the triangle which is nearer to AB than to BC
and nearer to C than to A. [1]

(e) Triangle ABC is a scale drawing.


The 9 cm line, BC, represents a wall 45 metres long.
The scale of the drawing is 1 : n.
Find the value of n.

Answer(e) n = [2]

© UCLES 2010 0580/33/M/J/10 [Turn over


8

For
7 (a) The first four terms of a sequence are given below. Examiner's
Use

5 9 13 17

Write down

(i) the next term,

Answer(a)(i) [1]

(ii) the 8th term,

Answer(a)(ii) [1]

(iii) an expression, in terms of n, for the nth term of the sequence.

Answer(a)(iii) [2]

(b) The first four terms of a different sequence are given below.

4 10 18 28

(i) Find the next term.

Answer(b)(i) [1]

(ii) The nth term of this sequence is n(n + p) where p is an integer.

Find the value of p.

Answer(b)(ii) p = [2]

(iii) Find the 100th term of this sequence.

Answer(b)(iii) [1]

© UCLES 2010 0580/33/M/J/10


9

For
8 Tom has 50 model cars. Examiner's
Use
He has 10 blue cars and 19 red cars.
He has no yellow cars.

(a) Tom chooses a car at random.

Write down the probability that it is

(i) red,

Answer(a)(i) [1]

(ii) red or blue,

Answer(a)(ii) [1]

(iii) not blue,

Answer(a)(iii) [1]

(iv) yellow.

Answer(a)(iv) [1]

(b) The probability that a car is damaged is 1.

How many cars are damaged?

Answer(b) [1]

© UCLES 2010 0580/33/M/J/10 [Turn over


10

For
9 The table below shows the number of visitors to a museum each day during one week. Examiner's
Use

Day Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday

Number
64 34 75 77 85 96 38
of visitors

(a) Work out the mean number of visitors per day during this week.

Answer(a) [2]

(b) Find the range.

Answer(b) [1]

(c) On the grid below, draw a bar chart to show the information given in the table.
Use a vertical scale of 1 cm to represent 10 visitors.

[5]

© UCLES 2010 0580/33/M/J/10


11

For
10 In this question give all your answers correct to 2 decimal places. Examiner's
Use

(a) A bank has an exchange rate of $1= € 0.6513.

(i) Jonathan changes $500 into euros (€).


Calculate the amount Jonathan receives.

Answer(a)(i) € [2]

(ii) Arika changes €300 into dollars.


Calculate the amount Arika receives.

Answer(a)(ii) $ [3]

(b) Dania borrows $325 for 2 years at a rate of 3.8% per year simple interest.
Calculate the total amount Dania owes after 2 years.

Answer(b) $ [3]

(c) Lee borrows $550 for 2 years at a rate of 6% per year compound interest.
Calculate the total amount Lee owes after 2 years.

Answer(c) $ [3]

Question 11 is printed on the next page.

© UCLES 2010 0580/33/M/J/10 [Turn over


12

For
11 y Examiner's
Use
6

3
B
2

x
–8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
–1

–2
A C
–3

–4

–5

–6

–7
Shapes A, B and C are shown on the grid.

(a) Describe fully the single transformation which maps

(i) shape A onto shape B,

Answer(a)(i) [2]

(ii) shape A onto shape C.

Answer(a)(ii) [3]

(b) On the grid draw the image of shape A after

6
(i) a translation by the vector   , [2]
 4

(ii) an enlargement, scale factor 2, centre the origin. [2]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2010 0580/33/M/J/10


UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*2833932865*

MATHEMATICS 0580/31
Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2011
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Mathematical tables (optional) Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π , use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 16 printed pages.

IB11 06_0580_31/4RP
© UCLES 2011 [Turn over
2

1 Mr and Mrs Clark and their three children live in the USA and take a holiday in Europe. For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Mr Clark changes $500 into euros (€) when the exchange rate is €1 = $1.4593.

Calculate how much he receives.


Give your answer correct to 2 decimal places.

Answer(a) € [2]

(b) Tickets for an amusement park cost €62 for an adult and €52 for a child.

Work out the cost for Mr and Mrs Clark and their three children to visit the park.

Answer(b) € [3]

(c) Mr Clark sees a notice:

SPECIAL OFFER!

Family ticket €200

Work out €200 as a percentage of your answer to part (b).

Answer(c) % [1]

© UCLES 2011 0580/31/M/J/11


3

(d) Mrs Clark buys 6 postcards at €0.98 each. For


She pays with a €10 note. Examiner's
Use

Calculate how much change she will receive.

Answer(d) € [2]

(e) Children under a height of 130 cm are not allowed on one of the rides in the park.
Helen Clark is 50 inches tall.

Use 1 inch = 2.54 cm to show that she will not be allowed on this ride.

Answer(e)

[1]

© UCLES 2011 0580/31/M/J/11 [Turn over


4

2 For
Examiner's
Use

The shape above is the net of a solid drawn on a 1 cm square grid.

(a) Write down the geometrical name of the solid.

Answer(a) [1]

(b) Find the perimeter of the net.

Answer(b) cm [1]

© UCLES 2011 0580/31/M/J/11


5

(c) Work out For


Examiner's
Use
(i) the area of one of the triangles,

Answer(c)(i) cm2 [2]

(ii) the volume of the solid.

Answer(c)(ii) cm3 [2]

(d) A cuboid of length 4 cm and width 3 cm has the same volume as the solid.

Calculate the height of the cuboid.

Answer(d) cm [2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/31/M/J/11 [Turn over


6

3 (a) x = 3m – k For
Examiner's
Use
Find the value of

(i) x when m = 2 and k = −4,

Answer(a)(i) [2]

(ii) m when x = 19 and k = 5.

Answer(a)(ii) [3]

(b) Expand the brackets.


g(7f – g2)

Answer(b) [2]

(c) Factorise completely.


18h2 – 12hj

Answer(c) [2]

(d) Make m the subject of the formula.


t = 8m + 15

Answer(d) m = [2]

(e) Solve the equation.


p + 3 = 3(p – 5)

Answer(e) p = [3]

© UCLES 2011 0580/31/M/J/11


7

4 For
Examiner's
Library 5 Use

Distance 3
(kilometres)
2

Bus stop 1

Home 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Time (minutes)
Sonia travels from home to the library.
She walks to the bus stop and waits for a bus to take her to the library.

(a) Write down

(i) the distance to the bus stop,


Answer(a)(i) km [1]

(ii) how many minutes Sonia waits for a bus,

Answer(a)(ii) min [1]

(iii) how many minutes the bus journey takes to the library.

Answer(a)(iii) min [1]

(b) Calculate, in kilometres per hour,

(i) Sonia’s walking speed,

Answer(b)(i) km/h [1]


(ii) the speed of the bus,

Answer(b)(ii) km/h [2]

(iii) the average speed for Sonia’s journey from home to the library.

Answer(b)(iii) km/h [3]


(c) Sonia works in the library for one hour.
Then she travels home by car.
The average speed of the car is 30 km/h.

Complete the travel graph. [2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/31/M/J/11 [Turn over


8

5 For
y Examiner's
Use
8
B

x
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4
–1

–2

A –3

–4

(a) (i) Find the gradient of the line AB.

Answer(a)(i) [2]

(ii) Write down the equation of the line AB in the form y = mx + c.

Answer(a)(ii) y = [2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/31/M/J/11


9

(b) The table shows some values of the function y = x2 O 2. For


Examiner's
Use
x −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3

y 7 −1 −1 7

(i) Complete the table. [2]

(ii) On the grid, draw the graph of y = x2 O 2 for −3 Y x Y 3. [4]

(iii) Use your graph to solve the equation x2 O 2 = 0.

Answer(b)(iii) x = or x = [2]

(c) Write down the co-ordinates of the points where your graph meets the line AB.

Answer(c)( , ) and ( , ) [2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/31/M/J/11 [Turn over


10

6 (a) 103 112 125 132 144 159 161 For


Examiner's
Use
From the list above, write down

(i) a square number,

Answer(a)(i) [1]

(ii) a cube number,

Answer(a)(ii) [1]

(iii) a prime number,

Answer(a)(iii) [1]

(iv) an odd number which is a multiple of 3.

Answer(a)(iv) [1]

(b) Write 88 as a product of prime numbers.

Answer(b) [2]

(c) Find the highest common factor of 72 and 96.

Answer(c) [2]

(d) Find the lowest common multiple of 15 and 20.

Answer(d) [2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/31/M/J/11


11

7 (a) For
B Examiner's
Use

T
P

A
(i) Reflect triangle T in the line AB.
Label your image X. [1]
(ii) Rotate triangle T through 90° clockwise about the point P.
Label your image Y. [2]
y
(b)
8

7
R
6

3 Q

2
P
1

x
–1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
–1
Describe the single transformation which maps
(i) flag P onto flag Q,

Answer(b)(i) [3]
(ii) flag P onto flag R.

Answer(b)(ii) [2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/31/M/J/11 [Turn over


12

8 30 students took a vocabulary test. For


The marks they scored are shown below. Examiner's
Use

7 8 5 8 3 2

6 6 3 3 6 2

7 1 5 10 2 6

6 5 8 1 2 7

3 1 5 3 10 3

(a) Complete the frequency table below.

The first five frequencies have been completed for you.


You may use the tally column to help you.

Mark Tally Frequency

1 3

2 4

3 6

4 0

5 4

10

[3]

© UCLES 2011 0580/31/M/J/11


13

(b) (i) Find the range. For


Examiner's
Use

Answer(b)(i) [1]

(ii) Write down the mode.

Answer(b)(ii) [1]

(iii) Find the median.

Answer(b)(iii) [2]

(iv) Calculate the mean.

Answer(b)(iv) [3]

(c) A student is chosen at random.

Find the probability that the student scored

(i) 1 mark,

Answer(c)(i) [1]

(ii) 4 marks,

Answer(c)(ii) [1]

(iii) fewer than 6 marks.

Answer(c)(iii) [1]

© UCLES 2011 0580/31/M/J/11 [Turn over


14

9 (a) In the space below, construct the triangle ABC with AB = 10 cm and AC = 12 cm. For
Leave in your construction arcs. Examiner's
Use
The line BC is already drawn.

B C
[2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/31/M/J/11


15

(b) Measure angle ABC. For


Examiner's
Use
Answer(b) Angle ABC = [1]

(c) (i) Using a straight edge and compasses only, and leaving in your construction arcs,
construct the perpendicular bisector of BC. [2]

(ii) This bisector cuts AC at P.

Mark the position of P on the diagram and measure AP.

Answer(c)(ii) AP = cm [1]

(d) Construct the locus of all the points inside the triangle which are 5 cm from A. [1]

(e) Shade the region inside the triangle which is

• nearer to B than to C
and
• less than 5 cm from A. [2]

Question 10 is printed on the next page.

© UCLES 2011 0580/31/M/J/11 [Turn over


16

10 (a) North For


North Examiner's
d Use
B

NOT TO
SCALE
120 m
53°
A
B is 120 m from A on a bearing of 053°.
Calculate

(i) the distance d,

Answer(a)(i) d = m [2]
(ii) the bearing of A from B.

Answer(a)(ii) [1]
(b)
F

NOT TO
SCALE
20 m
9m

G A 24 m H

A vertical flagpole, AF, is 9 m high.


It is held in place by two straight wires FG and FH.
FG = 20 m and AH = 24 m.
G, A and H lie in a straight line on horizontal ground.
Calculate

(i) angle FHA,

Answer(b)(i) Angle FHA = [2]

(ii) the distance GA.

Answer(b)(ii) GA = m [3]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2011 0580/31/M/J/11


UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*5006791848*

MATHEMATICS 0580/32
Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2011
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Mathematical tables (optional) Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π , use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 16 printed pages.

IB11 06_0580_32/3RP
© UCLES 2011 [Turn over
2

1 Falla buys 3000 square metres of land for a house and garden. For
The garden is divided into areas for flowers, vegetables and grass. Examiner's
Use

He divides the land in the following ratio.

house : flowers : vegetables : grass = 4 : 7 : 8 : 5

(a) (i) Show that the area of land used for flowers is 875 m2.

Answer(a)(i)

[2]

(ii) Calculate the area of land used for the house.

Answer(a)(ii) m2 [2]

(b) Write down the fraction of land used for vegetables.


Give your answer in its simplest form.

Answer(b) [2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/32/M/J/11


3

(c) During the first year Falla plants flowers in 64% of the 875 m2. For
Examiner's
Use
Calculate the area he plants with flowers.

Answer(c) m2 [2]

(d) Falla sells some of the vegetables he grows.


These vegetables cost $85 to grow.
He sells them for $105.

Calculate his percentage profit.

Answer(d) % [3]

(e) To buy the land Falla borrowed $5000 at a rate of 6.4% compound interest for 2 years.

Calculate the total amount he pays back at the end of the 2 years.
Give your answer correct to the nearest dollar.

Answer(e) $ [3]

© UCLES 2011 0580/32/M/J/11 [Turn over


4

2 For
y Examiner's
Use
6

4
A
3

x
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
–1
B
–2

–3

–4

–5

–6
The diagram shows two triangles drawn on a 1 cm square grid.
(a) (i) Describe fully the single transformation which maps triangle A onto triangle B.

Answer(a)(i) [3]

(ii) Calculate the area of triangle A.

Answer(a)(ii) cm2 [2]

(iii) Find the perimeter of triangle A.

Answer(a)(iii) cm [1]

(b) Reflect triangle A in the x-axis.


Label the image P. [1]

(c) Rotate triangle A through 90° clockwise about (0, 0).


Label the image Q. [2]

(d) Describe fully the single transformation which maps triangle P onto triangle Q.

Answer(d) [2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/32/M/J/11


5

3 The colours of 30 cars in a car park are shown in the frequency table. For
Examiner's
Use
Colour Frequency

Red 5

Silver 15

Black 6

White 4

(a) Complete the bar chart to represent this information.

Frequency

Red Silver Black White


Colour
[3]

(b) Write down the mode.

Answer(b) [1]

© UCLES 2011 0580/32/M/J/11 [Turn over


6

4 (a) An electrician is paid a fixed amount of $12 and then $6.50 for each hour she works. For
Examiner's
Use
(i) The electrician works for 7 hours.

Calculate how much she is paid for this work.

Answer(a)(i) $ [2]

(ii) The electrician works for n hours.

Write down an expression, in terms of n, for how much she is paid.

Answer(a)(ii) [1]

(iii) The electrician is paid $44.50 for her work.

Calculate the number of hours she worked.

Answer(a)(iii) [2]

(b) Solve the simultaneous equations.


3x O y = 22
5x + 3y = 4

Answer(b) x =

y= [3]

© UCLES 2011 0580/32/M/J/11


7

5 (a) The table below shows how many sides different polygons have. For
Examiner's
Use
Complete the table.

Name of polygon Number of sides

Quadrilateral 4

Hexagon 6

Heptagon 7

Nonagon 9
[3]

(b) Two sides, AB and BC, of a regular nonagon are shown in the diagram below.

NOT TO
SCALE

A B

(i) Work out the value of x, the exterior angle.

Answer(b)(i) x = [2]

(ii) Find the value of angle ABC, the interior angle of a regular nonagon.

Answer(b)(ii) Angle ABC = [1]

© UCLES 2011 0580/32/M/J/11 [Turn over


8

6 The number of ice-creams sold in a shop each month is shown in the table. For
Examiner's
Use
Month Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Number of
ice-creams 1300 1200 1700 1800 2300 2500 2800 2600 1500 1600 1100 1900
sold

(a) (i) Find the range.

Answer(a)(i) [1]
(ii) Calculate the mean.

Answer(a)(ii) [2]
(iii) Find the median.

Answer(a)(iii) [2]

(b) The numbers of chocolate, strawberry and vanilla ice-creams sold are shown in the table.
Flavour Number of ice-creams Pie chart sector angle
Chocolate 4200 140°
Strawberry 3600
Vanilla 3000
(i) Complete the table by working out the sector angles for strawberry and vanilla. [3]

(ii) Complete the pie chart below and label the sectors.

[2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/32/M/J/11


9

(c) The table shows the average temperature and the number of ice-creams sold each month. For
Examiner's
Use
Month Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

Temperature
5.6 5.7 7.0 11.4 16.0 23.3 23.4 20.0 15.5 11.5 8.0 14.0
(°C)
Number of
ice-creams 1300 1200 1700 1800 2300 2500 2800 2600 1500 1600 1100 1900
sold

(i) Complete the scatter diagram for the months August to December.
The points for January to July are plotted for you.

3000

2500

Number of
2000
ice-creams sold

1500

1000
5 10 15 20 25
Average temperature (°C)
[2]
(ii) What type of correlation does the scatter diagram show?

Answer(c)(ii) [1]

(iii) Write down a statement connecting the number of ice-creams sold to the average monthly
temperature.

Answer(c)(iii) [1]

© UCLES 2011 0580/32/M/J/11 [Turn over


10

7 (a) The table shows some values of the function y = x2 + x O 3. For


Examiner's
Use
x O4 O3 O2 O1 0 1 2 3

y 9 3 O3 O1 9

(i) Complete the table. [2]

(ii) On the grid, draw the graph of y = x2 + x O 3 for O4 Y x Y 3.

y
10

8
B

2
A

x
–4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3

–2

–4
[4]

(iii) Use your graph to solve the equation x2 + x O 3 = 0.

Answer(a)(iii) x = or x = [2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/32/M/J/11


11

(b) (i) Draw the line of symmetry of the graph. [1] For
Examiner's
Use
(ii) Write down the equation of the line of symmetry.

Answer(b)(ii) [1]

(c) Two points, A and B, are marked on the grid.

(i) Draw the straight line through the points A and B extending it to the edges of the grid. [1]

(ii) Write down the co-ordinates of the points of intersection of this line with y = x2 + x O 3.

Answer(c)(ii) ( , ) and ( , ) [2]

(iii) Work out the gradient of the straight line through points A and B.

Answer(c)(iii) [2]

(iv) Write down the equation of the straight line through points A and B, in the form y = mx + c.

Answer(c)(iv) y = [2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/32/M/J/11 [Turn over


12

8 Manuel rows his boat from A to B, a distance of 3 kilometres. For


The scale diagram below shows his journey. Examiner's
Use
1 centimetre represents 0.5 kilometres.

North

North B

3 km

(a) (i) Measure the bearing of B from A.

Answer(a)(i) [1]

(ii) The journey from A to B takes him 30 minutes.

Calculate his average speed in kilometres per hour.

Answer(a)(ii) km/h [1]

(b) From B, Manuel rows 3.5 kilometres in a straight line, on a bearing of 145°, to a point C.

On the diagram, draw accurately this journey and label the point C. [2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/32/M/J/11


13

(c) Manuel then rows from C to A. For


Examiner's
Use
(i) Measure CA.

Answer(c)(i) cm [1]

(ii) Work out the actual distance from C to A.

Answer(c)(ii) km [1]

(iii) By measuring a suitable angle, find the bearing of A from C.

Answer(c)(iii) [1]

(d) Two buoys, P and Q, are on opposite sides of the line AB.
Each buoy is 2 km from A and 1.5 km from B.

(i) On the diagram, construct and mark the positions of P and Q. [2]

(ii) Measure the distance between P and Q.

Answer(d)(ii) cm [1]

(iii) Find the actual distance, PQ, in kilometres.

Answer(d)(iii) km [1]

© UCLES 2011 0580/32/M/J/11 [Turn over


14

9 For
60 cm Examiner's
NOT TO Use

SCALE
18 cm

18 cm

The diagram shows the net of a box.

(a) (i) Calculate the total surface area of the box.

Answer(a)(i) cm2 [2]

(ii) Calculate the volume of the box.

Answer(a)(ii) cm3 [2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/32/M/J/11


15

(b) A cylinder with diameter 18 cm and length 60 cm just fits inside the box. For
Examiner's
Use

NOT TO
SCALE

60 cm

18 cm

(i) Calculate the volume of the cylinder.

Answer(b)(i) cm3 [2]

(ii) Find the volume of space outside the cylinder but inside the box.

Answer(b)(ii) cm3 [1]

(iii) Calculate the curved surface area of the cylinder.

Answer(b)(iii) cm2 [2]

Question 10 is printed on the following page.

© UCLES 2011 0580/32/M/J/11 [Turn over


16

10 (a) Write down the next two terms in each of the following sequences. For
Examiner's
Use

(i) 71, 64, 57, 50, , [1]

(ii) O17, O13, O9, O5, , [2]

(b) The nth term of the sequence in part (a)(i) is 78 O 7n.

Find the value of the 15th term.

Answer(b) [1]

(c) Write down an expression for the nth term of the sequence in part (a)(ii).

Answer(c) [2]

(d) For one value of n, both sequences in part (a) have a term with the same value.

Use parts (b) and (c) to find

(i) the value of n,

Answer(d)(i) n = [2]

(ii) the value of this term.

Answer(d)(ii) [2]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2011 0580/32/M/J/11


UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*5608091386*

MATHEMATICS 0580/33
Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2011
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Mathematical tables (optional) Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π , use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 15 printed pages and 1 blank page.

IB11 06_0580_33/4RP
© UCLES 2011 [Turn over
2

1 At a theatre, adult tickets cost $5 each and child tickets cost $3 each. For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Find the total cost of 110 adult tickets and 85 child tickets.

Answer(a) $ [2]

(b) The total cost of some tickets is $750.


There are 120 adult tickets.

Work out the number of child tickets.

Answer(b) [2]

(c) The ratio of the number of adults to the number of children during one performance is

adults : children = 3 : 2.

(i) The total number of adults and children in the theatre is 150.

Find the number of adults in the theatre.

Answer(c)(i) [2]

(ii) For this performance, find the ratio total cost of adult tickets : total cost of child tickets.
Give your answer in its simplest form.

Answer(c)(ii) : [3]

(d) The $5 cost of an adult ticket is increased by 30%.

Calculate the new cost of an adult ticket.

Answer(d) $ [2]

(e) The cost of a child ticket is reduced from $3 to $2.70.

Calculate the percentage decrease in the cost of a child ticket.

Answer(e) % [3]

© UCLES 2011 0580/33/M/J/11


3

2 For
Examiner's
Use

P Q

(a) In the space above, construct triangle PQR with QR = 9 cm and PR = 7 cm.
Leave in your construction arcs.
The line PQ is already drawn. [2]

(b) Using a straight edge and compasses only, construct

(i) the perpendicular bisector of PR, [2]

(ii) the bisector of angle QPR. [2]

(c) Shade the region inside the triangle PQR which is

nearer to P than to R and nearer to PQ than to PR. [1]

(d) Triangle PQR is a scale drawing with a scale 1 : 50 000.

Find the actual distance QR.


Give your answer in kilometres.

Answer(d) km [2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/33/M/J/11 [Turn over


4

3 288 students took part in a quiz. For


There were three questions in the quiz. Examiner's
Use
Each correct answer scored 1 point.
The pie chart shows the results.

1 point

2 points
120°

100°
0 points

3 points

(a) Find the value of t.

Answer(a) t = [1]

(b) Find the number of students who scored 2 points.

Answer(b) [2]

(c) Find the modal number of points.

Answer(c) [1]

© UCLES 2011 0580/33/M/J/11


5

(d) (i) Use the information in the pie chart to complete the frequency table for the 288 students. For
Examiner's
Use

Number of points 0 1 2 3

Number of students
[2]

(ii) Calculate the mean number of points.

Answer(d)(ii) [3]

(e) One student is chosen at random.

Find the probability that this student scored

(i) 3 points,

Answer(e)(i) [1]

(ii) at least 1 point,

Answer(e)(ii) [2]

(iii) more than 3 points.

Answer(e)(iii) [1]

(f) 1440 students took part in the same quiz.

How many students would be expected to score 3 points?

Answer(f) [1]

© UCLES 2011 0580/33/M/J/11 [Turn over


6

4 For
Examiner's
Use

NOT TO
SCALE

0.8 m

1.4 m

The diagram shows part of a trench.


The trench is made by removing soil from the ground.
The cross-section of the trench is a rectangle.
The depth of the trench is 0.8 m and the width is 1.4 m.

(a) Calculate the area of the cross-section.

Answer(a) m2 [2]

(b) The length of the trench is 200 m.

Calculate the volume of soil removed.

Answer(b) m3 [1]

© UCLES 2011 0580/33/M/J/11


7

(c) For
Examiner's
Use

NOT TO
SCALE

0.25 m

A pipe is put in the trench.


The pipe is a cylinder of radius 0.25 m and length 200 m.

(i) Calculate the volume of the pipe.

[The volume, V, of a cylinder of radius r and length l is V = πr2l.]

Answer(c)(i) m3 [2]

(ii) The trench is then filled with soil.


Find the volume of soil put back into the trench.

Answer(c)(ii) m3 [1]

(iii) The soil which is not used for the trench is spread evenly over a horizontal area of
8000 m2.

Calculate the depth of this soil.


Give your answer in millimetres, correct to 1 decimal place.

Answer(c)(iii) mm [3]

© UCLES 2011 0580/33/M/J/11 [Turn over


8

6 For
5 (a) (i) Complete the table for the function y = , x ≠ 0. Examiner's
x Use

x –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 5 6

y –1 –1.2 –2 –3 –6 6 3 1.2 1

[2]

6
(ii) On the grid, draw the graph of y = for O6 Y x Y O1 and 1 Y x Y 6.
x

y
6

x
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

–6
[4]

© UCLES 2011 0580/33/M/J/11


9

x2 For
(b) (i) Complete the table for the function y = O2. Examiner's
2 Use

x –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4

y 6 2.5 –2 2.5 6

[2]

x2
(ii) On the grid opposite, draw the graph of y = O2 for O4 Y x Y 4. [4]
2

(c) Write down the co-ordinates of the point of intersection of the two graphs.

Answer(c)( , ) [2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/33/M/J/11 [Turn over


10

6 (a) For
C Examiner's
Use

NOT TO
SCALE

p° 140°
B A D

The diagram shows a triangle ABC with BA extended to D.


AB = AC and angle CAD = 140°.
Find the value of p.

Answer(a) p = [2]

(b)

72°
NOT TO
SCALE

Find the value of q.

Answer(b) q = [2]

(c)
108° 104°

NOT TO
SCALE
94°

Find the value of x.

Answer(c) x = [1]

© UCLES 2011 0580/33/M/J/11


11

(d) For
C Examiner's
Use

NOT TO
SCALE
22°
A B

In triangle ABC, angle A = 90° and angle B = 22°.

Calculate angle C.

Answer(d) Angle C = [1]

(e)
X

10 cm
NOT TO
SCALE

P Q
8 cm

Y 10 cm Z

In triangle XYZ, P is a point on XY and Q is a point on XZ.


PQ is parallel to YZ.

(i) Complete the statement.

Triangle XPQ is to triangle XYZ. [1]

(ii) PQ = 8 cm, XQ = 10 cm and YZ = 10 cm.

Calculate the length of XZ.

Answer(e)(ii) XZ = cm [2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/33/M/J/11 [Turn over


12

7 (a) Solve the equations. For


Examiner's
Use
(i) 2x + 3 = 15 O x

Answer(a)(i) x = [2]

2y −1
(ii) =7
3

Answer(a)(ii) y = [2]

1
(iii) 2 =
u −1

Answer(a)(iii) u = [3]

© UCLES 2011 0580/33/M/J/11


13

(b) Write down equations to show the following. For


Examiner's
Use
(i) p is equal to r plus two times q.

Answer(b)(i) [1]

(ii) k is equal to the square of the sum of l and m.

Answer(b)(ii) [2]

(c) Pierre walks for 2 hours at w km/h and then for another 3 hours at (w –1) km/h.

The total distance of Pierre’s journey is 11.5 km.

Find the value of w.

Answer(c) w = [4]

© UCLES 2011 0580/33/M/J/11 [Turn over


14

8 For
y Examiner's
Use
8

4
C
3

2
B A
1

x
–8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
–1

–2

–3

–4

(a) On the grid, draw the images of the following transformations of shape A.

(i) Reflection in the x-axis [1]

 3
(ii) Translation by the vector   [2]
 4

(iii) Rotation, centre (0, 0), through 180° [2]

(b) Describe fully the single transformation that maps

(i) shape A onto shape B,

Answer(b)(i) [2]

(ii) shape A onto shape C.

Answer(b)(ii) [3]

© UCLES 2011 0580/33/M/J/11


15

9 For
Examiner's
Use

Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3 Diagram 4 Diagram 5

The Diagrams above form a pattern.

(a) Draw Diagram 5 in the space provided. [1]

(b) The table shows the numbers of dots in some of the diagrams.
Complete the table.

Diagram 1 2 3 4 5 10 n

Number of dots 3 5

[5]

(c) What is the value of n when the number of dots is 737?

Answer(c) [2]

(d) Complete the table which shows the total number of dots in consecutive pairs of diagrams.

For example, the total number of dots in Diagram 2 and Diagram 3 is 12.

Diagrams 1 and 2 2 and 3 3 and 4 4 and 5 10 and 11 n and n + 1


Total
number of 8 12 16
dots

[3]

© UCLES 2011 0580/33/M/J/11


16

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2011 0580/33/M/J/11


UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*9282554543*

MATHEMATICS 0580/31
Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2012
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Mathematical tables (optional) Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π , use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 15 printed pages and 1 blank page.

IB12 06_0580_31/4RP
© UCLES 2012 [Turn over
2

1 (a) Vince and Wendy share $2000 in the ratio Vince : Wendy = 19 : 21. For
Examiner's
Use
Calculate the amount of money that Vince receives.

Answer(a) $ [2]

(b) Wendy has $265 to spend on some chairs.


The chairs cost $37 each.

Work out the largest number of chairs she can buy.

Answer(b) [2]

(c) Wendy shares $200 between her three children Jake, Karl and Lana.
2
She gives 27% of the money to Jake and of the money to Karl.
5

Work out the amount of money she gives to Lana.

Answer(c) $ [3]

(d) Wendy invests $500 at a rate of 4% per year compound interest.

Calculate the total amount of interest she receives at the end of 2 years.
Give your answer correct to the nearest dollar.

Answer(d) $ [4]

© UCLES 2012 0580/31/M/J/12


3

2 For
y Examiner's
Use
8

A
2

x
–6 –4 –2 0 2 4 6 8

–2
D

–4

–6

–8

Two shapes A and D are shown on the grid.

(a) (i) Reflect shape A in the line x = 0. Label this image B. [2]

(ii) Rotate shape A through 180° about (2, 4). Label this image C. [2]

(iii) Enlarge shape A with scale factor 2 and centre (3, 7). Label this image E. [2]

(b) Describe fully the single transformation that maps shape D onto

(i) shape B,

Answer(b)(i) [2]

(ii) shape C.

Answer(b)(ii) [2]

© UCLES 2012 0580/31/M/J/12 [Turn over


4

3 (a) Jon spins this 6-sided spinner. For


2 Examiner's
2 10 Use

4 8
6

The probability that the spinner lands on any of the six sides is equally likely.

Write down the probability that the spinner lands on

(i) the number 6,


Answer(a)(i) [1]

(ii) a prime number,


Answer(a)(ii) [1]

(iii) a number less than 11.


Answer(a)(iii) [1]

(b) Felix has a 12-sided spinner with the numbers 2, 4, 5, 7 and 9 written on it.
It is equally likely to land on any side.
The table shows the probability of the spinner landing on each number.

Number on spinner 2 4 5 7 9
1 1 1 1 1
Probability
4 3 6 6 12

The diagram of the spinner has been completed for the number 2.

Complete the diagram for the numbers 4, 5, 7 and 9.

2 2

[3]

(c) Felix says that his spinner is more likely to land on a 2 than Jon’s spinner.

Explain why he is wrong.

Answer(c)

[1]

© UCLES 2012 0580/31/M/J/12


5

(d) Felix spins his 12-sided spinner 60 times and records the results. For
Examiner's
Use
Number on spinner Frequency Pie chart sector angle

2 15 90°

4 20 120°

5 5 30°

7 12

9 8

(i) Complete the table by working out the sector angles for the numbers 7 and 9 . [3]

(ii) Complete the pie chart.

[2]
(iii) Write down the mode.

Answer(d)(iii) [1]

(iv) Calculate the mean.

Answer(d)(iv) [3]

© UCLES 2012 0580/31/M/J/12 [Turn over


6

4 In this question all the measurements are in centimetres. For


Examiner's
Use

11 – x NOT TO
2x + 3 SCALE

3x

The diagram shows a triangle with sides of length 2x + 3, 11 – x and 3x.

(a) Explain why x must be less than 11.

Answer(a)

[1]

(b) Write down an expression, in terms of x, for the perimeter of the triangle.
Give your answer in its simplest possible form.

Answer(b) [2]

(c) The perimeter of the triangle is 32 cm.

(i) Write down an equation in terms of x and solve it.

Answer(c)(i) x = [3]

(ii) Work out the length of the shortest side of the triangle.

Answer(c)(ii) cm [2]

© UCLES 2012 0580/31/M/J/12


7

5 For
Examiner's
Use

Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3 Diagram 4

The number of crosses in each Diagram forms a sequence.

(a) On the grid draw Diagram 4. [1]

(b) Write down the number of crosses needed to draw Diagram 5.

Answer(b) [1]

(c) Diagram 1 has 1 row of 3 crosses.


Diagram 2 has 2 rows of 4 crosses.

(i) Complete this statement for Diagram n.

Diagram n has n rows of crosses. [1]

(ii) Write down, in terms of n, how many crosses are needed to draw Diagram n.

Answer(c)(ii) [1]

(iii) Find the number of crosses needed to draw Diagram 20.

Answer(c)(iii) [1]

© UCLES 2012 0580/31/M/J/12 [Turn over


8

6 For
y Examiner's
Use

B
6

A E C
x
–4 –2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12

–2

–4

–6

Triangle ABC is drawn on a 1cm2 grid.


E is the point (0, 0).

(a) Write down the gradient of the line AB.

Answer(a) [2]

(b) The gradient of BC is – 0.5 .

Write down the equation of the line BC in the form y = mx + c.

Answer(b) y = [2]

© UCLES 2012 0580/31/M/J/12


9

(c) Write down the ratio AE : EC. For


Give your answer in its simplest form. Examiner's
Use

Answer(c) : [2]

(d) Measure angle ABE.

Answer(d) Angle ABE = [1]

(e) Triangle ABE is similar to triangle BCE.

Explain what the word similar tells you about the triangles ABE and BCE.

Answer(e)

[2]

(f) Calculate the area of triangle ABC.

Answer(f) cm2 [3]

(g) ABCD is a rectangle.

(i) Mark point D on the grid. [1]

(ii) Write down the co-ordinates of D.

Answer(g)(ii) ( , ) [1]

© UCLES 2012 0580/31/M/J/12 [Turn over


10

7 For
Distance Examiner's
from home Use

(km)

Sasha’s 5
home

Café 3

Home 0
10 00 10 15 10 30 10 45 11 00 11 15 11 30
Time

Poppy and Toni go to a café which is 3 km from their home.


They take the same route.

Poppy leaves home at 10 00 and walks.


Toni leaves home at 10 10 and cycles.
These journeys are shown on the travel graph.

(a) (i) How long does Toni wait at the café before Poppy arrives?

Answer(a)(i) min [1]

(ii) The graphs cross at 10 15.


Describe what this means.
Answer(a)(ii)

[1]

(iii) Calculate Toni’s average speed from home to the café in kilometres per hour.

Answer(a)(iii) km/h [2]

© UCLES 2012 0580/31/M/J/12


11

(b) Poppy and Toni stay at the café until 10 50. For
Examiner's
Use
(i) At 10 50 Poppy walks to visit her friend Sasha.
Sasha’s home is 5 km from Poppy’s home.
Poppy walks at the same speed as before.

Complete the travel graph for Poppy. [2]

(ii) At 10 50 Toni starts to cycle home.


At 10 55, when she has travelled half the distance home, her bicycle has a puncture.
She then walks the rest of the way home at 4.5 km/h.

Complete the travel graph for Toni. [2]

(iii) Calculate the average speed for Toni’s journey home from the café.

Answer(b)(iii) km/h [3]

© UCLES 2012 0580/31/M/J/12 [Turn over


12

8 For
North Examiner's
Use

P S

NOT TO
SCALE

50 m

Q 120 m R

The diagram shows a rectangular field, PQRS.


QR = 120 m, PQ = 50 m and P is due North of Q.

Bill and Said run from P to R.


Bill runs along the sides PQ and QR.
Said runs directly from P to R.

(a) Calculate how far

(i) Bill runs,

Answer(a)(i) m [1]

(ii) Said runs.

Answer(a)(ii) m [2]

(b) Bill takes 34 seconds to reach R.

Calculate Bill’s average speed.

Answer(b) m/s [1]

© UCLES 2012 0580/31/M/J/12


13

(c) Said runs at 4 m / s. For


Examiner's
Use
Who arrives at R first and by how many seconds?

Answer(c) arrives at R first by seconds. [3]

(d) (i) Use trigonometry to calculate the size of the angle marked y.

Answer(d)(i) [2]

(ii) Find the bearing of R from P.

Answer(d)(ii) [1]

(e) Calculate the area of the field in square kilometres.


Give your answer in standard form.

Answer(e) km2 [4]

© UCLES 2012 0580/31/M/J/12 [Turn over


14

9 (a) For
3 cm Examiner's
Use

NOT TO
SCALE
8 cm

A cylindrical drinking glass has radius 3 cm and height 8 cm.

(i) Calculate the volume of water the glass holds when it is filled to the top.
Give the units of your answer.

Answer(a)(i) [3]

(ii) Water is poured into a number of these glasses from a jug containing 1.5 litres.
Each glass has a horizontal line 2 cm from the top.

Calculate how many of these glasses can be filled up to the line from the jug.

Answer(a)(ii) [4]

(b) A cylindrical pipe has a circumference of 16 cm.

Calculate the diameter of the pipe.

Answer(b) cm [2]

© UCLES 2012 0580/31/M/J/12


15

(c) A cuboid measures 6 cm by 5 cm by 4 cm. For


Examiner's
Use

4 cm NOT TO
SCALE

5 cm
6 cm

Work out the surface area of the cuboid.

Answer(c) cm2 [3]

(d) 1m3 of copper has a mass of m kg.


The volume of one copper sphere is v m3.

Write down an expression for

(i) the mass, in kilograms, of one sphere,

Answer(d)(i) kg [1]

(ii) the mass, in kilograms, of s spheres,

Answer(d)(ii) kg [1]

(iii) the mass, in grams, of s spheres.

Answer(d)(iii) g [1]

© UCLES 2012 0580/31/M/J/12


16

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2012 0580/31/M/J/12


UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*2901534127*

MATHEMATICS 0580/32
Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2012
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Mathematical tables (optional) Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π , use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 16 printed pages.

IB12 06_0580_32/4RP
© UCLES 2012 [Turn over
2

1 (a) Indira buys 1250 square metres of land to build a hotel. For
Each square metre of land costs $12 . Examiner's
Use

Calculate the cost of the land.

Answer(a) $ [1]

(b) The cost of the land is 3% of the cost of the hotel.

Calculate the cost of the hotel.

Answer(b) $ [2]

(c) The hotel has 84 rooms.


The types of room are in the ratio family : double : single = 3 : 5 : 4 .

Calculate the number of double rooms.

Answer(c) [2]

(d) Each single room is a cuboid, 4.5 m long, 3.2 m wide and 2.8 m high.

Calculate the volume of a single room.

Answer(d) m3 [2]

© UCLES 2012 0580/32/M/J/12


3

(e) The total hotel income for the first year was $992 000 . For
3 Examiner's
(i) The hotel spent of the total hotel income on staff wages. Use
8

Calculate the staff wages.

Answer(e)(i) $ [1]

(ii) The hotel also spent $420 000 on food.

Calculate how much of the total hotel income was left.

Answer(e)(ii) $ [2]

(iii) Calculate $420 000 as a percentage of $992 000 .


Give your answer correct to 1 decimal place.

Answer(e)(iii) % [2]

(f) To make improvements, Indira borrows $3 500 at a rate of 6% per year simple interest.
She pays back all the amount at the end of 3 years.

Calculate the total amount she needs to repay.

Answer(f) $ [3]

© UCLES 2012 0580/32/M/J/12 [Turn over


4

2 For
y Examiner's
Use
8

A
6

x
–8 –6 –4 –2 0 2 4 6 8

–2
C
D

B
–4

–6

–8

(a) Describe fully the single transformation that maps A onto

(i) B,

Answer(a)(i) [2]

(ii) C,

Answer(a)(ii) [3]

(iii) D.

Answer(a)(iii) [2]

1
(b) On the grid, draw the enlargement of A, scale factor , centre (0, 0). [2]
2

© UCLES 2012 0580/32/M/J/12


5

3 (a) Calculate For


Examiner's
(i) 33, Use

Answer(a)(i) [1]

12 2
(ii) ,
81

Answer(a)(ii) [1]

(iii) the cube root of 4913.

Answer(a)(iii) [1]

(b) Find

(i) all the square numbers between 6 and 40,

Answer(b)(i) [2]

(ii) four factors of 76,

Answer(b)(ii) [2]

(iii) a prime factor of 35,

Answer(b)(iii) [1]

(iv) the lowest common multiple of 6 and 8,

Answer(b)(iv) [2]

(v) the highest common factor of 56 and 70.

Answer(b)(v) [2]

© UCLES 2012 0580/32/M/J/12 [Turn over


6

10 For
4 (a) The table shows some values of y= . Examiner's
x
Use

x –8 –5 –4 –2 –1 1 2 4 5 8

y –1.25 –5 10 2

(i) Complete the table. [2]

10
(ii) On the grid opposite, draw the graph of y = for −8 Y x Y −1 and 1 Y x Y=8 . [4]
x

(b) (i) On the same grid, draw the straight line through the points (−3, −5) and (1, 3).
Extend the line to the edges of the grid. [2]

10
(ii) Find the co-ordinates of the points of intersection of this line with the graph of y = .
x

Answer(b)(ii) ( , ) and ( , ) [2]

(c) For the line in part (b)(i)

(i) work out the gradient,

Answer(c)(i) [2]

(ii) write down the equation in the form y = mx + c .

Answer(c)(ii) y = [1]

© UCLES 2012 0580/32/M/J/12


7

y For
Examiner's
10 Use

x
–8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

–6

–7

–8

–9

–10

© UCLES 2012 0580/32/M/J/12 [Turn over


8

1 For
5 (a) A = 2
(a + b)h Examiner's
Use

Work out the value of A when a = 9.6, b = 12.4 and h = 7.5 .

Answer(a) [2]

(b) (i) Expand x(x2 – 3y).

Answer(b)(i) [2]

(ii) Expand and simplify 4(2w – 3) + 5(w – 2).

Answer(b)(ii) [2]

(c) A quadrilateral has sides x, 2x, y and 3y.

(i) Write down and simplify a formula for the perimeter, p, of the quadrilateral.

Answer(c)(i) p = [2]

© UCLES 2012 0580/32/M/J/12


9

(ii) Make y the subject of the formula in part (c)(i). For


Examiner's
Use

Answer(c)(ii) y = [2]

(d) Joseph is 3 times as old as Amy.


In 5 years time Joseph will be 2 times as old as Amy.

(i) Amy is now n years old.

Write down an equation in n connecting the ages of Joseph and Amy in 5 years time.

Answer(d)(i) [2]

(ii) Solve the equation to find n.

Answer(d)(ii) n = [3]

© UCLES 2012 0580/32/M/J/12 [Turn over


10

6 The total distance, to the nearest kilometre, travelled by a taxi each day for 24 days is shown below. For
Examiner's
Use
100 98 95 98 97 99 96 98

97 98 97 99 100 96 97 99

100 250 97 99 98 95 97 96

(a) (i) Complete the frequency table.


You may use the tally column to help you.

Distance travelled (km) Tally Number of days

95

96

97

98

99

100

250

[2]

© UCLES 2012 0580/32/M/J/12


11

(ii) Write down the mode. For


Examiner's
Use

Answer(a)(ii) km [1]

(iii) Find the median.

Answer(a)(iii) km [2]

(iv) Calculate the mean.

Answer(a)(iv) km [3]

(v) Which of the mean or the median best represents the average distance the taxi travels
each day?
Give a reason for your answer.

Answer(a)(v) because

[1]

(b) Find the probability that, on a day chosen at random, the taxi travels 98 km or more.

Answer(b) [2]

© UCLES 2012 0580/32/M/J/12 [Turn over


12

7 The scale drawing shows the positions of three airports A, B and C. For
The scale is 1 centimetre represents 100 kilometres. Examiner's
Use

North

North

North

Scale: 1 cm to 100 km

(a) Measure the bearing of airport A from airport B.

Answer(a) [1]

© UCLES 2012 0580/32/M/J/12


13

(b) The flight path of an aeroplane is a straight line equidistant from A and from B. For
Examiner's
Use
Using a straight edge and compasses only, construct the flight path of this aeroplane. [2]

(c) An aeroplane takes off from airport A and flies on a bearing of 020°.
It crosses the flight path of the aeroplane in part (b) at D.

(i) Draw the straight line path of this aeroplane and mark the point D. [1]

(ii) Write down the actual distance from A to D.

Answer(c)(ii) km [2]

(d) An aeroplane takes off from airport C.


It flies a distance of 1230 km in 2 hours 45 minutes.

Calculate the average speed of the aeroplane.

Answer(d) km/h [2]

© UCLES 2012 0580/32/M/J/12 [Turn over


14

8 For
V Examiner's
Use

6.5 cm
NOT TO
D C SCALE

6.5 cm
5 cm

A 5 cm B

The diagram shows a pyramid, ABCDV, on a square base.


All the sloping faces are congruent triangles.
AB = 5 cm and VA = 6.5 cm.

(a) Write down the mathematical name of triangle VAB.

Answer(a) [1]

(b) (i) Using a ruler and compasses only, construct the triangle VAB.
Show your construction arcs.

[2]

(ii) By making any necessary measurements, calculate the area of triangle VAB.

Answer(b)(ii) cm2 [3]

(iii) Calculate the total surface area of the pyramid, including the base.

Answer(b)(iii) cm2 [2]

© UCLES 2012 0580/32/M/J/12


15

(iv) Work out the total length of all the edges of the pyramid. For
Examiner's
Use

Answer(b)(iv) cm [2]

(c) On the grid, draw an accurate net of the pyramid.


The line AB has been drawn.

A B

[3]

Question 9 is printed on the next page.

© UCLES 2012 0580/32/M/J/12 [Turn over


16

9 For
Examiner's
Use

Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3 Diagram 4

(a) The pattern of diagrams above forms a sequence.

(i) On the grid, draw Diagram 4. [1]

(ii) Complete the table.

Diagram 1 2 3 4 5

Number of dots 4 6
[2]
(b) Find the number of dots in Diagram n.

Answer(b) [2]

(c) Find the number of dots in Diagram 48.

Answer(c) [1]

(d) There are 3 one centimetre squares in Diagram 2.

Find the number of one centimetre squares in Diagram 5.

Answer(d) [2]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2012 0580/32/M/J/12


UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*5603526471*

MATHEMATICS 0580/33
Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2012
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Mathematical tables (optional) Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π , use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 16 printed pages.

IB12 06_0580_33/6RP
© UCLES 2012 [Turn over
2

1 (a) The minimum temperatures at Beijing Airport, for five days, are given in this table. For
Examiner's
Use
Day Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday

Temperature (°C) –3 5 –1 2 –4

(i) Write down the lowest temperature.

Answer(a)(i) °C [1]

(ii) Write these temperatures in order, starting with the lowest.

Answer(a)(ii) < < < < [1]

(iii) What is the difference between the temperatures on Monday and Tuesday?

Answer(a)(iii) °C [1]

(b) The table shows part of the timetable for flights from Beijing to Hong Kong.

Beijing 07 45 08 00 09 30

Hong Kong 11 20 11 40 13 05

(i) At what time does the first plane after midday arrive in Hong Kong?

Answer(b)(i) [1]

(ii) How long, in hours and minutes, does the 07 45 flight from Beijing to Hong Kong take?

Answer(b)(ii) h min [1]

(c) A plane travels 1708 km in 3.5 hours.

Work out the average speed of the plane.


Give the units of your answer.

Answer(c) [2]

© UCLES 2012 0580/33/M/J/12


3

2 (a) Find all the factors of 28 . For


Examiner's
Use

Answer(a) [2]

(b) Write down a multiple of 8 that is greater than 20 .

Answer(b) [1]

(c) Work out 183 .

Answer(c) [1]

(d) p and q are prime numbers.

p3 × q2 = 200

Find the values of p and q.

Answer(d) p =

q= [2]

(e) A town has two bus companies.


Buses from Western Travel stop at the Town Hall every 8 minutes.
Buses from Eastern Travel stop at the Town Hall every 14 minutes.

(i) Write down the lowest common multiple of 8 and 14 .

Answer(e)(i) [2]

(ii) A bus from each company stops at the Town Hall at 08 00.

When is the next time that a bus from each company stop together at the Town Hall?

Answer(e)(ii) [1]

(iii) The cost of an adult ticket on Western Travel is $a and the cost of a child’s ticket is $c.
One day 84 adult tickets and 36 child tickets are sold.

Write an expression, in terms of a and c, for the total cost of these tickets.

Answer(e)(iii) $ [2]

© UCLES 2012 0580/33/M/J/12 [Turn over


4

3 Here is a scale drawing of a shop floor, EFGH. For


The scale is 1 centimetre represents 2 metres. Examiner's
Use
F G

Scale: 1 cm to 2 m
E
(a) What is the mathematical name of the shape EFGH?

Answer(a) [1]

(b) What type of angle is angle EFG?

Answer(b) [1]

(c) Find the actual length, in metres, of the side EH.

Answer(c) m [2]
(d) Measure angle FEH.

Answer(d) Angle FEH = [1]


(e) Complete this part using ruler and compasses only.
All construction arcs must be clearly shown.

A table is placed • nearer to E than to H


and • less than 14 m from H.

By constructing two loci on the scale drawing, find and label the region R, where the table is
placed. [5]

(f) The shop sells shoes which are packed in boxes.


Each box is a cuboid 33.2 cm long, 16.8 cm wide and 11 cm high.

Calculate the volume of one of these shoe boxes.

Answer(f) cm3 [2]

© UCLES 2012 0580/33/M/J/12


5

4 (a) In a café the price of an adult’s meal is $24 and the price of a child’s meal is $16. For
A 12% service charge is added to the costs of the meals. Examiner's
Use

Calculate the total cost of meals for 2 adults and 3 children.

Answer(a) $ [3]

(b) On a Saturday night the adult meal price of $24 is increased by 20%.

Calculate the increased price of this meal.

Answer(b) $ [2]

(c) The price of a large cup of coffee increases from $3.00 to $3.42 .

Calculate the percentage increase in the price.

Answer(c) % [3]

© UCLES 2012 0580/33/M/J/12 [Turn over


6

5 (a) Draw all the lines of symmetry on this rectangle. For


Examiner's
Use

[2]

(b) Shade one square so that the shaded shape has rotational symmetry of order 2.

[1]

(c) On the grid below, draw an enlargement of the triangle with a scale factor of 2.

[2]

© UCLES 2012 0580/33/M/J/12


7

(d) For
y Examiner's
Use
6

3
A
2

x
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
–1

–2
D
–3

–4
P
–5

–6

(i) Write down the co-ordinates of the point P.

Answer(d)(i) ( , ) [1]

(ii) Reflect triangle A in the y-axis.


Label the image B. [1]

 1
(iii) Translate triangle A by the vector  .
 − 3
Label the image C. [2]

(iv) Describe the single transformation that maps triangle A onto triangle D.

Answer(d)(iv) [3]

© UCLES 2012 0580/33/M/J/12 [Turn over


8

6 James and Wei have a car. For


Each year James drives 3 600 km and Wei drives 4 800 km. Examiner's
Use

(a) Write 3 600 : 4 800 as a ratio in its simplest form.

Answer(a) : [1]

(b) A garage charges $420 to service the car.


James and Wei share the $420 in the ratio James : Wei = 2 : 3 .

Find the amount that James pays.

Answer(b) $ [2]

(c) On a 268 km journey the car uses 22.8 litres of fuel.

By writing these numbers to 1 significant figure, estimate the distance travelled


using one litre of fuel.
Show all your working.

Answer(c) km [2]

(d) On another journey the car uses 46.3 litres of fuel.


Fuel costs $1.48 per litre.

Work out the cost of the fuel for this journey.

Answer(d) $ [2]

© UCLES 2012 0580/33/M/J/12


9

(e) The table shows some information about the car. For
Examiner's
Use
Fuel tank capacity 64 litres (to the nearest litre)
Width 1810 mm (to 3 significant figures)

(i) Write down the upper bound of the fuel tank capacity.

Answer(e)(i) litres [1]

(ii) Write down the minimum width of the car.

Answer(e)(ii) mm [1]

© UCLES 2012 0580/33/M/J/12 [Turn over


10

7 The table shows the marks for ten students in their Chemistry papers for Unit A and Unit B. For
Examiner's
Use
Unit A 32 78 45 63 36 73 58 41 68 54

Unit B 43 81 49 58 40 74 60 50 72 59

(a) On the grid, complete the scatter diagram for these results.
The first six points have been plotted for you.

90

80

70

Unit B 60

50

40

30
30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Unit A

[2]

(b) What type of correlation does the scatter diagram show?

Answer(b) [1]

© UCLES 2012 0580/33/M/J/12


11

(c) (i) Calculate the mean of the marks for Unit A. For
Examiner's
Use

Answer(c)(i) [2]

(ii) Work out the range of the marks for Unit A.

Answer(c)(ii) [1]

(iii) The mean for Unit B is 58.6 .

Which unit did the students find more difficult?


Give a reason for your answer.

Answer(c)(iii) Unit because

[1]

(d) (i) Draw a line of best fit on the grid. [1]

(ii) Lee scored 48 on Unit A but she was absent for Unit B.

Use your line of best fit to estimate her score on Unit B.

Answer(d)(ii) [1]

(e) Find how many students scored more than 65 marks on both units.

Answer(e) [1]

© UCLES 2012 0580/33/M/J/12 [Turn over


12

8 (a) Complete the table of values for y = x2 – 2x + 5 . For


Examiner's
Use
x –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5

y 20 8 8 20
[3]

(b) On the grid, draw the graph of y = x2 – 2x + 5 for −3 Y x Y 5 .

y
22

20

18

16

14

12

10

x
–4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6

[4]

(c) (i) On the grid, draw the line of symmetry of the graph. [1]

(ii) Write down the equation of the line of symmetry.

Answer(c)(ii) [1]

© UCLES 2012 0580/33/M/J/12


13

(d) (i) On the grid, draw the line y = 12 . [1] For


Examiner's
(ii) Use your graph to solve the equation x2 – 2x + 5 = 12 . Use

Answer(d)(ii) x = or x = [2]

(e) The equation of a straight line is y = 6 – 3x .

(i) Write down the gradient of this line.

Answer(e)(i) [1]

(ii) Write down the co-ordinates of the point where this line crosses the y-axis.

Answer(e)(ii) ( , ) [1]

(iii) Write down the equation of a line parallel to y = 6 – 3x .

Answer(e)(iii) [1]

(f) Simplify 3(2x + 1) O=2(6 – 3x) .

Answer(f) [2]

© UCLES 2012 0580/33/M/J/12 [Turn over


14

9 The diagram shows a regular hexagon inside a circle, centre O and radius 8 cm. For
Each vertex of the hexagon is on the circumference of the circle. Examiner's
Use
A and B are two vertices of the hexagon and M is the midpoint of AB.

NOT TO
SCALE

8 cm

A M B
(a) Calculate

(i) angle AOB,

Answer(a)(i) Angle AOB = [1]

(ii) angle AOM.

Answer(a)(ii) Angle AOM = [1]

(b) Write down the length AB.

Answer(b) AB = cm [1]

(c) Show that the length of OM = 6.93 cm, correct to 3 significant figures.

Answer(c)

[2]

© UCLES 2012 0580/33/M/J/12


15

(d) Calculate the area of triangle AOB. For


Examiner's
Use

Answer(d) cm2 [2]

(e) Calculate the shaded area.

Answer(e) cm2 [4]

Question 10 is printed on the next page.

© UCLES 2012 0580/33/M/J/12 [Turn over


16

10 The Patterns shown below form a sequence. For


Examiner's
Pattern 1 has 6 dots and 6 lines. Use
Pattern 2 has 10 dots and 11 lines.

Pattern 1

Pattern 2

Pattern 3

Pattern 4

(a) On the grid, draw Pattern 4. [1]

(b) (i) Find the number of dots in Pattern 5.

Answer(b)(i) [1]

(ii) Explain how you worked out your answer in part (b)(i).

Answer(b)(ii) [1]

(c) Write down an expression, in terms of n, for the number of dots in Pattern n.

Answer(c) [2]

(d) The number of dots in Pattern n is 62 .

Find n.

Answer(d) n = [2]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2012 0580/33/M/J/12


w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

er
s
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

.c
om
*4956619265*

MATHEMATICS 0580/32
Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2013
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 16 printed pages.

IB13 06_0580_32/3RP
© UCLES 2013 [Turn over
2
For
1 (a) Examiner′s
3 5 8 10 10 Use

For the numbers above, find

(i) the mean,

Answer(a)(i) ............................................... [2]

(ii) the mode,


Answer(a)(ii) ............................................... [1]

(iii) the median,


Answer(a)(iii) ............................................... [1]

(iv) the range.


Answer(a)(iv) ............................................... [1]

(v) A sixth number, 11, is added to the list.

Write down which one of the mean, the mode, the median and the range will stay the same.

Answer(a)(v) ............................................... [1]

(b) The table shows the results of asking 24 children their favourite colour.

Colour Red Blue Yellow Green Pink

Number of children 4 8 2 3 7

Write down the probability, as a fraction, that the favourite colour of a child chosen at random is

(i) blue,
Answer(b)(i) ............................................... [1]

(ii) not pink.


Answer(b)(ii) ............................................... [1]

(c) The information in part (b) is to be shown in a pie chart.

Work out the sector angle for green.


Do not draw the pie chart.

Answer(c) ............................................... [2]


_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/32/M/J/13


3
For
2 Three children have some marbles. Examiner′s
Shireen has m marbles. Use
Nazaneen has three times as many marbles as Shireen.
Karly has 4 more marbles than Shireen.

(a) Write down an expression, in terms of m, for

(i) the number of marbles Nazaneen has,

Answer(a)(i) ............................................... [1]

(ii) the number of marbles Karly has.

Answer(a)(ii) ............................................... [1]

(b) The three children have a total of 84 marbles between them.

(i) Write down an equation in m.

Answer(b)(i) ............................................... [1]

(ii) Solve your equation.

Answer(b)(ii) m = ............................................... [2]

(c) Shireen weighs the 84 identical marbles.


Their total weight is 4.2 kg.

Calculate, in grams, the weight of one marble.

Answer(c) ............................................ g [2]

(d) The children now decide to share the 84 marbles in the ratio

Shireen : Nazaneen : Karly = 2 : 7 : 3 .

Calculate the number of marbles each receives.

Answer(d) Shireen ...............................................

Nazaneen ...............................................

Karly ............................................... [3]


_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/32/M/J/13 [Turn over


4
For
3 (a) A shop has maps arranged in bookcases. Examiner′s
Use
(i) The length of one wall in the shop is 7.35 m.
Each bookcase is 120 cm wide.

Work out the maximum number of bookcases that will fit along this wall.

Answer(a)(i) ............................................... [2]

(ii) Each bookcase weighs 45 kg correct to the nearest 5 kg.

Write down the upper bound for the weight of a bookcase.

Answer(a)(ii) .......................................... kg [1]

(b) During July and August the shop sells a total of 160 maps.
Some of these maps are driving maps and the rest are walking maps.

(i) Complete the table below.

Driving maps Walking maps Total

July 15

August 65

Total 40 160
[2]

(ii) Write down the fraction of the total number of walking maps that are sold in July.
Give your answer in its simplest form.

Answer(b)(ii) ............................................... [2]

© UCLES 2013 0580/32/M/J/13


5
For
(c) The shopkeeper buys each map for $5.50 . Examiner′s
He sells each map for $6.60 . Use

(i) Calculate his percentage profit.

Answer(c)(i) ........................................... % [3]

(ii) Each map has a price in dollars ($) and euros (€).
The price is $6.60 or €3.52 .

Work out the exchange rate for €1 .

Answer(c)(ii) €1 = $ ............................................... [2]

(d) The shop is open for 312 days each year.


The shopkeeper pays 3 employees $47.66 each per day.

The total annual wage bill for the three employees is given by

3 × 312 × 47.66 .

(i) Rewrite this calculation so that each number is rounded to 1 significant figure.

3 × ........... × ........... [1]

(ii) Use your answer to part (d)(i) to work out an estimate for the total annual wage bill.

Answer(d)(ii) $ ............................................... [1]


_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/32/M/J/13 [Turn over


6
For
4 The diagram is part of a map showing the position of two towns Anderro, A, and Bratena, B. Examiner′s
The scale is 1 centimetre represents 10 kilometres. Use

North

North

Scale: 1 cm to 10 km

(a) Work out the distance, in kilometres, from Anderro to Bratena.

Answer(a) ......................................... km [2]

(b) Measure the bearing of Bratena from Anderro.

Answer (b) ............................................... [1]

(c) Carribon is 80 km from Anderro.


The bearing of Carribon from Anderro is 304°.

Mark the position of Carribon on the diagram. Label it C. [2]


_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/32/M/J/13


Name: ________________________________________

Class: __________ 7
For
5 Examiner′s
Use

C D

(a) In this part, all constructions must be completed using a straight edge and compasses only.
All construction arcs must be clearly shown.

(i) Construct the perpendicular bisector of DE. [2]

(ii) Mark the midpoint of DE with the letter M. [1]

(iii) Construct the bisector of angle BCD.


Label the point, F, where this line crosses the line you have drawn in part (a)(i). [2]

(iv) Write down the mathematical name of the quadrilateral CDMF.

Answer(a)(iv) ............................................... [1]

(b) (i) Draw the locus of points which are 4 cm from A. [1]

(ii) Draw the locus of points which are 3 cm from E. [1]

(iii) Shade the region which is less than 3 cm from E and more than 4 cm from A. [1]
_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/32/M/J/13 [Turn over


8
For
6 Finn is going camping. Examiner′s
The diagram shows his tent. Use

2.5 m

B NOT TO
SCALE
1.5 m
1.2 m

A M C

ABC is an isosceles triangle.


M is the midpoint of AC.
AB = 1.5 m and BM = 1.2 m.

(a) Show that AM = 0.9 m.

Answer(a)

[2]

(b) Use trigonometry to calculate angle ABM.

Answer(b) Angle ABM = ............................................... [2]

© UCLES 2013 0580/32/M/J/13


9
For
(c) The tent is a prism of length 2.5 m. Examiner′s
The area of triangle ABC is 1.08 m2. Use

Calculate the volume of the tent.


Give the units of your answer.

Answer(c) ............................ .............. [2]

(d) Calculate the surface area of the tent, including the base.

Answer(d) .......................................... m2 [3]


_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/32/M/J/13 [Turn over


10
For
7 (a) Complete the table of values for the function y = x2 – 5x + 2 . Examiner′s
Use

x –1 0 1 2 3 4 5
y –2 –4 –4 2
[2]

(b) On the grid, draw the graph of y = x2 – 5x + 2 for –1 Ğ x Ğ=5 .

y
9

x
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

–6

–7
[4]

© UCLES 2013 0580/32/M/J/13


11
For
(c) (i) Write down the co-ordinates of the lowest point of the graph of y = x2 – 5x + 2 . Examiner′s
Use
Answer(c)(i) (.................. , ..................) [1]

(ii) On the grid, draw the line y = –1 . [1]

(iii) Write down the x co-ordinates of the two points where y = –1 crosses the graph of
y = x2 – 5x + 2 .

Answer(c)(iii) x = .................. and x = .................. [2]

(d) The point (5, 2) is reflected in the y-axis.

Write down the co-ordinates of the image of the point.

Answer(d) (.................. , ..................) [1]

(e) Write down the equation of the line, l, drawn on the grid below.
Give your answer in the form y = mx + c .

y
7
l
6

x
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

Answer(e) y = ............................................... [3]


_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/32/M/J/13 [Turn over


12
For
8 Examiner′s
Use
5

Sweet 4
shop

3
Distance
(km)

Home 0
14 10 14 20 14 30 14 40 14 50 15 00 15 10 15 20 15 30 15 40
Time

(a) Jono walked from his home to a sweet shop.

Use the travel graph to calculate his walking speed in kilometres per hour.

Answer(a) ...................................... km/h [2]

(b) Jono stayed in the sweet shop for 20 minutes.


He then ran home at a steady speed of 12 km/h.

(i) On the grid above, complete the travel graph for Jono. [2]

(ii) Write down the time Jono arrived home.

Answer(b)(ii) ............................................... [1]

© UCLES 2013 0580/32/M/J/13


13
For
(c) The sweet shop owner records how much time and how much money children spend in his shop. Examiner′s
Use

Time in shop (min) 3 6 7 9 10 11 12 14 15 15 20


Money spent ($) 0.50 1.20 1.10 1.60 2.00 1.70 2.00 2.80 2.30 2.90 3.00

Money 2
spent ($)

0
5 10 15 20 25
Time in shop (min)

(i) Complete the scatter diagram.


The first seven points have been plotted for you. [2]

(ii) What type of correlation does this scatter diagram show?

Answer(c)(ii) ............................................... [1]

(iii) On the grid, draw the line of best fit. [1]

(iv) A child spent $2.50 in the shop.


Use your line of best fit to estimate how long the child was in the shop.

Answer(c)(iv) ........................................ min [1]


_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/32/M/J/13 [Turn over


14
For
9 A family of 2 adults and 3 children are on holiday. Examiner′s
They each hire a mountain bike from the hotel. Use

Large mountain bike Small mountain bike


First hour Each extra hour First hour Each extra hour
$6 $2 $3.60 $1.20

(a) The family hire 2 large and 3 small mountain bikes for 5 hours.

(i) Work out the total cost.

Answer(a)(i) $ ............................................... [3]

(ii) The hotel gives the family a discount of 15% on the total cost.
Work out how much the family pays.

Answer(a)(ii) $ ............................................... [2]

(b) A wheel of a large bike has a radius of 32 cm.

(i) Calculate the circumference of a wheel of a large bike.

Answer(b)(i) ......................................... cm [2]

© UCLES 2013 0580/32/M/J/13


15
For
(ii) The family cross a bridge which is 24 m long. Examiner′s
Use
Calculate how many complete turns a wheel of a large bike makes to cross the bridge.

Answer(b)(ii) ............................................... [2]

(c) The diagram shows part of a wheel of a large bike.


There is an angle of 9° between two metal spokes.
Each spoke is 29 cm long.


NOT TO
SCALE

Calculate the total length of metal, in metres, needed to make the spokes for one wheel.

Answer(c) ........................................... m [3]


_____________________________________________________________________________________

Question 10 is printed on the next page.

© UCLES 2013 0580/32/M/J/13 [Turn over


16
For
10 (a) (i) Find the highest common factor (HCF) of 24 and 36. Examiner′s
Use
Answer(a)(i) ............................................... [2]

(ii) Factorise.
24x + 36y

Answer(a)(ii) ............................................... [1]

(b) Simplify.

(i) w + 8k – 5w + 2k

Answer(b)(i) ............................................... [2]

(ii) (x4)5

Answer(b)(ii) ............................................... [1]

(c) Here are the first four terms of a sequence.

7 11 15 19
Find the nth term of this sequence.

Answer(c) ............................................... [2]

(d) Solve the simultaneous equations.

3x + y = 8
x + 5y = 5

Answer(d) x = ...............................................

y = ............................................... [3]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2013 0580/32/M/J/13


w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

er
s
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

.c
om
*0303734794*

MATHEMATICS 0580/33
Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2013
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 15 printed pages and 1 blank page.

IB13 06_0580_33/3RP
© UCLES 2013 [Turn over
2
For
1 (a) Kasem earns $900 each month. Examiner′s
14% of this amount is deducted for tax and insurance. Use

Show that he receives $774 each month.

Answer(a)

[2]

2
(b) He pays 9 of the $774 in rent.

Calculate the amount of rent he pays.

Answer(b) $ ............................................... [1]

(c) Kasem spends $480 each month on food, entertainment and clothes.
He shares this in the ratio

food : entertainment : clothes = 9 : 3 : 4.

Calculate how much he spends on food each month.

Answer(c) $ ............................................... [2]

(d) Kasem saves the rest of his money.

Work out the amount he saves as a percentage of $774.

Answer(d) ........................................... % [2]


_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/33/M/J/13


3
For
2 (a) Examiner′s
2 12 144 40 6.25 110 11 4 80 0.25 Use

From this list of numbers, write down

(i) a two-digit odd number,

Answer(a)(i) ............................................... [1]

(ii) a square number,

Answer(a)(ii) ............................................... [1]

(iii) the value of 2–2,

Answer(a)(iii) ............................................... [1]

(iv) an irrational number,

Answer(a)(iv) ............................................... [1]

(v) the lowest common multiple of 8 and 10,

Answer(a)(v) ............................................... [2]

(vi) the cube root of 8.

Answer(a)(vi) ............................................... [1]

(b) (i) Find the smallest factor, apart from 1, of 2013.

Answer(b)(i) ............................................... [1]

(ii) Write 2013 as the product of its prime factors.

Answer(b)(ii) ................. × ................. × ................. [2]


_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/33/M/J/13 [Turn over


4
For
3 Examiner′s
y Use

5
B A
4

x
–8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

–6

–7

–8

–9

(a) Write down the order of rotational symmetry of shape A.

Answer(a) ............................................... [1]

(b) Describe fully the single transformation which maps shape A onto shape B.

Answer(b) ................................................................................................................................. [2]

(c) (i) Translate shape A by the vector e o .


-7
Label the image C. -5 [2]

(ii) Rotate shape A through 90° clockwise about the origin.


Label the image D. [2]

© UCLES 2013 0580/33/M/J/13


5
For
(d) Triangle LMN is drawn on the 1 cm2 grid below. Examiner′s
Use
(i) Enlarge triangle LMN by scale factor 3 from the centre P.

L M

[2]

(ii) Write down the length of the base, LM, and the height of triangle LMN.

Answer(d)(ii) LM = ......................................... cm

Height = ......................................... cm [2]

(iii) Calculate the area of triangle LMN.

Answer(d)(iii) ........................................ cm2 [2]

(iv) Find the area of the enlarged triangle.

Answer(d)(iv) ........................................ cm2 [2]


_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/33/M/J/13 [Turn over


6
For
4 (a) The table shows some values of y = x2 – 2x – 1. Examiner′s
Use
x –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4
y 14 2 –1 –2 7

(i) Complete the table. [2]

(ii) On the grid, draw the graph of y = x2 – 2x – 1 for –3 Y x Y 4.

y
16

14

12

10

x
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4

–2

–4 [4]

© UCLES 2013 0580/33/M/J/13


7
For
(b) Write down the equation of the line of symmetry of the graph. Examiner′s
Use
Answer(b) ............................................... [1]

(c) The point with co-ordinates (–3, 7) lies on the line y = –x + 4 .

(i) Write down the co-ordinates of two other points on this line.
Use x co-ordinates so that –3 < x Y 4 .

Answer(c)(i) (............... , ...............) and (............... , ...............) [2]

(ii) On the grid, draw the line y = –x + 4 for –3 Y x Y 4 . [1]

(iii) Use both graphs to find the solutions of the equation x2 – 2x – 1 = –x + 4 .

Answer(c)(iii) x = ................. or x = ................. [2]


_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/33/M/J/13 [Turn over


8
For
5 (a) Examiner′s
North Use

North

A
Scale: 1 cm to 12 km

The diagram shows four towns, A, B, C and D, joined by straight roads AB, BC and BD.
The scale is 1 centimetre represents 12 kilometres.

(i) Measure the bearing of B from A.

Answer(a)(i) ............................................... [1]

(ii) Work out the distance in kilometres from A to B.

Answer(a)(ii) ......................................... km [2]

(iii) Saraswati takes 1 hour 30 minutes to drive from A to B.

Calculate her average speed, in kilometres per hour, for this journey.

Answer(a)(iii) ...................................... km/h [1]

© UCLES 2013 0580/33/M/J/13


9
For
(b) At B, Saraswati follows another straight road which is equidistant from BC and BD. Examiner′s
Use
Using a straight edge and compasses only and leaving in all your construction lines, construct
the line of this road on the diagram. [2]

(c) Another motorist, Leah, leaves C and drives on a bearing of 165° to meet Saraswati at town E.
Town E is on the road in part (b).

Show Leah’s journey on the diagram and mark the town E. [1]

(d) Saraswati travelled from B to E at an average speed of 55 km/h.

Calculate the time, in hours and minutes, that she took.

Answer(d) ......................... h ......................... min [4]

(e) There is a speed limit of 50 km/h on all roads within 30 km of town D.

On the diagram, show the boundary of the region where this speed limit applies. [2]
_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/33/M/J/13 [Turn over


10
For
6 Examiner′s
Use

Felix rolls two fair dice, each numbered from 1 to 6, and adds the numbers shown.
He repeats the experiment 70 times and records the results in a frequency table.

The first 60 results are shown in the tally column of the table.
The last 10 results are 6, 8, 9, 2, 6, 4, 7, 9, 6, 10 .

Total Tally Frequency

10

11

12

(a) (i) Complete the frequency table to show all his results. [2]

(ii) Write down the relative frequency of a total of 5.

Answer(a)(ii) ............................................... [1]

© UCLES 2013 0580/33/M/J/13


11
For
(b) (i) Write down the mode. Examiner′s
Use

Answer(b)(i) ............................................... [1]

(ii) Write down the range.

Answer(b)(ii) ............................................... [1]

(iii) Work out the median.

Answer(b)(iii) ............................................... [2]

(iv) Calculate the mean.

Answer(b)(iv) ............................................... [3]

(c) (i) Complete this table showing how different totals can be made when rolling two dice.

Dice 1

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

2 3 4 5 6

3
Dice 2
4 7

5 7 9

6 12
[1]

(ii) Explain why 7 is the most likely total.

Answer(c)(ii) ..................................................................................................................... [1]


_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/33/M/J/13 [Turn over


12
For
7 (a) Examiner′s
B 8.4 cm C Use
NOT TO
SCALE

5.5 cm
h

70°
A 12.5 cm D

In the quadrilateral ABCD, BC is parallel to AD.


AB = 5.5 cm, BC = 8.4 cm, AD = 12.5 cm and angle BAD = 70°.
The height of the quadrilateral is h.

(i) Write down the mathematical name of the quadrilateral ABCD.

Answer(a)(i) ............................................... [1]

(ii) Use trigonometry to show that h = 5.2 cm, correct to 1 decimal place.

Answer(a)(ii)

[2]

(iii) Calculate the area of the quadrilateral ABCD.

Answer(a)(iii) ........................................ cm2 [2]

© UCLES 2013 0580/33/M/J/13


13
For
(iv) The quadrilateral forms the cross section of a prism with length 6.8 cm. Examiner′s
Use
Calculate the volume of the prism.
Give your answer correct to 2 significant figures.

Answer(a)(iv) ........................................ cm3 [2]

(b)
B

95° NOT TO
SCALE

w° x° C
64°

z° y°
E D

The diagram shows a pentagon, ABCDE.


AB is parallel to DC.
A straight line, parallel to ED, passes through the vertex C.

(i) Find the values of w, x and y.

Answer(b)(i) w = ...............................................

x = ...............................................

y = ............................................... [3]

(ii) The sum of the angles of a pentagon is 540°.

Find the value of z.

Answer(b)(ii) z = ............................................... [2]


_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/33/M/J/13 [Turn over


14
For
8 (a) Simplify the following expressions. Examiner′s
Use
(i) 3m – 5m + 6m

Answer(a)(i) ............................................... [1]

(ii) 5e – 4f – 3e – 6f

Answer(a)(ii) ............................................... [2]

(b) s = u + at

(i) Calculate the value of s when u = 27, a = –2 and t = 15.

Answer(b)(i) s = ............................................... [2]

(ii) Make t the subject of the formula s = u + at.

Answer(b)(ii) t = ............................................... [2]

(c) Solve the simultaneous equations.

5x + 2y = 4
4x – y = 11

Answer(c) x = ................................................

y = ................................................ [3]
_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/33/M/J/13


15
For
9 (a) Write down the next term and the rule for finding the next term for the following sequences. Examiner′s
Use
(i) 3, 9, 27, 81, ...

Answer(a)(i) Next term .................. rule ......................................................................... [2]

(ii) 2, 3, 6, 11, 18, ...

Answer(a)(ii) Next term .................. rule ....................................................................... [2]

1
(iii) 4, 2, 1, 2 , ...

Answer(a)(iii) Next term .................. rule ...................................................................... [2]

(iv) 5, –10, 20, –40, ...

Answer(a)(iv) Next term .................. rule ....................................................................... [2]

(b) (i) Write down the next two terms of this sequence.

5, 13, 21, 29, ............. , ............. [2]

(ii) Write down the nth term of this sequence.

Answer(b)(ii) ............................................... [2]

(iii) Find the 100th term.

Answer(b)(iii) ............................................... [1]


_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/33/M/J/13 [Turn over


16

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2013 0580/33/M/J/13


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*0224327052*

MATHEMATICS 0580/31
Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2014
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 15 printed pages and 1 blank page.

IB14 06_0580_31/3RP
© UCLES 2014 [Turn over
2

1 (a) The angles in a triangle are in the ratio 3:4:8 .

(i) Show that the smallest angle of the triangle is 36°.

Answer(a)(i)

[2]

(ii) Work out the other two angles of the triangle.

Answer(a)(ii) ............................. and ............................. [2]

(b) Another triangle ABC has angle BAC = 35° and angle ABC = 65°.

(i) Using a protractor and straight edge complete an accurate drawing of the triangle ABC.
The side AB has been drawn for you.

A B
[2]

(ii) Measure the length, in centimetres, of the shortest side of your triangle.

Answer(b)(ii) .......................................... cm [1]

(c) A different triangle has base 7.0 cm and height 5.6 cm.
Calculate the area of this triangle, giving the units of your answer.

Answer(c) ....................... ..................... [3]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/31/M/J/14


3

2 (a) From the integers 50 to 100, find

(i) a multiple of 43,

Answer(a)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) a factor of 165,

Answer(a)(ii) ................................................ [1]

(iii) an odd number that is also a square number,

Answer(a)(iii) ................................................ [1]

(iv) a number which is a square number and also a cube number.

Answer(a)(iv) ................................................. [1]

(b) (i) Find the square root of 5929.

Answer(b)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) Find the lowest common multiple of 24 and 30.

Answer(b)(ii) ................................................ [2]

(c) Elena goes on a journey to the North Pole.


She leaves home at 7 am on 15 July and arrives at the North Pole at 10 pm on 27 July.

How long, in days and hours, did her journey take?

Answer(c) ....................... days ....................... hours [2]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/31/M/J/14 [Turn over


4

3
y
10

4
S
3

1
P
x
–8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
–1

–2
T
–3

–4

–5

–6

–7

–8

–9

–10

The diagram shows two shapes, S and T, on a 1 cm2 grid.


P is the point (–2, 0).

© UCLES 2014 0580/31/M/J/14


5

(a) (i) Write down the mathematical name of shape S.

Answer(a)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) How many lines of symmetry does shape S have?

Answer(a)(ii) ................................................ [1]

(b) Describe the single transformation that maps shape S onto shape T.

Answer(b) ...........................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................. [2]

(c) On the grid,

(i) draw the reflection of shape S in the y-axis, [2]

(ii) draw the rotation of shape S about (0, 0) through 90° anti-clockwise. [2]

(d) On the grid, draw the enlargement of shape S with scale factor 2 and centre P (–2, 0).
Label the image E. [2]

(e) (i) Work out the area of shape S.

Answer(e)(i) ......................................... cm2 [2]

(ii) How many shapes, identical to shape S, will fill shape E completely?

Answer(e)(ii) ................................................ [1]

(iii) Work out the area of shape E.

Answer(e)(iii) ......................................... cm2 [1]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/31/M/J/14 [Turn over


6

4 Denzil grows tomatoes. He selects a random sample of 25 tomatoes.


The mass of each tomato, to the nearest 5 grams, is shown below.

55 65 50 75 65
80 70 70 55 60
70 60 65 50 75
65 70 75 80 70
55 65 70 80 55

(a) (i) Complete the frequency table.


You may use the tally column to help you.

Mass
Tally Frequency
(grams)

50

55

60

65

70

75

80
[2]

(ii) Write down the mode.

Answer(a)(ii) ............................................. g [1]

(iii) Find the range.

Answer(a)(iii) ............................................. g [1]

(iv) Show that the mean mass is 66 g.

Answer(a)(iv)

[2]

© UCLES 2014 0580/31/M/J/14


7

(b) Denzil picks 800 tomatoes.


4% of the 800 tomatoes are damaged.

How many of these tomatoes are not damaged?

Answer(b) ................................................ [2]

(c) Denzil sells 750 of his tomatoes.

(i) The mean mass of a tomato is 66 g.

Calculate the mass of the 750 tomatoes in kilograms.

Answer(c)(i) ........................................... kg [3]

(ii) Denzil sells his tomatoes at $1.40 per kilogram.

Calculate the total amount he receives from selling all the 750 tomatoes.

Answer(c)(ii) $ ................................................ [1]

(iii) The cost of growing these tomatoes was $33.

Calculate his percentage profit.

Answer(c)(iii) ............................................ % [3]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/31/M/J/14 [Turn over


8

5 Use a ruler and compasses only in parts (a), (c) and (d) of this question.
Show all your construction arcs.

100 m

E
120 m

C 150 m

100 m
D
Scale: 1 cm to 20 m

Maria owns a farm.


The scale drawing shows part of the boundary of the farm.
The scale is 1 centimetre represents 20 metres.

© UCLES 2014 0580/31/M/J/14


9

(a) The point F is such that AF = 140 m and EF = 160 m.


Angle BAF and angle DEF are both obtuse angles.

Complete the scale drawing of the farm boundary ABCDEF. [2]

(b) Write down the name of the polygon ABCDEF.

Answer(b) ................................................ [1]

(c) (i) Construct the perpendicular bisector of the side CD. [2]

(ii) Construct the bisector of angle ABC. [2]

(iii) All the farm buildings are within a region that is

● nearer to C than to D
and
● nearer to BC than to BA.

Shade the region containing the farm buildings. [1]

(d) A fence post, P, is shown on the boundary DE.

(i) Construct the locus of points that are 50 m from P and also inside the farm boundary. [2]

(ii) A region for keeping pigs is within 50 m of P and inside the farm boundary.

Calculate the actual area for keeping pigs.

Answer(d)(ii) ........................................... m2 [2]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/31/M/J/14 [Turn over


10

8
6 (a) (i) Complete the table of values for y = x , x ≠ 0 .

x –8 –4 –2 –1 1 2 4 8

y –2 2
[3]
8
(ii) On the grid, draw the graph of y = x for –8 Ğ x Ğ –1 and 1 Ğ x Ğ 8 .

y
8

x
–8 –6 –4 –2 0 2 4 6 8

–2

–4

–6

–8
[4]

© UCLES 2014 0580/31/M/J/14


11

(iii) Write down the order of rotational symmetry of your graph.

Answer(a)(iii) ................................................ [1]

(b) (i) Complete this table of values for y = 1.5x + 3 .

x –6 –4 –2 0 2

y –6 3
[2]

(ii) On the grid, draw the graph of y = 1.5x + 3 . [1]


8
(c) Use your graphs to solve the equation x = 1.5x + 3 .

Answer(c) x = .......................... or x = .......................... [2]

(d) Write down the gradient of the graph of y = 1.5x + 3 .

Answer(d) ................................................ [1]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/31/M/J/14 [Turn over


12

7 120 people are asked how they travel to work.


The pie chart shows the results.

Cycle
Bus

Walk

Car

(a) (i) Show that 45 people travel by car.

Answer(a)(i)

[2]

(ii) A person is chosen at random from the 120 people.

Find the probability that this person travels to work by bus or by car.

Answer(a)(ii) ................................................ [2]

© UCLES 2014 0580/31/M/J/14


13

(b) One year later, the same 120 people were again asked how they travel to work.

Here is the information.

Number of people

Walk x

Cycle 31

Bus 17 more than the number of people who walk

Car 2 times the number of people who walk

(i) Use this information to complete the following equation, in terms of x.

............................................................................................. = 120 [3]

(ii) Solve the equation to find the number of people who walk to work.

Answer(b)(ii) ................................................ [3]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/31/M/J/14 [Turn over


14

8 (a) Write down an expression for the total mass of c cricket balls, each weighing 160 grams, and f footballs,
each weighing 400 grams.

Answer(a) ...................................... grams [2]

(b) Expand and simplify.


3(2x – 5y) – 4(x – 2y)

Answer(b) ................................................ [2]

(c) Factorise completely.


5x2y – 20x

Answer(c) ................................................ [2]

(d) Solve the simultaneous equations.


3x + 4y = 7
4x – 3y = 26

Answer(d) x = ................................................

y = ................................................ [4]
__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/31/M/J/14


15

9 (a) For these sequences, write down the next two terms and the rule for finding the next term.

(i) 84, 75, 66, 57, ...

Answer(a)(i) ................. , ................. rule .................................................................................. [3]

(ii) 2, 6, 18, 54, ...

Answer(a)(ii) ................. , ................. rule ................................................................................. [3]

(b) For the sequence in part (a)(i),

(i) write down an expression, in terms of n, for the n th term,

Answer(b)(i) ................................................ [2]

(ii) find the 21st term.

Answer(b)(ii) ................................................ [2]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/31/M/J/14 [Turn over


16

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2014 0580/31/M/J/14


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*4942783219*

MATHEMATICS 0580/32
Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2014
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 16 printed pages.

IB14 06_0580_32/RP
© UCLES 2014 [Turn over
2

1 (a) Here is a list of numbers.

2 4 5 8 9 12
Write down all the numbers from this list which are

(i) odd,

Answer(a)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) square,

Answer(a)(ii) ................................................ [1]

(iii) cube,

Answer(a)(iii) ................................................ [1]

(iv) prime.

Answer(a)(iv) ................................................ [1]

(b) Write one of these symbols >, < or = to make each statement true.

22
π .................... 7

^ 2 h 2 .................... 2

1
.................... 2
1+1

(–1)2 .................... –1
[2]

(c) Put one pair of brackets in each statement to make it true.

(i) 16 + 8 ÷ 4 – 2 = 4 [1]

(ii) 16 + 8 ÷ 4 – 2 = 20 [1]

© UCLES 2014 0580/32/M/J/14


3

(d) (i) Write 84 as a product of its prime factors.

Answer(d)(i) ................................................ [2]

(ii) Find the highest common factor of 84 and 24.

Answer(d)(ii) ................................................ [2]

(iii) Find the lowest common multiple of 84 and 24.

Answer(d)(iii) ................................................ [2]

(e) Here are the first four terms of a sequence.

3 7 11 15

(i) Write down the next term in this sequence.

Answer(e)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) Explain how you found your answer.

Answer(e)(ii) ............................................................................................................................... [1]

(iii) Write down an expression for the n th term of this sequence.

Answer(e)(iii) ................................................ [2]

(iv) Explain why 125 is not in this sequence.

Answer(e)(iv) ..............................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [1]
__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/32/M/J/14 [Turn over


4

2
B

A NOT TO
SCALE
240 cm
180 cm

D 120 cm C

The diagram shows the cross section ABCD of a shed.


AD = 180 cm, DC = 120 cm and BC = 240 cm.

(a) (i) Write down the mathematical name of the cross section ABCD.

Answer(a)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) Calculate the area of the cross section ABCD.


Give the units of your answer.

Answer(a)(ii) ........................... .............. [3]

(iii) The shed is a prism of length 2.5 metres.

Calculate the volume of the shed.


Give your answer in cubic metres.

Answer(a)(iii) ........................................... m3 [2]

© UCLES 2014 0580/32/M/J/14


5

(iv) Calculate the length AB.

Answer(a)(iv) AB = .......................................... cm [3]

(b) Here is a scale drawing of a garden, GHIJ.


The scale is 1 centimetre represents 5 metres.

G J

Scale: 1 cm to 5 m

The shed is placed in the garden so that it is

● nearer to GJ than to IJ
and
● within 20 m of H.

Using a ruler and compasses only, construct and shade the region where the shed can be placed.
Show all your construction arcs. [5]
__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/32/M/J/14 [Turn over


6

3 (a) Draw the line of symmetry on the shape below.

[1]

(b) Write down the order of rotational symmetry of the shape below.

Answer(b) ................................................ [1]

(c) (i)

NOT TO
72°
SCALE
157°

Work out the value of x.

Answer(c)(i) x = ................................................ [1]

(ii)

49°
NOT TO
SCALE

y° 54°

Work out the value of y.

Answer(c)(ii) y = ................................................ [2]

© UCLES 2014 0580/32/M/J/14


7

(d)
A NOT TO
SCALE
34°
O

B C

AC is a diameter of the circle, centre O.

Calculate angle ACB.

Answer(d) Angle ACB = ................................................ [2]

(e) The diagram below shows parts of shape P and shape Q.


Shape P is a regular hexagon and shape Q is another regular polygon.
The two shapes have one side in common.

100° NOT TO
SCALE

P Q

100°

Find the number of sides in shape Q.


Show each step of your working.

Answer(e) ................................................ [5]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/32/M/J/14 [Turn over


8

4 Paolo’s football team played 46 games.


The pictogram shows some information about the number of goals scored by Paolo’s football team.
They did not score any goals in five games.

Number
Number of games
of goals

Key: = .................. games

(a) (i) Complete the key. [1]

(ii) Paolo’s team scored 2 goals in each of nine games.

Complete the pictogram. [1]

(b) (i) Write down the modal number of goals.

Answer(b)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) Find the median number of goals.

Answer(b)(ii) ................................................ [1]

(iii) Find the range.

Answer(b)(iii) ................................................ [1]

(iv) One of the 46 games is chosen at random.

Work out the probability that Paolo’s team scored at least 4 goals.

Answer(b)(iv) ................................................ [2]

© UCLES 2014 0580/32/M/J/14


9

(c) The table shows the total goals scored and the total points gained by 10 teams.

Team A B C D E F G H I J

Goals 31 40 46 50 43 92 60 84 68 87

Points 36 35 52 56 72 78 59 70 61 75

(i) Complete the scatter diagram.


The first six points have been plotted for you. [2]

80

70

60

Points

50

40

30
30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Goals

(ii) Draw the line of best fit. [1]

(iii) What type of correlation is shown?

Answer(c)(iii) ................................................ [1]

(iv) Use your line of best fit to estimate the total points gained by a team scoring 75 goals.

Answer(c)(iv) ................................................ [1]

(v) Which team only scores a few goals but gains a lot of points?

Answer(c)(v) ................................................ [1]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/32/M/J/14 [Turn over


10

5 (a) Jasmine works for 38 hours each week and she earns $12.15 each hour.

(i) Calculate her earnings in one week.

Answer(a)(i) $ ................................................ [1]

(ii) Jasmine pays 14% of her earnings in tax.

Calculate how much money she has left after tax is paid.

Answer(a)(ii) $ ................................................ [2]


1
(iii) She pays 3 of the money she has left after tax in rent.

Calculate how much rent she pays in one year (52 weeks).

Answer(a)(iii) $ ................................................ [2]

(iv) In one week she spends $140 on food and electricity in the ratio

food : electricity = 3 : 2 .

Calculate how much she spends on food.

Answer(a)(iv) $ ................................................ [2]

(b) Jasmine buys a watch for 10 000 Japanese Yen (¥).


The exchange rate is $1 = ¥ 80.4 .

Calculate the cost of this watch in dollars, giving your answer correct to the nearest dollar.

Answer(b) $ ................................................ [3]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/32/M/J/14


11

6 (a) Complete the table of values for y = x2 + 2x – 3 .

x –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4

y 0 –3 –4 –3 0 5 21
[2]

(b) On the grid, draw the graph of y = x2 + 2x – 3 for –4 Ğ x Ğ 4 .

y
25

20

15

10

x
–4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4

–5
[4]

(c) On the grid, draw the line y = 10 . [1]

(d) Use your graphs to solve the equation x2 + 2x – 3 = 10 for –4 Y x Y 4 .

Answer(d) x = ................................................ [1]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/32/M/J/14 [Turn over


12

7 (a)

5p + 3r NOT TO
7p – 6r SCALE

p + 2r

Write an expression for the perimeter of this triangle.


Give your answer in its simplest form.

Answer(a) ................................................ [2]

(b) Another triangle has a perimeter 12w – 2z .

Calculate this perimeter when w = 16 and z = –3.

Answer(b) ................................................ [2]

(c) Solve.

(i) 5a = 32

Answer(c)(i) a = ................................................ [1]

(ii) 5b + 23 = 8

Answer(c)(ii) b = ................................................ [2]

(iii) 5c + 7 = 2(c – 10)

Answer(c)(iii) c = ................................................ [3]

© UCLES 2014 0580/32/M/J/14


13

(d) (i) Multiply out the brackets.


8(2x + 3)

Answer(d)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) Factorise completely.


6x2 – 12x

Answer(d)(ii) ................................................ [2]

(e) Write each expression in its simplest form.

(i) 3q4 × 5q2

Answer(e)(i) ................................................ [2]

(ii) t 8 ÷ t 2

Answer(e)(ii) ................................................ [1]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/32/M/J/14 [Turn over


14

8 (a) Work out.

(i) 5 e o
2
-3

Answer(a)(i) f p [1]

(ii) e o + e o
4 3
-5 -1

Answer(a)(ii) f p [1]

(b) A translation moves the point (6, 3) to the point (2, 8).

Work out the vector which represents this translation.

Answer(b) f p [1]

© UCLES 2014 0580/32/M/J/14


15

(c) A point P is translated by the vector e o to the point (7, –2).


4
-3
Find the co-ordinates of P.
You may use the grid below to help you.

Answer(c) (.................... , ....................) [1]

__________________________________________________________________________________________

Question 9 is printed on the next page.

© UCLES 2014 0580/32/M/J/14 [Turn over


16

9
y

10

4
B
3

2
A
1

x
–7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

(a) On the grid, draw the image of triangle A after the following transformations.

(i) Reflection in the x-axis. [1]

(ii) Rotation about (0, 0) through 180°. [2]

(iii) Translation by the vector e o .


-5
[2]
3
(b) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle A onto triangle B.

Answer(b) ...........................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................. [3]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2014 0580/32/M/J/14


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*9994985227*

MATHEMATICS 0580/33
Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2014
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 16 printed pages.

IB14 06_0580_33/2RP
© UCLES 2014 [Turn over
2

1 (a)
y
7

5
D
4

2
C
1
A
x
–4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
–1

–2
B
–3

–4

Four shapes, A, B, C and D, are shown on the grid.

Describe fully the single transformation that maps shape A onto

(i) shape B,

Answer(a)(i) ................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) shape C,

Answer(a)(ii) ...............................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [3]

(iii) shape D.

Answer(a)(iii) ..............................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [3]

© UCLES 2014 0580/33/M/J/14


3

(b) (i)

Shade in one more square so that this shape has rotational symmetry of order 2. [1]

(ii)

Reflect this shape in the line of symmetry shown. [2]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/33/M/J/14 [Turn over


4

2 A group of students take part in their school’s sports day.

(a) (i) The length, l m, that Anna throws the javelin is 23.6 metres correct to the nearest 10 centimetres.

Complete the statement about l.

Answer(a)(i) .......................... Y l < .......................... [2]

(ii) Billy throws the hammer a distance of 8 metres on his first throw.
His second throw is 15% further.

Calculate the distance of his second throw.

Answer(a)(ii) ............................................ m [2]

(iii) Carl runs 100 metres at a speed of 8 m/s.

Calculate the time it takes him to run 100 m.

Answer(a)(iii) .............................................. s [1]

(iv) Change Carl’s speed of 8 m/s into km/h.

Answer(a)(iv) ....................................... km/h [2]

(b) Ten students take part in both the long jump and 100 m hurdles competitions.
The results are shown in the table below.

Student A B C D E F G H I J
Distance in long jump (metres) 3.25 3.60 3.75 3.90 4.10 4.20 4.30 4.40 4.65 4.70
Time for 100 m hurdles (seconds) 17.3 17.4 16.7 16.1 16.5 15.8 15.3 14.8 15.5 15.0

© UCLES 2014 0580/33/M/J/14


5

(i) Complete the scatter diagram.


The first six points have been plotted for you.

18.0

17.0

Time for
100 m hurdles
(seconds)
16.0

15.0

14.0
3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5
Distance in long jump (metres)
[2]

(ii) What type of correlation does this scatter diagram show?

Answer(b)(ii) ................................................ [1]

(iii) Describe the relationship between the distance in the long jump and the time for the 100 m hurdles.

Answer(b)(iii) .............................................................................................................................. [1]

(iv) On the grid, draw the line of best fit. [1]

(v) Another student jumps 3.50 m in the long jump.

Use your line of best fit to estimate the time for this student in the 100 m hurdles.

Answer(b)(v) .............................................. s [1]

(vi) A different student jumps 5.20 m in the long jump.

Explain why you should not use your scatter diagram to estimate their time in the 100 m hurdles.

Answer(b)(vi) .............................................................................................................................. [1]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/33/M/J/14 [Turn over


6

3 The Wong family spend the day at the zoo.

(a) The Wong family has 2 adults and 3 children aged 2, 5 and 11 years old.

Admission

Adults $8.50
Children 11-16 years $6.00
Children 3-10 years $4.50
Children under 3 years FREE

Mr Wong pays for his family to go into the zoo using a $50 note.

Work out the change he receives.

Answer(a) $ ................................................ [3]

(b) The dolphin show finishes at 11 05.


It lasts for 1 hour and 20 minutes.

Write down the time the dolphin show starts.

Answer(b) ................................................ [1]

(c) Torty the tortoise was born on 27 December 1898.

Work out how many years old she was on 3 January 2003.

Answer(c) ....................................... years [1]

(d) Last year, the ratio snakes : lizards = 3 : 5 .


There were 45 lizards.

(i) Work out how many snakes there were last year.

Answer(d)(i) ................................................ [2]

(ii) This year, there are 3 more snakes and the same number of lizards.

Write down the new ratio snakes : lizards.


Give your answer in its simplest form.

Answer(d)(ii) ....................... : ....................... [2]

(e) Mr Wong hires a vehicle to drive around the zoo.


The cost is $25 for the first hour and $7.50 for every extra half hour.
He pays $85 altogether.

For how long does he hire the vehicle?

Answer(e) ...................................... hours [3]

© UCLES 2014 0580/33/M/J/14


7

(f) Mrs Wong wants to buy some food for the giraffes.

Small Bag Medium Bag Large Bag

225g 250g 325g

60 cents 70 cents 90 cents

Work out which bag is the best value for money.


Show how you decide.

Answer(f) ................................................ [3]

(g) The diagram shows a map of the zoo.


The scale is 1 centimetre represents 50 metres.

North

Entrance Scale: 1 cm to 50 m

Flamingos

North

Exit

(i) Measure the bearing of the flamingos from the entrance.

Answer(g)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) Xanthe looks after all the animals within 200 m of the exit.

Draw accurately the locus of points inside the zoo which are 200 m from the exit. [2]

(iii) A shop, S, is on a bearing of 212° from the entrance and a bearing of 293° from the exit.

Mark the point S on the map. [3]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/33/M/J/14 [Turn over


8

4 The ages of 15 children who go to a swimming club are shown below.

10 11 10 12 12
13 11 12 12 12
12 10 11 11 11

(a) Complete the frequency table.


You may use the tally column to help you.

Age Tally Frequency


10
11
12
13
[2]

(b) For the ages of the 15 children, find

(i) the range,

Answer(b)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) the mode,

Answer(b)(ii) ................................................ [1]

(iii) the median,

Answer(b)(iii) ................................................ [1]

(iv) the mean.

Answer(b)(iv) ................................................ [2]

(c) One child is chosen at random from the group.

Write down the probability that the child’s age is

(i) 10,

Answer(c)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) more than 13.

Answer(c)(ii) ................................................ [1]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/33/M/J/14


9

5 (a) (i) Write down the name of a solid which is not a prism.

Answer(a)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) A prism has a cross-sectional area, A, and height, h.

Write down an expression, in terms of A and h, for the volume of the prism.

Answer(a)(ii) ................................................ [1]

(b) The volume, V, of a cylinder with radius r and height h is V = πr2h .

(i) Calculate the volume of a cylinder with radius 3 cm and height 12 cm.

Answer(b)(i) ......................................... cm3 [2]

(ii) Ravi puts 150 identical marbles in the cylinder.


He fills the cylinder to the top with 160 cm3 of water.

Find the volume of one marble.


Give your answer correct to 2 significant figures.

Answer(b)(ii) ......................................... cm3 [4]

(iii) Make r the subject of the formula V = πr2h .

Answer(b)(iii) r = ................................................ [2]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/33/M/J/14 [Turn over


10

6
y
6

x
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

–6

(a) On the grid, draw the graphs of

(i) y = 5, [1]

(ii) x = –3. [1]

(b) (i) Write down the co-ordinates of the point of intersection of y = 5 and x = –3.

Answer(b)(i) (...................... , ......................) [1]

(ii) Write down the equation of a line parallel to y = 5.

Answer(b)(ii) ................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2014 0580/33/M/J/14


11

(c) (i) Complete the table of values for the function y = x2 – 3x .

x –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5
y 4 0 0 4
[2]

(ii) On the grid, draw the graph of y = x2 – 3x for –2 Y x Y 5 .

y
11

10

x
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
–1

–2

–3

–4
[4]

(iii) Write down the co-ordinates of the lowest point of the graph.

Answer(c)(iii) (...................... , ......................) [1]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/33/M/J/14 [Turn over


12

7 Today it is Simon’s birthday.

(a) Simon is x years old.


Katy is twice as old as Simon.
Bob is 8 years younger than Simon.

(i) Write expressions, in terms of x, for the ages of Katy and Bob.

Answer(a)(i) Katy ................................................

Bob ................................................ [2]

(ii) The sum of their three ages is 40 years.

Write an equation in terms of x.

Answer(a)(ii) ................................................ [1]

(iii) Solve your equation for x.

Answer(a)(iii) x = ................................................ [2]

(b) Simon’s birthday cake weighs 600 grams.


1
He eats 8 of the cake.
Katy eats 25% of the cake.
Bob eats 0.3 of the cake.

Find the weight of the cake that is left.

Answer(b) ............................................. g [4]

© UCLES 2014 0580/33/M/J/14


13

(c) Aunty Millie gives Simon $150 for his birthday.


He invests the money in a bank at a rate of 6% per year compound interest.

Calculate the total amount Simon will have after 3 years.

Answer(c) $ ................................................. [3]

(d) One of Simon’s presents is a bag of sweets.


He decides to eat the sweets in a sequence.
On day 1 he eats 1 sweet, on day 2 he eats 5 sweets, on day 3 he eats 9 sweets and so on.

(i) Describe in words the rule for continuing the sequence 1, 5, 9, 13, 17 ..... .

Answer(d)(i) ................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Write down an expression for the number of sweets he eats on day n.

Answer(d)(ii) ................................................ [2]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/33/M/J/14 [Turn over


14

8 (a)
NOT TO
SCALE
h

10 cm

The triangle has an area of 30 cm2 and a base of 10 cm.

Calculate the perpendicular height h of the triangle.

Answer(a) h = ......................................... cm [2]

(b)
D 8 cm C NOT TO
SCALE
7 cm

A B
14 cm

AB is parallel to CD.
AB is 14 cm and CD is 8 cm.
The perpendicular distance between AB and CD is 7 cm.

(i) Write down the mathematical name for the quadrilateral ABCD.

Answer(b)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) Calculate the area of ABCD.

Answer(b)(ii) ......................................... cm2 [2]

© UCLES 2014 0580/33/M/J/14


15

(c) An isosceles triangle has an angle of 40°.


Tikka draws the triangle with angles 40°, 70° and 70°.
Kanwarpreet draws a different correct triangle.

What angles did Kanwarpreet use?

Answer(c) 40°, .............. , .............. [2]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

Question 9 is printed on the next page.

© UCLES 2014 0580/33/M/J/14 [Turn over


16

9
C
NOT TO
A SCALE

The diagram shows a circle with diameter AB and centre O.


C is a point on the circumference of the circle.

(a) Explain how you know that angle ACB is 90° without having to measure it.

Answer(a) ........................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) AB = 13 cm and AC = 5 cm.

Calculate the length BC.

Answer(b) BC = .......................................... cm [3]

(c) Calculate angle ABC.

Answer(c) Angle ABC = ................................................ [2]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2014 0580/33/M/J/14


Candidate
Centre Number Number

Candidate Name

CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS


International General Certificate of Secondary Education
MATHEMATICS 0580/3, 0581/3
OCTOBER/NOVEMBER SESSION 2002
PAPER 3 2 hours

Candidates answer on the question paper.


Additional materials:
Electronic calculator
Geometrical instruments
Mathematical tables (optional)
Tracing paper (optional)

TIME 2 hours

INSTRUCTIONS TO CANDIDATES
Write your name, Centre number and candidate number in the spaces at the top of this page.
Answer all questions.
Write your answers in the spaces provided on the question paper.
If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.

INFORMATION FOR CANDIDATES


The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, the answer
should be given to three significant figures. Answers in degrees should be given to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

FOR EXAMINER’S USE

This question paper consists of 12 printed pages.


SJF2284/CG S14615/4
© CIE 2002 [Turn over
2 For
Examiner’s
Use
1 (a) A bottle of mass 480 grams contains 75 centilitres of water.

(i) Write 75 centilitres in millilitres.

Answer (a)(i) ……………..……… ml [1]


(ii) Write 75 centilitres in litres.

Answer (a)(ii) ……………………… l [1]


(iii) The mass of 480 grams is correct to the nearest 10 grams.
Complete the statement on the answer line.

Answer (a)(iii) ………… g 艋 mass < ………… g [2]


(iv) Write 480 grams in kilograms.

Answer (a)(iv) …………………… kg [1]

(b) The diagrams below are accurate scale drawings of containers with water in them.

(i) The capacity of this cylindrical jar is 600 ml of water.

By measuring the height of the jar and the height of the water,
find the amount of water in the jar.

Answer (b)(i) ……………….….… ml [2]

(ii) The capacity of this bucket is 7 litres.

Estimate the amount of water in the bucket.

Answer (b)(ii) ……………………… l [2]

0580/3/O/N02
3 For
Examiner’s
Use
2 (a) The results of the school’s senior football team during a year are recorded, using W for a win, L
for a loss and D for a draw. They are:

L L W D L W L W
L L D L L W W L
W L L W D L L W

(i) Complete the table below to show these results.


Then display this information in the pie chart below.

Frequency Pie chart angle

TOTAL 360°

[6]
(ii) The team play another match.
Based on the results above, what is the probability that they will win?

Answer (a)(ii) …………………… [1]

(b) The probability that the school’s junior team wins is 0.45 and the probability that it loses is 0.35.
What is the probability of a draw?

Answer (b) ……………….……… [2]


0580/3/O/N02 [Turn over
4 For
Examiner’s
Use
3 M
NOT TO SCALE
10cm

28°
L N

In triangle LMN, angle LNM = 90°, angle MLN = 28° and LM = 10 cm.

(a) Calculate

(i) MN,

Answer (a)(i) MN = …………………… cm [2]


(ii) LN,

Answer (a)(ii) LN = …………………… cm [2]


(iii) the area of triangle LMN.

Answer (a)(iii) ………...……………… cm2 [2]

(b) A circle is drawn with LM as diameter.


(i) Work out the area of the circle.

Answer (b)(i) …………………………. cm2 [2]

(ii) Showing all your working, find the area of triangle LMN as a percentage of the area of the
circle.

Answer (b)(ii) …………………………... % [2]

(iii) Explain why the point N is on the circle.

Answer (b)(iii) ................................................................................................................... [1]

0580/3/O/N02
5 For
Examiner’s
Use
4 y
7

N 3

2
L
1
x
-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
-1
M
-2

-3

-4

-5

-6

-7

(a) Describe fully the transformation which maps

(i) shape L onto shape M,

Answer (a)(i) ..................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) shape L onto shape N.

Answer (a)(ii) .................................................................................................................... [2]

(b) (i) Translate shape L using the vector –7 . [2]


–4
(ii) Enlarge shape L with centre of enlargement 0, scale factor –1 . [2]
2

0580/3/O/N02 [Turn over


6 For
Examiner’s
Use
5 The cuboid shown in the diagram has EF = 4 cm, FG = 6 cm and AE = 3 cm.

D C
NOT TO SCALE

H
G
A B

3cm 6cm

E 4cm F

(a) Calculate

(i) the volume of the cuboid,

Answer (a)(i) …………………… cm3 [2]

(ii) the surface area of the cuboid.

Answer (a)(ii) …………………… cm2 [3]

(b) The cuboid is divided into two equal triangular prisms. One of them is shown in the diagram.

D
NOT TO SCALE

H
G
A

E F

(i) Write down the volume of the triangular prism.

Answer (b)(i) …………………… cm3 [1]

(ii) Work out the area of the rectangle AFGD.

Answer (b)(ii) …………………… cm2 [3]

0580/3/O/N02
7 For
Examiner’s
Use
6 Ian and Joe start to dig a garden. They both dig at the same rate.

(a) When they are half-way through the job, what fraction of the garden has Ian dug?

Answer (a) …………….………… [2]

(b) Keith then arrives to help.


All three dig at the same rate until the job is finished.
(i) What fraction of the garden did Ian dig after Keith arrived?

Answer (b)(i) ….………………… [2]


(ii) What fraction of the garden did Ian dig altogether?

Answer (b)(ii) …………………… [2]

(c) Ian and Joe started to dig at 09 00.


Keith started to dig at 10 00.
Each dug at the same rate throughout.
At what time was the job finished?

Answer (c) ….…………………… [2]

0580/3/O/N02 [Turn over


8 For
Examiner’s
Use
7 y
6

2 3x+2y=12

x
-2 0 2 4

-2

The graph of 3x + 2y = 12 is drawn on the grid above.

(a) (i) Complete the table of values for y = 3x – 1.

x 0 1 2

y 2
[2]

(ii) On the grid above, draw the graph of y = 3x –1 for 0 ⭐ x ⭐ 2. [1]

(b) Use the graphs to find the solution of the simultaneous equations

3x + 2y = 12,
y = 3x – 1.

Answer (b) x = ………… , y = ………… [2]

(c) Use algebra to find the exact solution of the simultaneous equations

3x + 2y = 12,
y = 3x – 1.

Answer (c) x …………, y = ………… [4]

0580/3/O/N02
9 For
Examiner’s
Use
8 North Scale: 1cm to 30km
D
E

The diagram shows an island, drawn to a scale of 1 cm to 30 km.

(a) Find the distance in kilometres between points A and B.

Answer (a) AB = …………………… km [2]

(b) On the diagram draw the locus of points on the island which are
(i) 150 km from A, [1]
(ii) 150 km from B. [1]
Label the point T on the island where these two loci intersect. [1]

(c) A tower is built at T, to send television signals to the western part of the island. The maximum
range of its signals is 150 km.

Draw the locus of points 150 km from T. [1]

(d) A second tower is built, which can send television signals up to 120 km, to reach the rest of the
island.

Use the points C, D and E to help you to find a suitable position for the second tower.

Label the position X.

Leave in any construction lines or arcs that you draw. [3]

0580/3/O/N02 [Turn over


10 For
Examiner’s
Use
9 Students try to find the best price at which to sell their school newspaper.

When the price was 10 cents, they sold 200 newspapers.

When the price was 60 cents, they sold only 75 newspapers.

They drew the graph below using this information.

200

150
Number of
newspapers 100
sold
50

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Price (cents)

(a) Use the graph to answer these questions.

(i) At what price will no-one buy the newspaper?

Answer (a)(i) …………………… cents [1]

(ii) 150 newspapers are sold. What was the price?

Answer (a)(ii) …………………… cents [1]

(iii) Complete the table below.

Price (cents) Number of newspapers sold Money received (cents)

10 200 2000

20 175 3500

30

40

50

60 75 4500

70

80

90
[6]

0580/3/O/N02
11 For
Examiner’s
Use
(b) Use the table in part (a)(iii) to answer these questions.

The total printing cost is $20.


(i) When the newspapers are sold at 20 cents each, calculate the profit in dollars.

Answer (b)(i) $ …………….…………… [2]

(ii) Estimate the price that will give the greatest profit.

Answer (b)(ii) ………………...………… [1]

10 A number that has only two different prime factors is called semi-prime.

For example, 77 is semi-prime since it has only two prime factors, 7 and 11.

[Remember that 1 is not prime.]

(a) Show that each of the three consecutive numbers 33, 34 and 35 is semi-prime.

Answer (a) .......................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................................... [3]

(b) Find the smallest semi-prime number.

Answer (b) ……………………………… [2]

(c) Find two consecutive numbers between 10 and 20 which are semi-prime.

Answer (c) …………… and …………… [1]

(d) Find three consecutive numbers between 80 and 90 which are semi-prime.

Answer (d) …………… , …………… and …………… [3]

0580/3/O/N02 [Turn over


12 For
Examiner’s
Use
11 1m 1m

2m 2m 2m 2m 2m 2m 2m

1m 1m 1m

L metres

The diagram shows wooden beams which support the roof of a house.

(a) Complete the table below.

Length of roof (L metres) 1 2 3 4 5 6

Number of 2 metre beams (x) 2 4 10

Number of 1 metre beams (y) 1 3 9

Total length of wood (T metres) 5 11 29


[4]

(b) When L = 10, find the values of x, y and T.

Answer (b) x = ……………………………

y = ……………………………

T = ……………………………
[3]

(c) Write down a formula for


(i) x in terms of L,

Answer (c)(i) x = ………………………[1]

(ii) y in terms of L,

Answer (c)(ii) y = …..………………… [1]

(iii) T in terms of L.

Answer (c)(iii) T = …………………… [2]

(d) When T = 83, find the value of L.

Answer (d) L = ……..………………… [1]

0580/3/O/N02
Centre Number Candidate Number Name

CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS


International General Certificate of Secondary Education
MATHEMATICS 0580/03
0581/03
Paper 3
October/November 2003

2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator
Geometrical instruments
Mathematical tables (optional)
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen in the spaces provided on the Question Paper.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.

The total of the marks for this paper is 104.


Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Answers in degrees should be given to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

For Examiner’s Use

If you have been given a label, look at the


details. If any details are incorrect or
missing, please fill in your correct details
in the space given at the top of this page.

Stick your personal label here, if


provided.

This document consists of 12 printed pages.


MCS-UCH160-S40984/2
© CIE 2003 [Turn over
2 For
Examiner’s
use
1 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
From the set of numbers above, write down

(a) a multiple of 8,
Answer (a).......................................... [1]

(b) a square,
Answer (b).......................................... [1]

(c) a cube,
Answer (c).......................................... [1]

(d) two prime numbers,


Answer (d) ......................................... [2]

(e) a factor of 156,


Answer (e).......................................... [1]

(f) the square root of 784,


Answer (f ) ..........................................[1]

(g) two numbers whose product is 567.


Answer (g) ..........................................[1]

2 (a) Jorina recorded the temperature every hour during the school day.
The graph shows the results.

35

30

25
Temperature
(°C) 20

15

10

0
09 00 10 00 11 00 12 00 13 00 14 00 15 00 16 00
Time

(i) At what time was the highest temperature recorded?

Answer (a)(i)...................................... [1]


(ii) At what time was the temperature 21 °C?
Answer (a)(ii)......................................[1]

(iii) Find the increase in temperature between 11 00 and 12 00.

Answer (a)(iii) ............................. °C[2]


0580/03/0581/03/O/N/03
3 For
Examiner’s
use
(b) The conversion rate between euros (e) and dollars ($) was e1 # $0.87.

(i) Complete the table.

e 0 5 10

$ 0

[2]

(ii) Draw a graph on the grid below to convert between euros and dollars.

5
dollars ($)
4

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
euros (e)

[2]
(iii) How many euros were equivalent to $8?

Answer (b)(iii)e................................ [1]

(iv) How many euros were equivalent to $500?

Answer (b)(iv)e ................................ [1]

0580/03/0581/03/O/N/03 [Turn over


4 For
Examiner’s
use
3 NOT TO
SCALE
8 cm

30 cm

25 cm

The diagram shows a rectangular tank of base 30 cm by 25 cm. It contains water to a depth
of 8 cm.

(a) Calculate the volume of water in the tank.

Answer (a) ..................................cm3[2]

(b)
NOT TO
SCALE

14 cm

10 cm

The diagram shows a cylinder of radius 10 cm and height 14 cm which is full of water.

(i) Calculate the volume of water in the cylinder.

Answer (b)(i) ............................. cm3[3]


(ii) All the water in the cylinder is poured into the rectangular tank. Find the total
volume of water now in the tank.

Answer (b)(ii) ............................ cm3[1]


(iii) Calculate the new depth of water in the tank.

Answer (b)(iii)............................. cm[3]

0580/03/0581/03/O/N/03
5 For
Examiner’s
use
4 A dentist recorded the number of fillings that each of a group of 30 children had in their
teeth. The results were

2405113260
2232143016
1416510342

(a) Complete this frequency table.

Number of fillings Frequency


0
1
2
3
4
5
6
[2]

(b) What is the modal number of fillings?

Answer (b).......................................... [1]

(c) Find the median number of fillings.

Answer (c).......................................... [2]

(d) Work out the mean number of fillings.

Answer (d) ......................................... [2]

(e) One of these children is chosen at random.


Find the probability that this child has

(i) exactly one filling,


Answer (e)(i) ...................................... [1]
(ii) more than three fillings.
Answer (e)(ii) ..................................... [1]

(f) These 30 children had been chosen from a larger group of 300 children. Estimate how
many in the larger group have no fillings in their teeth.

Answer (f ) ......................................... [1]

0580/03/0581/03/O/N/03 [Turn over


6 For
Examiner’s
use
5 y
B C
7

6
D
5
A

4
G
3

1 F
H E

x
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

x
(a) Triangle ABD is translated onto triangle EGF by the vector
Write down the value of x and the value of y.
y
.

Answer (a)x #..................................

y #.................................. [2]

(b) Describe fully the single transformation which maps triangle ABD onto

(i) triangle CDB,

Answer (b)(i).....................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................... [3]
(ii) triangle HBF.

Answer (b)(ii) ...................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................... [3]

(c) (i) Work out the area of triangle ABD.

Answer (c)(i) ...................................... [1]

(ii) What is the ratio area of triangle ABD : area of triangle HBF?
Give your answer in its lowest terms.

Answer (c)(ii)................. : ................. [2]

(d) Find the gradient of the line BF.

Answer (d) ......................................... [2]

0580/03/0581/03/O/N/03
7 For
Examiner’s
use
6 (a) The perimeter, P, of a triangle is given by the formula

P = 6x + 3.

(i) Find the value of P when x # 4.

Answer (a)(i)P # .............................. [1]

(ii) Find the value of x when P # 39.

Answer (a)(ii)x #.............................. [2]

(iii) Rearrange the formula to find x in terms of P.

Answer (a)(iii)x #............................. [2]

(b) The perimeter of another triangle is (9x ! 4) centimetres.

Two sides of this triangle are of length 2x centimetres and (3x ! 1) centimetres.

(i) Find an expression, in terms of x, for the length of the third side.

Answer (b)(i) ............................... cm[2]


(ii) The perimeter of this triangle is 49 cm. Find the length of each side.

Answer (b)(ii).................. cm, .................. cm, ...................cm[3]

0580/03/0581/03/O/N/03 [Turn over


8 For
Examiner’s
use
7 (a)

2 cm

3 cm

4 cm

The diagram shows the net of a solid.

(i) Work out the perimeter of the net.

Answer (a)(i) ............................... cm[2]


(ii) Work out the area of the net.

Answer (a)(ii) .............................cm2[3]


(iii) Write down the mathematical name of the solid.

Answer (a)(iii).................................... [1]


(iv) Write down the surface area of the solid.

Answer (a)(iv) ............................cm2[1]


(v) Work out the volume of the solid.

Answer (a)(v) .............................cm3[2]

0580/03/0581/03/O/N/03
9 For
Examiner’s
use
(b)

This is the net of a solid with edges of length p, q and r.

Find an expression for

(i) the surface area of the solid,

Answer (b)(i)...................................... [2]

(ii) the volume of the solid.

Answer (b)(ii)..................................... [2]

0580/03/0581/03/O/N/03 [Turn over


10 For
Examiner’s
use
8 (a) A mobile phone company changes its rental charge from $80 per year to $7.50 per
month.
Work out the percentage increase.

Answer (a) .................................... %[3]

(b) George’s phone card lasts for 300 minutes. He has used 35  of this time.
Work out how many minutes are left on his phone card.

Answer (b)........................... minutes[3]

(c) B

C
D

(i) On the diagram above, using a straight edge and compasses only, construct the
loci which are
(1)equidistant from A and from B, [2]
(2)equidistant from CB and from CD. [2]
(ii) The diagram shows a field ABCD. The mobile phone company plans to put a
mast in the field. The mast must be
nearer to B than to A
nearer to CD than to CB.
Shade the part of the diagram which shows where the mast should be put. [2]

0580/03/0581/03/O/N/03
11 For
Examiner’s
use
9 North
J

North

The diagram, drawn to scale, shows the positions of Johannesburg (J), Cape Town (C) and
Durban (D).

(a) The distance from Johannesburg to Durban is 450 kilometres.


On the diagram JD # 3 cm.
(i) How many kilometres are represented by 1 cm on the diagram?

Answer (a)(i)...................................... [1]


(ii) Work out the scale of the diagram as a ratio.

Answer (a)(ii)1 : ........................... [2]

(b) Use the diagram to find


(i) the distance from Cape Town to Johannesburg,

Answer (b)(i)............................... km[2]


(ii) the bearing of Johannesburg from Cape Town,

Answer (b)(ii)..................................... [1]


(iii) the bearing of Cape Town from Durban.

Answer (b)(iii).................................... [2]

0580/03/0581/03/O/N/03 [Turn over


12 For
Examiner’s
use
10 Look at this arrangement of numbers. It is known as Pascal’s Triangle.

Line Sum of
numbers
1 1 1 2

2 1 2 1 4

3 1 3 3 1 8

4 1 4 6 4 1 16

5 1 5 10 10 5 1 32

6 __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __

7 __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __

(a) Complete lines 6 and 7 above. [5]

(b) (i) What is the sum of the numbers on the 9th line?

Answer (b)(i)...................................... [2]

(ii) What is the sum of the numbers on the nth line?

Answer (b)(ii)..................................... [2]

(c) The 12th line is given below. Fill in the blanks in the 11th line.

11 1 11 55 __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __

12 112 66 220 495 792 924 792 495 220 66 12 1

[2]

0580/03/0581/03/O/N/03
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MATHEMATICS
*058001*
Paper 3 (Core) 0580/03 0581/03
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator
Geometrical instruments October/November 2004
Mathematical tables (optional)
Tracing paper (optional) 2 hours

Candidate
Name

Centre Candidate
Number Number

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen in the spaces provided on the Question Paper.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN THE BARCODE.
DO NOT WRITE IN THE GREY AREAS BETWEEN THE PAGES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
For Examiner's Use
The total number of marks for this paper is 104.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is
not exact, give the answer to three significant figures. Given answers
in degrees to one decimal place.
For π , use either your calculator value or 3.142.

This document consists of 15 printed pages and 1 blank page.


IB04 11_0580_03/4RP
© UCLES 2004 [Turn over
2

1 (a) Two friends, Hatab and Yasin, went on a cycle ride.


For
Part of the distance-time graph for their journey is shown below. Examiner's
Use

18

16

14

12

Distance 10
from home
(km) Yasin
8
Hatab
6
Hatab
and Yasin
4

0
10 00 11 00 12 00 13 00 14 00 15 00
Time of day

For the first part of the journey they cycled at the same speed.

(i) Find their speed for the first part of the journey.

Answer(a)(i) km/h [1]

(ii) At 11 00 they stopped for half an hour. Show this on the graph. [1]

(iii) They continued on their ride and at 12 45 they were 16 kilometres from home.
Show this part of the journey on the graph. [1]

(iv) They stopped again and then had a race going home.

(a) For how long did they stop?

Answer(a)(iv)(a) min [1]

(b) Who won the race?

Answer(a)(iv)(b) [1]

(v) What was the total length of their journey?

Answer(a)(v) km [1]

© UCLES 2004 0580/03/O/N/04


3

(b) On a certain day the conversion rate between dollars ($) and Indian rupees was
For
Examiner's
$1 = 45 rupees. Use

(i) How many rupees were equivalent to $10?

Answer(b)(i) rupees [1]

(ii) Use this information to draw a conversion graph on the axes below.

500

400

300

Rupees

200

100

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Dollars ($)
[2]

(iii) Use your graph to find

(a) how many rupees were equivalent to $6.80,

Answer(b)(iii)(a) rupees [1]

(b) how many dollars were equivalent to 480 rupees.

Answer(b)(iii)(b) $ [1]

© UCLES 2004 0580/03/O/N/04 [Turn over


4

2
For
y Examiner's
Use
6

4
D
3
A
2

_7 _6 _5 _4 _3 _2 _1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 x
_
1

_
2
C
_
3

_
4
B
_
5

_
6

(a) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle A onto triangle B.

Answer(a)

[3]

(b) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle A onto triangle C.

Answer(b)

[3]

(c) Find the centre and the scale factor of the enlargement that maps triangle A onto triangle D.

Answer(c) centre ( , ) scale factor [2]

(d) On the grid

(i) draw the image of triangle A under a reflection in the line x = −1, [2]

(ii) draw the image of triangle B under a rotation of 180° about (−4, −3). [2]

© UCLES 2004 0580/03/O/N/04


5

3
For
A Examiner's
Use

NOT TO SCALE
2 cm

B
10 cm

6 cm

40o
C E
D

On the above diagram, AB = 2 cm, BD = 6 cm, AE = 10 cm, angle BCD = 40° and angle BDE = 90°.

(a) Write down the length of AD.


Answer(a) AD = cm [1]

(b) Calculate the length of DE.

Answer(b) DE = cm [2]

(c) Calculate the size of angle AED.

Answer(c) angle AED = [2]

(d) Calculate the length of CD.

Answer(d) CD = cm [3]

(e) Find the length of CE.

Answer(e) CE = cm [1]

© UCLES 2004 0580/03/O/N/04 [Turn over


6

4 (a)
For
A Examiner's
Use

NOT TO SCALE

5 cm 6 cm

B C
4 cm

(i) In the space below, using a ruler and compasses only, construct the above triangle
accurately. [3]

(ii) Using the triangle you have drawn, measure and write down the size of angle ACB.

Answer(a)(ii) angle ACB = [1]

© UCLES 2004 0580/03/O/N/04


7

(b) In the diagram below two points, P and Q, are joined by a straight line.
For
Examiner's
Use

P Q

(i) On the diagram draw the locus of all the points that are 4 centimetres from the line PQ. [3]

(ii) On the same diagram, using a straight edge and compasses only, construct the locus of the
points that are equidistant from P and Q.
Show all your construction lines. [2]

(iii) Shade the region which contains the points that are closer to P than to Q and are less than
4 centimetres from the line PQ. [2]

© UCLES 2004 0580/03/O/N/04 [Turn over


8

5 (a)
For
A Examiner's
Use

NOT TO SCALE

D 140o 80o B

yo

In the diagram above AB=BC and AD=DC.

(i) What is the special name of the quadrilateral ABCD?

Answer(a)(i) [1]

(ii) On the diagram draw the line of symmetry. [1]

(iii) Calculate the value of y.

Answer(a)(iii) y = [2]

(b)
N
po
40o M
r o

qo O NOT TO SCALE
K

In the diagram above, the points K,L,M and N lie on the circle centre O.
KN is parallel to LM.
Find the values of p,q and r.

Answer(b) p = ,q= ,r= [3]

© UCLES 2004 0580/03/O/N/04


9

(c)
For
xo Examiner's
Use

NOT TO SCALE

The diagram above shows a regular seven-sided polygon.


Each of the interior angles measures x°.
One of the angles is marked in the diagram.
Calculate the value of x, giving your answer correct to 1 decimal place.
Show all your working.

Answer(c) x = [4]

© UCLES 2004 0580/03/O/N/04 [Turn over


10

6 (a) Complete the table below for y = x2 − 2x.


For
Examiner's
Use
x −2 −1 0 1 2 3 4
y 8 −1 3 8
[3]
2
(b) On the grid below, draw the graph of y = x − 2x for −2 x 4.

2 y=2

_ _ _ _ x
4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4
_
1

_
2
[4]

(c) The line y = 2 is drawn on the diagram.


2
Use your graph to find the values of x that solve the equation x − 2x = 2.

Answer(c) x= or x = [2]

(d) Complete the table below for y = 4 − x.

x −4 0 4
y 8
[2]

(e) On the grid above, draw the line y = 4 − x for −4 x 4. [1]

(f) Write down the x coordinates of the points of intersection of the graphs of y = x2 − 2x and
y = 4 − x.
Answer(f) x = or x = [2]

© UCLES 2004 0580/03/O/N/04


11

7 (a) Rajeesh thought of a number.


For
He multiplied this number by 2. Examiner's
He then added 10. Use
The answer was 42.

(i) What was the number Rajeesh first thought of?

Answer(a)(i) [1]

(ii) Simon thought of a number x.


He multiplied this number by 3 and then added 8.
Write down an expression in x for his answer.

Answer(a)(ii) [2]

(b) Simplify − 8a + 7b − a − 2b.

Answer(b) [2]

(c) Factorise fully 6a − 9a2 .

Answer(c) [2]

(d) Make t the subject of the formula

v = u + at.

Answer(d) t= [2]

(e) Solve the simultaneous equations


8x + 2y = 13,
3x + y = 4.

Answer(e) x= ,y= [4]

© UCLES 2004 0580/03/O/N/04 [Turn over


12

8 (a) The list shows the rainfall in millimetres in Prestbury for the 12 months of 2002.
For
Examiner's
61 146 22 54 67 94 141 22 37 167 87 170 Use

(i) Write down the mode.

Answer(a)(i) mm [1]

(ii) Find the median.

Answer(a)(ii) mm [2]

(iii) Calculate the mean.

Answer(a)(iii) mm [2]

(b) During the years 1996 - 2000 the total rainfall in Prestbury was 5400 millimetres.
The pie chart shows how this was spread over the five years.

1996
2000

1997

1999
1998

© UCLES 2004 0580/03/O/N/04


13

(i) Measure the angles of the sectors for 1998, 1999 and 2000.
For
Write your answers in the table below. [3] Examiner's
Use
(ii) Work out the annual rainfall, in millimetres, for each of the years 1998, 1999 and 2000.
Write your answers in the table below. [3]

Answers (b)(i) and (ii)

Year Angle (degrees) Rainfall (mm)

1996 54 810

1997 60 900

1998

1999

2000

Total 360 5400

(iii) What do you notice about the trend in the rainfall from 1996 to 2000?

Answer(b)(iii)

[1]

© UCLES 2004 0580/03/O/N/04 [Turn over


14

9 (a) A pattern of numbers is shown below.


For
Examiner's
row Use

1 1
2 2 3 4
3 5 6 7 8 9
4 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
5 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
6 26 ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .....

(i) On the diagram complete row 6. [1]

(ii) The last numbers in each row form a sequence.

1, 4, 9, 16, 25, ……………

(a) What is the special name given to these numbers?

Answer(a)(ii)(a) [1]

(b) Write down the last number in the 10th row.

Answer(a)(ii)(b) [1]

(c) Write down an expression for the last number in the nth row.

Answer(a)(ii)(c) [1]

(iii) The numbers in the middle column of the pattern form a sequence.

1, 3, 7, 13, 21, 31, …………..

(a) Write down the next number in this sequence.

Answer(a)(iii)(a) [1]

(b) The expression for the nth number in this sequence is n2 − n + 1.


Work out the 30th number.

Answer(a)(iii)(b) [2]

© UCLES 2004 0580/03/O/N/04


15

(b) Another pattern of numbers is shown below.


For
Examiner's
Use
row

1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

2 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

3 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

4 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

(i) What is the last number in the 10th row?

Answer(b)(i) [1]

(ii) Find an expression for the last number in the nth row.

Answer(b)(ii) [1]

(iii) What is the first number in the 10th row?

Answer(b)(iii) [1]

(iv) Find an expression for the first number in the nth row.

Answer(b)(iv) [1]

© UCLES 2004 0580/03/O/N/04


16

BLANK PAGE

Every reasonable effort has been made to trace all copyright holders where the publishers (i.e. UCLES) are aware that third-party material has been reproduced. The
publishers would be pleased to hear from anyone whose rights they have unwittingly infringed.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the
University of Cambridge.

0580/03/O/N/04
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MATHEMATICS
*058001*
Paper 3 (Core) 0580/03 0581/03
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator
Geometrical instruments October/November 2005
Mathematical tables (optional)
Tracing paper (optional) 2 hours

Candidate
Name

Centre Candidate
Number Number

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen in the spaces provided on the Question Paper.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN THE BARCODE.
DO NOT WRITE IN THE GREY AREAS BETWEEN THE PAGES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
For Examiner's Use
The total number of marks for this paper is 104.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is
not exact, give the answer to three significant figures. Given answers
in degrees to one decimal place.
For π , use either your calculator value or 3.142.

This document consists of 12 printed pages.


IB05 11_0580_03/7RP
© UCLES 2005 [Turn over
2

1 (a) Draw accurately the reflection of the letter E in the mirror line m. For
Examiner's
Use

m
[2]
(b) Each diagram below shows a shaded letter and its image.
In each case describe fully the single transformation which maps the shaded figure onto its image.
Mark and label any points you need in your descriptions.

(i)

Answer(b)(i) [3]
(ii)

Answer(b)(ii) [3]
(iii)
y

x
–6 –4 –2 0 2 4 6
–2

–4

Answer(b)(iii) [3]

© UCLES 2005 0580/03, 0581/03 Nov 2005


3

2 In the diagram below ABD is a straight line. For


AB = 4 m and AC = 6 m. Angle BAC = 90°. Examiner's
Use

A 4m B D

NOT TO
6m SCALE

(a) (i) Use trigonometry to calculate angle ABC.

Answer(a)(i) Angle ABC= [2]

(ii) Find angle CBD.

Answer(a)(ii) Angle CBD= [1]

(b) Calculate the length of BC.

Answer(b) BC = m [2]

(c) Work out the perimeter and area of triangle ABC.


Give the correct units for each.

Answer (c) Perimeter = Area = [3]

© UCLES 2005 0580/03, 0581/03 Nov 2005 [Turn over


4

3 (a) (i) Complete the table of values for y = x 2 − 2 x − 3 . For


Examiner's
Use
x −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3 4 5

y 12 0 −4 −3 0 5

[3]

(ii) Draw the graph of y = x 2 − 2 x − 3 on the grid below.


y

12

10

x
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5
–2

–4
[4]
2
(iii) Use your graph to find the solutions to x − 2 x − 3 = −1 .
Give your answers to 1 decimal place.

Answer(a)(iii) x = or x = [2]

2
(b) (i) Complete the table of values for the equation y = x .

x 0.25 0.5 1 2 3 4 5

y 4 1 0.7 0.5 0.4


[1]

2
(ii) On the same grid draw the graph of y = x for 0.25 x 5. [3]

(iii) Write down the x co-ordinate of the point of intersection of your two graphs.

Answer(b)(iii) x = [1]

© UCLES 2005 0580/03, 0581/03 Nov 2005


5

4 Jane records the number of telephone calls she receives each day for two weeks. For
Examiner's
5 6 10 0 15 6 12 2 13 16 0 16 6 10 Use

(a) Calculate the mean.

Answer(a) [3]

(b) Find the median.

Answer(b) [2]

(c) Write down the mode.

Answer(c) [1]

(d) Complete the frequency table below.

Number of calls 0−4 5−9 10 − 14 15 − 19

Frequency
[2]

(e) Find the probability that Jane receives

(i) ten or more calls,

Answer(e)(i) [1]

(ii) less than five calls.

Answer(e)(ii) [1]

(f) Estimate the number of days in the next six weeks that Jane can expect to receive 10 − 14 calls.

Answer(f) days [2]

© UCLES 2005 0580/03, 0581/03 Nov 2005 [Turn over


6

5 For
North Examiner's
Use
A
110o 6 km
5 km
NOT TO
C SCALE

In triangle ABC, AB = 5 km, AC = 6 km and angle BAC = 110º.

The bearing of C from A is 100°.

(a) Make a scale drawing of the triangle ABC.


Use a scale of 1 centimetre to represent 1 kilometre.
Start at the point A marked below, where a North line has been drawn.

North

[4]

© UCLES 2005 0580/03, 0581/03 Nov 2005


7

(b) Measure and write down For


Examiner's
(i) angle ABC, Use

Answer(b)(i) Angle ABC = [1]

(ii) the bearing of B from C.


Answer(b)(ii) [1]

(c) Find the distance in kilometres between B and C.

Answer(c) km [1]

(d) A well is 4 kilometres from A and 5 kilometres from C.

(i) Use your compasses to find two possible positions for the well.
Label the two positions P and Q. [3]

(ii) The well is less than 6 kilometres from B.


Use a measurement from your drawing to complete the following statement.

Answer(d)(ii) The well is at position and is kilometres from B.[2]

© UCLES 2005 0580/03, 0581/03 Nov 2005 [Turn over


8

6 The diagram shows a swimming pool with cross-section ABCDE. For


The pool is 6 metres long and 3 metres wide. Examiner's
AB = 2 m, ED = 1 m and BC = 3.6 m. Use

6m

3m
NOT TO
1m
SCALE
E
A

2m
D
B C
3.6 m

(a) (i) Calculate the area of the cross-section ABCDE.


Show your working.

Answer(a)(i) m2 [4]

(ii) Calculate the volume of the water in the pool when it is full.
Give your answer in litres.
[1 cubic metre is 1000 litres.]

Answer(a)(ii) litres [2]

(iii) One litre of water evaporates every hour for each square metre of the water surface.
How many litres of water will evaporate in 2 hours?

Answer(a)(iii) litres [2]

© UCLES 2005 0580/03, 0581/03 Nov 2005


9

For
(b) Another pool holds 61 500 litres of water. Examiner's
Jon uses a hosepipe to fill this pool. Use
Water flows through the hosepipe at 1000 litres per hour.
(i) Calculate how long it takes to fill the pool.
Give your answer in hours and minutes.

Answer(b)(i) hours minutes [2]

(ii) Change 61 500 litres to gallons.


[4.55 litres = 1 gallon.]

Answer(b)(ii) gallons [1]

(iii) Every 10 000 gallons of water needs 2.5 litres of purifier.


How many litres of purifier does Jon use for this pool?

Answer(b)(iii) litres [2]

(iv) The purifier is sold in 1 litre bottles.


How many bottles of purifier must Jon buy for this pool?

Answer(b)(iv) [1]

© UCLES 2005 0580/03, 0581/03 Nov 2005 [Turn over


10

7 (a) For
y Examiner's
Use
3

x
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

The simultaneous equations 2x − y = 3 and x + y = 2 can be solved graphically.

(i) Which of these equations is shown by the line on the grid above?

Answer(a)(i) [1]

(ii) Find the gradient of the line on the grid.

Answer(a)(ii) [2]

(iii) Complete the table below for the other equation.

x −1 0 1 2 3

y
[2]

(iv) Draw this line on the grid above. [1]

(v) Use your graphs to write down the solution to the two equations.

Give your values correct to 1 decimal place.

Answer(a)(v) x =

y= [3]

© UCLES 2005 0580/03, 0581/03 Nov 2005


11

(b) Use algebra to solve the following simultaneous equations exactly. For
Show all your working. Examiner's
Use
2x − y = 3,
x + y = 2.

Answer(b) x =

y= [4]

8 The diagram below shows a sequence of patterns made from dots and lines.

1 dot 2 dots 3 dots 4 dots

(a) Draw the next pattern in the sequence in the space above. [1]

(b) Complete the table for the numbers of dots and lines.

Dots 1 2 3 4 5 6

Lines 4 7 10
[2]

(c) How many lines are in the pattern with 99 dots?

Answer(c) [2]

(d) How many lines are in the pattern with n dots?

Answer(d) [2]

(e) Complete the following statement.

There are 85 lines in the pattern with dots. [2]

© UCLES 2005 0580/03, 0581/03 Nov 2005 [Turn over


12

9 (a) Calculate the size of one exterior angle of a regular heptagon (seven-sided polygon). For
Give your answer correct to 1 decimal place. Examiner's
Use

Answer(a) [3]

(b)
D A E
o
so ro t
NOT TO
SCALE
130o po qo
F B C G

In the diagram above, DAE and FBCG are parallel lines.


AC = BC and angle FBA = 130°.

(i) What is the special name given to triangle ABC?

Answer(b)(i) [1]

(ii) Work out the values of p, q, r, s and t.

Answer (b)(ii) p= q= r= s= t= [5]

(c)

J
J, K and L lie on a circle centre O. yo L
KOL is a straight line and angle JKL = 65°. NOT TO
Find the value of y. 65o O SCALE
K

Answer(c) y = [2]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included,
the publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a
department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2005 0580/03, 0581/03 Nov 2005


UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

MATHEMATICS
*058003*
Paper 3 (Core) 0580/03 0581/03
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator
Geometrical instruments October/November 2006
Mathematical tables (optional)
Tracing paper (optional) 2 hours

Candidate
Name

Centre Candidate
Number Number

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen in the spaces provided on the Question Paper.
You may use a soft pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN THE BARCODE.
DO NOT WRITE IN THE GREY AREAS BETWEEN THE PAGES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
For Examiner's Use
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is
not exact, give the answer to three significant figures. Give answers in
degrees to one decimal place.
For π , use either your calculator value or 3.142.

This document consists of 13 printed pages and 3 blank page.


IB06 11_0580_03/3RP
 UCLES 2006 [Turn over
2

1 (a) For
Examiner's
2 Use
3
2 3 3.14 35 10 24 37 45 88

From the list of numbers above choose one that is

(i) an irrational number, Answer(a) (i) [1]

(ii) the cube root of 27, Answer(a) (ii) [1]

(iii) a multiple of 9, Answer(a) (iii) [1]

(iv) a prime number, Answer(a) (iv) [1]

(v) a factor of 44, Answer(a) (v) [1]

(vi) the product of 6 and 4. Answer(a) (vi) [1]

(b) The diagram below shows a sequence of patterns made with small triangular tiles.

Pattern
1 2 3 4
number

(i) Draw the next pattern in the sequence. [1]

(ii) Complete the table below.

Pattern number 1 2 3 4 5 6

Number of tiles 1 4 9
[2]
(iii) How many tiles will be in the 100th pattern?

Answer(b) (iii) [1]

(iv) How many tiles will be in the nth pattern?

Answer(b) (iv) [1]

(v) What is the special name given to the numbers in the second row of the table?

Answer(b) (v) [1]

© UCLES 2006 0580/03/N/06


3

2 (a) Complete the table for the equation y = − x2 + x + 2. For


Examiner's
Use
x −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3 4

y −10 0 2 2 0
[3]
(b) On the grid below draw the graph of y = − x2 + x + 2.
y
3

x
3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4
1

10
[4]

(c) On the grid, draw the line of symmetry of your graph. [1]

(d) Use your graph to find the maximum value of y.

Answer(d) y = [1]

(e) Draw the line y = 1 on the grid. [1]

(f) Write down the two values of x for which − x2 + x + 2 = 1.

Answer(f) x = or x = [2]

© UCLES 2006 0580/03/N/06 [Turn Over


4

3 (a) (i) Calculate the interior angle of a regular heptagon (seven-sided polygon). For
Write down all the figures on your calculator display. Examiner's
Use

Answer(a) (i) [2]

(ii) Round your answer to part (a)(i) to 1 decimal place.

Answer(a) (ii) [1]

(b)


80º NOT TO
95º SCALE
3yº

The diagram shows four angles around a point.

(i) Write down an equation in x and y.

Answer(b) (i) [1]

(ii) Simplify your equation.

Answer(b) (ii) [1]

(iii) Find y when x = 65.

Answer(b) (iii) y = [2]

© UCLES 2006 0580/03/N/06


5

(c) (i) For


A Examiner's
Use

NOT TO
SCALE
70º
2bº C
B

Explain why a + 2b = 110 in the triangle above.

Answer(c) (i) [1]

(ii)

NOT TO
SCALE

bº aº

Explain why a + b = 90 in the semi-circle above.

Answer(c) (ii) [1]

(iii) Solve the equations


a + 2b = 110,
a + b = 90.

Answer(c) (iii) a =

b= [2]

(iv) Work out the size of angle ABC in the triangle in part (c)(i).

Answer(c) (iv) Angle ABC = [1]

© UCLES 2006 0580/03/N/06 [Turn Over


6

4 For
y Examiner's
Use

2
A C
1

x
4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1

3
B
4

(a) Describe fully the single transformation that maps

(i) triangle A onto triangle B,

Answer(a) (i) [3]

(ii) triangle A onto triangle C.

Answer(a) (ii) [2]

(b) On the grid above draw

 2
(i) the translation of A by the vector   , [2]
 − 3

(ii) the rotation of B through 180° about the point (−1, −2). [2]

© UCLES 2006 0580/03/N/06


7

5 For
A X B Examiner's
Use

10 cm NOT TO
SCALE

55º

D 18 cm C

The diagram shows a rectangular tile ABCD which has a shaded triangle DXB.
DC = 18 centimetres, BC = 10 centimetres and angle ADX = 55°.

(a) Calculate the area of triangle BDC.

Answer(a) cm2 [2]

(b) Calculate the length of AX.

Answer(b) cm [2]

(c) Calculate the shaded area.

Answer(c) cm2 [3]

(d) Calculate the length of BD.

Answer(d) cm [2]

© UCLES 2006 0580/03/N/06 [Turn Over


8

6 For
Examiner's
Use
20 cm
NOT TO
10 cm SCALE
brick face

Part of the wall

(a) A builder estimates the number of bricks in a wall by dividing the area of the wall by the
area of the face of a brick.
A brick wall is 10 metres long and 1.5 metres high.
Each brick is 20 centimetres long and 10 centimetres high.
Calculate how many bricks the builder estimates are in the wall.
Show all your working.

Answer(a) bricks [3]

(b) Another wall will need 720 bricks.


The builder adds an extra 5% to this number to allow for mistakes.

(i) Calculate how many bricks the builder needs to buy.

Answer(b) (i) bricks [2]

(ii) Bricks are sold in packs of 100 which can not be split.
How many packs should the builder buy?

Answer(b) (ii) packs [1]

(c) The builder mixes sand and cement in the ratio 5:2 to make mortar.
He wants 14 buckets of mortar.

(i) How many buckets of sand and how many buckets of cement does he need?

Answer(c) (i) He needs buckets of sand and buckets of cement. [2]

(ii) One bag of cement fills 3.5 buckets.


How many bags of cement must the builder buy?

Answer(c) (ii) bags [1]

© UCLES 2006 0580/03/N/06


9

7 For
y Examiner's
Use

B
A 6

x
3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1

Two straight lines labelled A and B are shown on the grid above.

(a) Find the gradient of line A.

Answer(a) [2]

(b) The equation of line B can be written as y = mx + c.


Find the values of m and c.

Answer(b) m =

c= [2]

(c) (i) On the diagram draw the line which is parallel to B and passes through the point (1,−1).
[1]

(ii) Write down the equation of this line.

Answer(c) (ii) [2]

© UCLES 2006 0580/03/N/06 [Turn Over


10

8 (a) Naomi records the sizes of the 34 pairs of shoes that her shop sells in one day. For
Examiner's
Use
4 10 5 6 4 8 6 4 7 3 9 7 4

7 3 5 4 6 5 10 7 5 5 6 4 7

7 6 6 5 5 3 5 6

(i) Using the list above complete the frequency table.

Shoe size 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Frequency
[3]

(ii) Calculate the mean of these shoe sizes.

Answer(a) (ii) [3]

(iii) Find the range of these sizes.

Answer(a) (iii) [1]

(iv) Find the mode of these sizes.

Answer(a) (iv) [1]

(v) Work out the median shoe size.

Answer(a) (v) [2]

(vi) Calculate the percentage of all the pairs of shoes that are size 7.

Answer(a) (vi) %. [2]

(vii) Naomi orders 306 pairs of shoes to sell in her shop.


Estimate how many of these pairs of shoes should be size 7.

Answer(a) (vii) [2]

© UCLES 2006 0580/03/N/06


11

(b) Findlay draws a bar chart to show how many pairs of shoes he has sold in his shop in one week. For
Examiner's
Use
15

10

Frequency

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Shoe size

(i) Use the information in the bar chart to complete the frequency table below.

Shoe size 3 and 4 5 and 6 7 and 8 9 and 10

Frequency
[2]

(ii) Which is the modal class in the frequency table?

Answer(b) (ii) [1]

© UCLES 2006 0580/03/N/06 [Turn Over


12

9 The sketch shows the positions of three islands A, B and C. For


B is 150 kilometres due West of A. Examiner's
C is 110 kilometres due North of A. Use

C
North
NOT TO
110 km
SCALE

B 150 km A

(a) Using a scale of 1 centimetre to represent 20 kilometres draw accurately the triangle ABC.
A is marked for you.

[3]

(b) A boat sets out from B to sail directly to C.

(i) Use your protractor to find the three-figure bearing of B from C.

Answer(b) (i) [2]

© UCLES 2006 0580/03/N/06


13

(ii) Measure BC on your diagram and hence find the distance in kilometres of B from C. For
Examiner's
Use

Answer(b) (ii) km [2]

(iii) The boat sails at 20 knots.


[1 knot is 1.85 kilometres per hour.]

How long will the boat take for the first 100 kilometres of the journey?
Give your answer in hours and minutes, to the nearest minute.

Answer(b) (iii) hours min [4]

(iv) The boat takes 45 minutes for the next 18 kilometres.


Calculate this speed in kilometres per hour.

Answer(b) (iv) km/h [2]

(v) A radio beacon at A has a range of 100 kilometres.


On your diagram in part (a) draw accurately the locus of points that are 100 kilometres
from A.
[2]

(vi) For how many kilometres is the boat within range of the beacon?

Answer(b) (vi) km [2]

© UCLES 2006 0580/03/N/06


14

BLANK PAGE

0580/03/N/06
15

BLANK PAGE

0580/03/N/06
16

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where
possible. Every reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance
have unwittingly been included, the publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is
itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

0580/03/N/06
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*6355629826*

MATHEMATICS 0580/03, 0581/03


Paper 3 (Core) October/November 2007
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Mathematical tables (optional) Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a soft pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place
For π , use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

For Examiner's Use

This document consists of 12 printed pages.

IB07 11_0580_03/3RP
© UCLES 2007 [Turn over
2

1 Margarita keeps a record of all her marks for science experiments, as shown in the table below. For
Examiner's
Mark 5 6 7 8 9 10 Use
Frequency 1 5 10 9 7 3
(a) (i) How many science experiments did Margarita do?
Answer(a)(i) [1]

(ii) Write down the mode.


Answer(a)(ii) [1]

(iii) Find the median.


Answer(a)(iii) [1]

(iv) Calculate the mean.

Answer(a)(iv) [3]

(b) Margarita draws a pie chart to show this information.


The sectors for her marks of 5, 6, 7 and 8 have already been drawn.

5
6

(i) Calculate the angle of the sector for her mark of 9.

Answer(b)(i) [2]

(ii) Complete the pie chart accurately. [1]

© UCLES 2007 0580/03/O/N/07


3

2 For
y Examiner's
Use

2
T
1

x
–7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

–6

–7

 _6 
(a) Draw the image of triangle T after translation by the vector  . Label it A. [2]
 3
 

(b) Draw the image of triangle T after reflection in the line y = −1. Label it B. [2]

(c) Draw the image of triangle T after rotation through 180° about the point (0, 0). Label it C. [2]

(d) Draw the image of triangle T after enlargement, centre (0, 0), scale factor 2. Label it D. [2]

(e) Describe clearly the single transformation which maps triangle D onto triangle T.

Answer(e) [3]

© UCLES 2007 0580/03/O/N/07 [Turn over


4

3 (a) Complete the table for the function y = 36 , (x ≠ 0). For


x Examiner's
Use

x −6 −5 −4 −3 −2 −1 1 2 3 4 5 6
y −7.2 −9 −18 18 9 7.2
[3]

(b) On the grid below, draw the graph of y = 36 for −6 x −1 and 1 x 6.


x

40

30

20

10

x
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6

–10

–20

–30

–40
[4]

(c) Use your graph to find x when y = 21.

Answer(c) x = [1]

© UCLES 2007 0580/03/O/N/07


5

(d) Complete the table for the function y = x2. For


Examiner's
Use
x −6 −5 −4 −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
y 25 16 4 1 1 4 16 25
[2]

(e) On the same grid, draw the graph of y = x2 for −6 x 6. [4]

(f) Write down the co-ordinates of the point of intersection of the graphs of y = 36 and y = x2.
x

Answer(f)( , ) [1]

r
2r

2
The area of the shape is given by the formula A = 5πr .
2

(a) Calculate the area when r = 3 cm.

Answer(a) A = cm2 [2]

(b) Calculate the value of r when A = 200 cm2.

Answer(b) r = cm [3]

(c) Make r the subject of the formula.

Answer(c) [3]

© UCLES 2007 0580/03/O/N/07 [Turn over


6

5 (a) –4 –16 0.12 7 144 7 22 For


3 Examiner's
Use

From this list of numbers, write down

(i) the smallest number,


Answer(a)(i) [1]

(ii) a natural number,


Answer(a)(ii) [1]

(iii) a square number,


Answer(a)(iii) [1]

(iv) an irrational number.


Answer(a)(iv) [1]

(b) Write down 40 as a product of prime numbers.


(1 is not a prime number.)

Answer(b) 40 = [2]

(c) Three pairs of prime numbers have a sum of 40.

One pair is 3 and 37.

Find the other two pairs.

Answer(c) and

and [2]

© UCLES 2007 0580/03/O/N/07


7

6 (a) Pencils cost 5 cents each and erasers cost 4 cents each. For
Examiner's
Use
(i) Work out the total cost of 10 pencils and 7 erasers.

Answer(a)(i) cents [1]

(ii) Write down, in terms of p and e, the total cost of p pencils and e erasers.

Answer(a)(ii) cents [1]

(b) The cost of a pen is x cents and the cost of a ruler is y cents.

2 pens and 3 rulers have a total cost of 57 cents.

5 pens and 1 ruler have a total cost of 58 cents.

(i) Write down two equations in x and y.

Answer(b)(i)

[2]

(ii) Find the value of x and the value of y.

Answer(b)(ii) x =

y= [4]

© UCLES 2007 0580/03/O/N/07 [Turn over


8

7 For
NOT TO Examiner's
Use
SCALE A

A 3 cm 3 cm

3 cm 3 cm
8 cm
B D C
B 3 cm C 3 cm

Diagram 1 Diagram 2

A physics teacher uses a set of identical triangular glass prisms in a lesson.


Diagram 1 shows one of the prisms.
Diagram 2 shows the cross-section of one prism.
The triangle ABC is equilateral, with sides of length 3 cm and height AD.

(a) (i) Calculate the length of AD.

Answer(a)(i) cm [2]

(ii) Calculate the area of triangle ABC.

Answer(a)(ii) cm2 [2]

(iii) The length of the prism is 8 cm. Calculate the volume of the prism.

Answer(a)(iii) cm3 [2]

© UCLES 2007 0580/03/O/N/07


9

(b) After the lesson, the glass prisms are put into a box, which is also a triangular prism. For
The cross-section is an equilateral triangle, with sides of length 9 cm. Examiner's
Use
The length of the box is 16 cm.

NOT TO
SCALE

9 cm 9 cm

16 cm
9 cm

(i) Work out the largest number of glass prisms that can fit into the box.

Answer(b)(i) [2]

(ii) Sketch a net of the box. (Accurate construction is not required.)

[1]
(iii) Calculate the surface area of the box.

Answer(b)(iii) cm2 [6]

(iv) The box was made out of plastic, which cost 6 cents per square centimetre.
To make the box, 540 cm2 of plastic was bought.
Calculate the total cost of the plastic, giving your answer in dollars.

Answer(b)(iv) $ [2]

© UCLES 2007 0580/03/O/N/07 [Turn over


10

8 Carlos is in a class of 12 students. For


He compares the results of the students in a mathematics test with their results in a history test. Examiner's
Use
The table shows these results.

Student A B C D E F G H I J K L
Mathematics mark 17 8 11 15 14 19 9 12 19 18 13 15
History mark 10 13 10 8 11 7 14 11 10 11 11 10

(a) A student is chosen at random.


What is the probability that the student scored more than 10 marks

(i) in mathematics,

Answer(a)(i) [1]

(ii) in mathematics and in history,

Answer(a)(ii) [1]

(iii) in at least one subject?

Answer(a)(iii) [1]

(b) The mean mathematics mark is 14.2.


Calculate the mean history mark.

Answer(b) [2]
(c)

15
14
13
12
11
History
mark 10
9
8
7

0 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Mathematics mark
(i) On the grid, plot the points to show the results of the 12 students. [3]

(ii) Draw a line of best fit. [1]

(iii) What type of correlation does this show?

Answer(c)(iii) [1]

© UCLES 2007 0580/03/O/N/07


11

9 For
Examiner's
Use

T
P

The scale drawing shows a map of a town.


The positions of the town hall, T, and two post offices, P and Q, are marked.
On the scale drawing, 1 centimetre represents 200 metres.

(a) A new post office in the town is to be built so that it is 800 m from T and equidistant
from P and from Q.

(i) On the scale drawing, draw the locus of points which are 800 m from T. [1]

(ii) On the scale drawing, using a straight edge and compasses only, construct the
locus of points which are equidistant from P and from Q. [2]

(iii) Label the position of the new post office R. [1]

(iv) Find the actual distance between post offices P and R.

Answer(a)(iv) m [2]

(b) On the scale drawing, draw straight lines to make triangle PQT.
Using a straight edge and compasses only, construct the locus of points which are
equidistant from PT and from QT. [2]

(c) On the scale drawing, shade the region inside triangle PQT, where points are nearer to Q
than to P and nearer to PT than to QT. [2]

Question 10 is printed on the next page.

© UCLES 2007 0580/03/O/N/07 [Turn over


12

10 For
Examiner's
Use

Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3 Diagram 4 Diagram 5

Look at the sequence of five diagrams above.


Diagram 1 has 2 dots and 1 line.
Diagram 2 has 6 dots and 7 lines.

The numbers of dots and lines in each of the diagrams are shown in the table below.

Diagram number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Number of dots 2 6 12 20 30

Number of lines 1 7 17 31 49

(a) Fill in the empty spaces in the table for Diagrams 6 and 7. [4]

(b) How many dots are there in Diagram n?

Answer(b) [2]

(c) The number of lines in Diagram n is 2n2 – 1.


Which diagram has 287 lines?

Answer(c) [2]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where
possible. Every reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance
have unwittingly been included, the publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of
University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2007 0580/03/O/N/07


UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*9276915310*

MATHEMATICS 0580/03, 0581/03


Paper 3 (Core) October/November 2008
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Mathematical tables (optional) Tracing paper (optional)

SUITABLE FOR HEARING IMPAIRED CANDIDATES


READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a soft pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π , use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

For Examiner's Use

This document consists of 11 printed pages and 1 blank page.

IB08 11_0580_03/1RP
© UCLES 2008 [Turn over
2

1 Aida, Bernado and Cristiano need $30 000 to start a business. For
Examiner's
2 Use
(a) (i) They borrow of this amount.
5
Show that they still need $18 000.

Answer (a)(i)

[1]

(ii) They provide the $18 000 themselves in the ratio

Aida : Bernado : Christiano = 5 : 4 : 3.

Calculate the amount each of them provides.

Answer(a)(ii)Aida $

Bernado $

Cristiano $ [3]

(b) (i) Office equipment costs 35 % of the $30 000.


Calculate the cost of the equipment.

Answer(b)(i)$ [2]

(ii) Office expenses cost another $6500.


Write this as a fraction of $30 000.
Give your answer in its lowest terms.

Answer(b)(ii) [2]

(iii) How much remains of the $30 000 now?

Answer(b)(iii)$ [1]

(c) They invest $12 500.


After one year this has increased to $15 500.
Calculate this percentage increase.

Answer(c) % [3]

© UCLES 2008 0580/03/O/N/08 [Turn over


3

2 For
F Examiner's
Use

NOT TO
SCALE
A B
12 m

55m
25°
18°
E D C
ABCD represents a building with a vertical flagpole, AF, on the roof.
The points E, D and C are on level ground. EA = 55 metres.
The angle of elevation of A from E is 18° and the angle of elevation of F from E is 25°.

(a) Calculate
(i) ED,

Answer(a)(i) m [2]
(ii) FD,

Answer(a)(ii) m [2]
(iii) DA.

Answer(a)(iii) m [2]

(b) Show that AF = 7.4 metres, correct to 1 decimal place.


Answer(b)

[1]
(c) The width, AB, of the building is 12 metres.
The top of the flagpole is attached to the point B by a rope.
Calculate
(i) the length of the rope, FB,

Answer(c)(i) m [2]

(ii) angle ABF elevation of F from B.

Answer(c)(ii) [2]

© UCLES 2008 0580/03/O/N/08 [Turn over


4

3 The table below shows the average daily sunshine, s, and the total monthly rainfall, r, for a city For
during one year. Examiner's
Use
Month Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

s (hours) 6 7 7 9 10 12 12 12 9 8 6 5

r (mm) 70 52 72 41 20 6 1 4 16 52 65 67

(a) For s, find

(i) the mode Answer(a)(i) hours [1]

(ii) the range,


Answer(a)(ii) hours [1]

(iii) the median.

Answer(a)(iii) hours [2]

(b) On the grid below, plot the 10 points for March to December to complete the scatter diagram.
r

70

60

50

Total
Monthly 40
Rainfall
(mm)
30

20

10

0
s
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Average Daily Sunshine (hours)
[3]

© UCLES 2008 0580/03/O/N/08 [Turn over


5

(c) (i) Calculate the mean of s. For


Examiner's
Use

Answer(c)(i) hours [2]

(ii) The mean of r is 38.8 millimetres.


On the grid, plot the point representing these means. Label this point M. [1]

(d) (i) Draw a line of best fit on the grid. [1]

(ii) What type of correlation does your scatter diagram show?

Answer(d)(ii) [1]

4
G
D

C NOT TO
SCALE

B
68°
E
A
EG is a diameter of the circle through E,C and G.
The tangent AEB is parallel to CD and angle AEC = 68°.
Calculate the size of the following angles and give a reason for each answer.

(a) Angle CEG = because

[2]

(b) Angle ECG = because

[2]

(c) Angle CGE = because

[2]

(d) Angle ECD = because

[2]

© UCLES 2008 0580/03/O/N/08 [Turn over


6

5 Aminata and her brother live 18 kilometres from a shopping centre. For
Examiner's
(a) Aminata leaves home at 09 00 and runs 3 kilometres to a bus stop. Use
She arrives there at 09 30.
Write down her average speed, in kilometres per hour.

Answer(a) km / h [1]
(b) She waits 15 minutes for the bus.
The bus travels the remaining 15 kilometres to the shopping centre at an average speed of
20 km / h.
(i) At what time does she arrive at the shopping centre?

Answer(b)(i) [2]
(ii) On the grid below, complete the travel graph showing her journey to the shopping centre.
20

Shopping Centre 18

16

14

12

Distance
from home 10
(km)

Home 0
09 00 10 00 11 00 12 00 13 00

Time
[2]

© UCLES 2008 0580/03/O/N/08 [Turn over


7

(c) Her brother leaves home at 11 15. For


He travels to the shopping centre by car at an average speed of 54 km / h. Examiner's
Use

(i) Work out how long, in minutes, he takes to travel to the shopping centre.

Answer(c)(i) minutes [1]

(ii) Show his journey on the grid. [1]

(d) Aminata and her brother leave the shopping centre at 12 00.
They travel home by car and arrive at 12 45.

(i) Show their journey home on the grid. [1]

(ii) Calculate the average speed of their journey home.

Answer(d)(ii) km / h [2]

6 (a) 2y = 75 − 7x

(i) Find y when x = 7.

Answer(a)(i) y = [2]

(ii) Find x when y = 6.

Answer(a)(ii) x = [2]

(b) Make x the subject of the equation 2y = 75 − 7x.

Answer(b) x = [2]

(c) Solve these simultaneous equations.


4x − y = 45
7x + 2y = 75

Answer(c) x =

y= [3]

© UCLES 2008 0580/03/O/N/08 [Turn over


8

7 (a) Complete the table of values for the equation y = x2 + x − 3. For


Examiner's
Use
x −4 −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3

y 9 −1 −3 −1 9
[3]

(b) On the grid, draw the graph of y = x2 + x − 3.


y

10

x
–4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
–1

–2

–3

–4
[4]
(c) Write down the coordinates of the lowest point of the curve.

Answer(c) ( , ) [2]

(d) (i) Draw the line of symmetry of the graph. [1]

(ii) Write down the equation of the line of symmetry.

Answer(d)(ii) [1]

© UCLES 2008 0580/03/O/N/08 [Turn over


9

8 For
y Examiner's
Use
6

3
C
2

1
B
x
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
–1

–2
A
–3

–4

–5

Triangle ABC is drawn on the grid.

(a) (i) Write down the coordinates of A.

Answer(a)(i) ( , ) [1]

(ii) Write AB and BC as column vectors.

Answer(a)(ii) AB = BC =
[2]

 4
(b) Translate triangle ABC by the vector  _  . Label the image T. [2]
 3
 

(c) AP = 2 AB and AQ = 2 AC .

(i) Plot the points P and Q on the grid. [2]

(ii) Describe fully the single transformation which maps triangle ABC onto triangle APQ.

Answer(c)(ii)

[3]

(d) Rotate triangle ABC through 180° about the midpoint of the side AB. Label the image R. [2]

© UCLES 2008 0580/03/O/N/08 [Turn over


10

9 The quadrilateral ABCD is a scale drawing of a park. For


Angle ABC = 90° and 1 centimetre represents 10 metres. Examiner's
Use

B C

(a) Write down

(i) the actual length, in metres, of the side CD,


Answer(a)(i) m [1]
(ii) the size of angle BAD.
Answer(a)(ii) [1]

(b) Two straight paths cross the park.


One path is the same distance from AB as from BC.
The other path is the same distance from A as from D.

(i) Using a straight edge and compasses only, construct the lines which show each path. [4]

(ii) Tennis courts in the park are situated in a region closer to AB than to BC and closer to A
than to D. Label this region T. [1]

(c) Keith cycles past the park, so that he is always 30 metres outside the boundary ABC.
Construct the locus of points which shows this part of his route. [2]

© UCLES 2008 0580/03/O/N/08 [Turn over


11

10 The first three diagrams in a sequence are shown below. For


Each diagram has one more trapezium added on the right. Examiner's
Use

Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3

(a) Complete the table which shows the number of lines and dots in each diagram.

Diagram 1 2 3 4

Number of lines 4 7

Number of dots 4 6
[2]

(b) Find the number of lines and dots in Diagram 10.

Answer(b) lines and dots [2]

(c) For Diagram n, write down in terms of n, the number of

(i) lines,

Answer(c)(i) [2]

(ii) dots.

Answer(c)(ii) [2]

(d) Find the difference, in terms of n, between your answers to parts (c)(i) and (c)(ii).
Simplify your answer.

Answer(d) [2]

© UCLES 2008 0580/03/O/N/08 [Turn over


12

BLANK PAGE For


Examiner's
Use

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

0580/03/O/N/08
w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

er
s
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

.c
om
*7953581407*

MATHEMATICS 0580/03
Paper 3 (Core) October/November 2009
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Mathematical tables (optional) Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a soft pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π , use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 12 printed pages.

IB09 11_0580_03/5RP
© UCLES 2009 [Turn over
2

1 For
Examiner's
Use

Jonah uses a fair five-sided spinner in a game.

(a) What is the probability that the spinner lands on

(i) 3,

Answer(a)(i) [1]

(ii) an even number,

Answer(a)(ii) [1]

(iii) a number greater than 5?

Answer(a)(iii) [1]

(b) Jonah spins the spinner 25 times and records the results in a frequency table.

Number that the


Frequency
spinner lands on

1 8

2 4

3 5

5 2

(i) Fill in the missing number. [1]

(ii) Write down the mode.

Answer(b)(ii) [1]

© UCLES 2009 0580/03/O/N/09


3

(iii) Calculate the mean. For


Examiner's
Use

Answer(b)(iii) [3]

(iv) On the grid, draw a bar chart to show these results.

10

Frequency

0
1 2 3 4 5
Number that the spinner lands on

[3]

© UCLES 2009 0580/03/O/N/09 [Turn over


4

2 For
NOT TO Examiner's
SCALE Use

2.5 m 0.8 m

pool

path

The diagram shows a circular pool, of radius 2.5 metres, surrounded by a path 0.8 metres wide.

(a) Calculate

(i) the perimeter of the pool,

Answer(a)(i) m [2]
(ii) the area of the pool,

Answer(a)(ii) m2 [2]
(iii) the area of the path.

Answer(a)(iii) m2 [2]
(b) The water in the pool has a depth of 0.4 metres.
Calculate the volume of water in the pool.
Give your answer in litres. [1 cubic metre = 1000 litres.]

Answer(b) litres [2]


(c) When the pool is emptied for cleaning, the water flows out at a rate of 250 litres each minute.
Calculate how long it takes to empty the pool.
Give your answer to the nearest minute.

Answer(c) min [3]

© UCLES 2009 0580/03/O/N/09


5

3 (a) Bruce mixes blue and yellow paint to make green paint. For
He uses blue and yellow paint in the ratio blue : yellow = 7 : 3. Examiner's
Use

(i) He makes 15 litres of green paint.


How many litres of yellow paint does he use?

Answer(a)(i) litres [2]

(ii) He buys the yellow paint in tins. Each tin contains 2 litres of paint.
Write down the number of tins of yellow paint he buys.

Answer(a)(ii) [1]

(b) Tins of red paint cost $9.25 each.


In a sale, the shop reduces the price by 12%.

(i) Calculate the sale price.

Answer(b)(i) $ [3]

(ii) Bruce buys 4 tins of red paint in the sale.


How much does he pay?

Answer(b)(ii) $ [1]

(iii) Before the sale, he bought 5 tins at $9.25 each.


Calculate how much he paid for these 5 tins.

Answer(b)(iii) $ [1]

(iv) Use parts (b)(ii) and (b) (iii) to find the average (mean) price he paid for a tin of red paint.

Answer(b)(iv) $ [3]

© UCLES 2009 0580/03/O/N/09 [Turn over


6

4 For
A Examiner's
Use
NOT TO
SCALE
6 cm

7 cm 7 cm
D B
N

35°

The diagram shows a kite ABCD, with AB = AD and DC = BC.


The diagonals AC and BD intersect at right angles at N.
AN = 6 cm and NB = ND = 7 cm.
Angle BCN = 35°.

(a) (i) What is the mathematical name for triangle BCD?

Answer(a)(i) [1]

(ii) Complete the following statement.

Triangle BNC is congruent to triangle [1]

(iii) Write down the size of angle DCB.

Answer(a)(iii) Angle DCB = [1]

© UCLES 2009 0580/03/O/N/09


7

(b) (i) Use trigonometry to calculate the size of angle NAB. For
Examiner's
Use

Answer(b)(i) Angle NAB = [2]

(ii) Calculate the length of AB.

Answer(b)(ii) AB = cm [2]

(c) Use trigonometry to calculate the length of BC.

Answer(c) BC = cm [3]

(d) Calculate the perimeter of the kite.

Answer(d) cm [2]

© UCLES 2009 0580/03/O/N/09 [Turn over


8

5 (a) Complete the table of values for y = x2 + 4x − 3. For


Examiner's
Use
x −5 −4 −3 −2 −1 0 1

y −3 −7 −6 −3
[3]
(b) On the grid below draw the graph of y = x2 + 4x − 3 for −5 Y x Y 1.

x
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

–6

–7

–8

[4]

(c) (i) Write down the co-ordinates of the lowest point of the graph.

Answer(c)(i) ( , ) [1]

(ii) Write down the solutions of the equation x2 + 4x − 3 = 0.

Answer(c)(ii) x = or x = [2]

© UCLES 2009 0580/03/O/N/09


9

(d) (i) Mark the point (−2, 1) on the grid and label it A. [1] For
Examiner's
Use
(ii) Draw the straight line joining A to the point where the graph of y = x2 + 4x − 3
cuts the y-axis. [1]

(iii) Find the gradient of your line.

Answer(d)(iii) [2]

(iv) Write down the equation of your line in the form y = mx + c.

Answer(d)(iv) y = [2]

6 Ravinder scores x marks in a test.

(a) Manpreet scores 4 more marks than Ravinder.


Write down Manpreet’s mark in terms of x.

Answer(a) [1]

(b) Tamsin scores 3 times as many marks as Ravinder.


Write down Tamsin’s mark in terms of x.

Answer(b) [1]

(c) (i) Write down and simplify the total of the three marks in terms of x.

Answer(c)(i) [2]

(ii) The mean of these marks is 28. Show that 5x + 4 = 84.

Answer (c)(ii)

[1]

(iii) Solve the equation 5x + 4 = 84.

Answer(c)(iii) x = [2]

(d) What mark did Tamsin score?


Answer(d) [1]

(e) Dinesh scored 63 marks out of 75.


Work out the mark Dinesh scored as a percentage.

Answer(e) % [2]

© UCLES 2009 0580/03/O/N/09 [Turn over


10

7 For
Examiner's
Use

Peter makes square tiles, like the one shown above.

(a) Write down the order of rotational symmetry of the tile.

Answer(a) [1]

(b) On the diagram, draw all the lines of symmetry of the tile. [2]

(c) Charles orders 2800 tiles from Peter at 1.75 euros (€) each.
He pays Peter €2300 now.
Calculate the amount he still has to pay.

Answer(c) € [3]

(d) Peter changes the €2300 into dollars ($) when the exchange rate is €1 = $1.348.
Calculate how many dollars Peter receives.
Give your answer correct to 2 decimal places.

Answer(d) $ [2]

(e) Peter borrows $5000 from a bank at a rate of 9.2% per year compound interest.
Calculate the amount he owes after 2 years.
Give your answer correct to 2 decimal places.

Answer(e) $ [3]

© UCLES 2009 0580/03/O/N/09


11

8 For
y Examiner's
Use
7

x
–9 –8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

–6

–7

(a) On the grid,

( 2 ),
_7
(i) translate Х by the vector [2]

(ii) rotate Υ through 90° anticlockwise about the origin. [2]

(b) (i) On the grid, reflect Ζ in the x-axis. This is the image Ζ1 . [2]

(ii) On the grid, reflect the image Ζ1 in the line x = 4. This is the image Ζ2 . [2]

(iii) Describe a single transformation which maps the image Ζ2 onto the original Ζ.

Answer(b)(iii) [2]

Question 9 is printed on the next page.

© UCLES 2009 0580/03/O/N/09 [Turn over


12

9 For
Examiner's
Use

Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3 Diagram 4 Diagram 5

The diagrams show a pattern of lines and dots.

(a) Complete the table below.

Diagram number 1 2 3 4 5

Number of lines 1 3 7

Number of dots 1 3 6
[4]
(b) Work out the number of lines and the number of dots in Diagram 7.

Answer(b) Number of lines = , Number of dots = [2]

1
(c) The number of dots in Diagram n is n(n + 1).
2
(i) Use this formula to check your result for Diagram 5.
You must show your working.
Answer (c)(i)

[2]

(ii) How many dots are there in Diagram 20?

Answer(c)(ii) [2]

(d) The number of lines in Diagram n is n2 + kn + 1.


Use the information about Diagram 3 from the table to calculate the value of k.

Answer(d) k = [2]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2009 0580/03/O/N/09


UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*1841370585*

MATHEMATICS 0580/31
Paper 3 (Core) October/November 2010
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Mathematical tables (optional) Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π , use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 15 printed pages and 1 blank page.

IB10 11_0580_31/4RP
© UCLES 2010 [Turn over
2

1 (a) Write down For


Examiner's
Use
(i) a multiple of 7 between 80 and 90,

Answer(a)(i) [1]

(ii) a prime number between 30 and 40,

Answer(a)(ii) [1]

(iii) a square number between 120 and 130,

Answer(a)(iii) [1]

(iv) a cube number between 100 and 200.

Answer(a)(iv) [1]

(b) Write the following numbers in order, starting with the smallest.

5
0.31 55%
9

Answer(b) I I [2]

© UCLES 2010 0580/31/O/N/10


3

2 For
S T Examiner's
36° Use

NOT TO
O SCALE
R

The points P, R and S lie on a circle, centre O.


ROT is a straight line and TS is a tangent to the circle at S.
Angle STO = 36°.

(a) Write down the size of angle TSO, giving a reason for your answer.

Answer(a) Angle TSO = because

[2]

(b) (i) Calculate the size of angle TOS.

Answer(b)(i) Angle TOS = [1]

(ii) Show that angle OPR = 63°.

Answer(b)(ii)

[2]

(c) (i) Write down the size of angle PRS.

Answer(c)(i) Angle PRS = [1]

(ii) Calculate the size of angle PSR.

Answer(c)(ii) Angle PSR = [1]

© UCLES 2010 0580/31/O/N/10 [Turn over


4

3 For
Examiner's
Month Total rainfall (mm) Average daily sunshine (hours) Use

January 79 6
February 84 7
March 62 4.5
April 46 1.5
May 53 3.5
June 54 1.5

The table shows some data about rainfall and sunshine.

(a) For the rainfall, calculate

(i) the mean,

Answer(a)(i) mm [2]

(ii) the range.

Answer(a)(ii) mm [1]

(b) For the sunshine, find

(i) the mode,

Answer(b)(i) h [1]

(ii) the median.

Answer(b)(ii) h [2]

(c) Dinesh draws a pie chart to display the rainfall data.

Calculate the sector angle for February.

Answer(c) [2]

© UCLES 2010 0580/31/O/N/10


5

(d) Amalia draws a pictogram to display the sunshine data for January and February. For
Examiner's
Use
January

February

March

(i) Complete the key for the pictogram.


represents
[1]

(ii) Complete the pictogram for March. [1]

(e) Priya draws a scatter diagram to find the correlation between rainfall and sunshine for January
to June.

(i) Complete the scatter diagram below.


January and February are plotted for you.

90

80

70
Total
rainfall
(mm)
60

50

40
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Average daily sunshine (hours)


[2]
(ii) What type of correlation does the scatter diagram show?

Answer(e)(ii) [1]

© UCLES 2010 0580/31/O/N/10 [Turn over


6

4 For
D C Examiner's
NOT TO Use
7 cm
SCALE
M X L

A 7 cm B

In the diagram, ABCD is a square of side 7 cm.


BLC and DMA are equilateral triangles.

(a) Find the perimeter of the shape ABLCDM.

Answer(a) cm [1]

(b) (i) Write down the size of angle CBL.

Answer(b)(i) Angle CBL = [1]

(ii) Calculate the length of LX.

Answer(b)(ii) LX = cm [2]

(c) (i) Calculate the area of triangle BLC.

Answer(c)(i) cm2 [2]

(ii) Calculate the area of the shape ABLCDM.

Answer(c)(ii) cm2 [2]

© UCLES 2010 0580/31/O/N/10


7

5 A shopkeeper buys cheese for $3.75 per kilogram and sells it for $5.10 per kilogram. For
Examiner's
Use
(a) Calculate his percentage profit.

Answer(a) % [3]

(b) Mrs Garcia buys cheese from the shopkeeper.

Calculate the number of grams of cheese she can buy for $2.04 .

Answer(b) g [2]

(c) The shopkeeper sells 7 kg of cheese and has 3 kg left.

(i) He reduces his selling price of $5.10 per kilogram by 70%.

Calculate the reduced price.

Answer(c)(i) $ [2]

(ii) He sells the 3kg of cheese at the reduced price.

Calculate the total amount of money he receives by selling all the cheese.

Answer(c)(ii) $ [2]

© UCLES 2010 0580/31/O/N/10 [Turn over


8

4 For
6 (a) Complete the table of values for y = , x≠0. Examiner's
x Use

x −4 −3 −2 −1 − 0.5 0.5 1 2 3 4

y −1.3 −2 −8 8 4 2
[2]

4
(b) On the grid below, draw the graph of y = , for – 4 Y x Y – 0.5 and 0.5 Y x Y 4.
x

y
8

x
–4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

–6

–7

–8
[4]

© UCLES 2010 0580/31/O/N/10


9

(c) Complete the following statement. For


Examiner's
Use
4
The point (−2.5, ) lies on the graph of y = . [1]
x

(d) (i) On the grid, draw the line y = 5. [1]

4
(ii) Use your graphs to solve the equation =5.
x

Answer(d)(ii) x = [1]

(e) (i) On the grid, draw the straight line joining the points (− 0.5 , − 8 ) and ( 2 , 2 ). [2]

(ii) Find the gradient of this line.

Answer(e)(ii) [1]

(iii) Write down the equation of this line in the form y = mx + c.

Answer(e)(iii) y = [2]

© UCLES 2010 0580/31/O/N/10 [Turn over


10

7 (a) Solve the equation. For


4x + 3 = 2 + 6x Examiner's
Use

Answer(a) x = [2]

(b) Simplify.
7(3x – 4y) – 3(5x + 2y)

Answer(b) [2]

(c) Factorise completely.


6g2 – 3g3

Answer(c) [2]

© UCLES 2010 0580/31/O/N/10


11

8 For
y Examiner's
Use
6

2
Q P
1

x
–7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 2 3 4 5 6 7
–1
R
–2

–3

–4

–5

Shapes P, Q, and R are shown on the grid.

(a) On the grid, draw the image of shape P after

(i) a rotation through 180° about the origin, [2]

(ii) a reflection in the line y = 3, [2]

(iii) a translation by the vector   .


−5
[2]
 3

(b) Describe fully the single transformation which maps

(i) shape P onto shape Q,

Answer(b)(i) [2]

(ii) shape P onto shape R .

Answer(b)(ii) [3]

© UCLES 2010 0580/31/O/N/10 [Turn over


12

9 For
210 km Examiner's
L M Use

North

NOT TO
325 km SCALE

The diagram shows three islands, L, M and R.

L is due west of M and R is due south of M.

LM = 210 km and LR = 325 km.

(a) Calculate the distance RM.

Answer(a) RM = km [3]

(b) (i) Use trigonometry to calculate angle LRM.

Answer(b)(i) Angle LRM = [2]

(ii) Find the bearing of L from R.

Answer(b)(ii) [2]

© UCLES 2010 0580/31/O/N/10


13

(c) (i) A ferry travels directly from M to L. For


It leaves M at 06 15 and arrives at L at 13 45. Examiner's
Use

Calculate the average speed of the ferry in kilometres per hour.

Answer(c)(i) km/h [2]

(ii) The ferry then travels the 325 km from L to R at an average speed of 37 km/h.

Calculate the time taken.


Give your answer in hours and minutes, to the nearest minute.

Answer(c)(ii) h min [3]

(iii) The ferry leaves L at 14 00.

Use your answer to part (c)(ii) to find the time it arrives at R.

Answer(c)(iii) [1]

© UCLES 2010 0580/31/O/N/10 [Turn over


14

10 For
Examiner's
Use

Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3 Diagram 4 Diagram 5

Each of the diagrams above shows one small shaded square and a number of small unshaded squares.
The diagrams form a sequence.

(a) Complete Diagram 5. [1]

(b) Complete the table.

Diagram 1 2 3 4 5 50 n

Total number of
1 4 9 16
small squares

Number of small
1 1 1 1
shaded squares

Number of small
0 3 8 15
unshaded squares

[7]

(c) Diagram p has 9999 small unshaded squares.


Find p.

Answer(c) p = [1]

© UCLES 2010 0580/31/O/N/10


15

11 Roberto earns a total of $p per week. For


He works for t hours each week and is paid a fixed amount per hour. Examiner's
Use
He also receives a bonus of $k every week.

The formula for p is


p = 8t + k.

(a) Write down how much Roberto is paid per hour.

Answer(a) $ [1]

(b) (i) Find how much Roberto earns in a week when he works for 40 hours and his bonus is $35.

Answer(b)(i) $ [2]

(ii) Find how many hours Roberto works in a week when he earns $288 and his bonus is $24.

Answer(b)(ii) h [3]

(c) Make t the subject of the formula.

Answer(c) t = [2]

© UCLES 2010 0580/31/O/N/10


16

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2010 0580/31/O/N/10


UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*5557490338*

MATHEMATICS 0580/32
Paper 3 (Core) October/November 2010
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Mathematical tables (optional) Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π , use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 15 printed pages and 1 blank page.

IB10 11_0580_32/4RP
© UCLES 2010 [Turn over
2

1 A drink consists of water and fruit juice. For


Examiner's
Use
(a) 24% of the drink is water.

Show that there is a total of 760 cm3 of fruit juice in one litre of the drink.

Answer(a)

[2]

(b) What fraction of one litre of the drink is fruit juice?

Give your answer in its simplest form.

Answer(b) [2]

(c) The 760 cm3 of fruit juice in one litre of the drink is made from apple, mango and peach in the
following ratio.

Apple : Mango : Peach = 6 : 15 : 17

Calculate the amount of apple juice.

Answer(c) cm3 [2]

(d) A shopkeeper buys bottles of the drink for 65 cents each.


He sells them for 80 cents each.

Calculate the percentage profit he makes on each bottle he sells.

Answer(d) % [3]

© UCLES 2010 0580/32/O/N/10


3

2 (a) (i) f × g = 90 For


Examiner's
Use
f and g are both integers greater than 1.

Write down one possible pair of values of f and g.

Answer(a)(i) f = and g = [1]

(ii) Find all the prime factors of 90.

Answer(a)(ii) [3]

(b) Six number cards are shown below.

0 4 9 5 1 8

One or more of the cards are chosen to make different numbers.

For example 5 9 makes the number 59.

Choosing a card or cards, write down

(i) a 2-digit odd number less than 40,

Answer(b)(i) [1]

(ii) the largest 3-digit even number,

Answer(b)(ii) [1]

(iii) a 2-digit square number greater than 50,

Answer(b)(iii) [1]

(iv) a cube number,

Answer(b)(iv) [1]

(v) a 2-digit multiple of 13,

Answer(b)(v) [1]

(vi) the cube root of 64,

Answer(b)(vi) [1]

(vii) a prime number between 100 and 120.

Answer(b)(vii) [1]

© UCLES 2010 0580/32/O/N/10 [Turn over


4

3 Kim left school at 15 30 to walk home. For


On the way home he remembered he had left a book at school. Examiner's
Use
He ran back to school and arrived at 16 04.

The travel graph shows his journey.

School 4

3.5

2.5
Distance
2
(km)
1.5

0.5

Home 0
15 30 15 40 15 50 16 00 16 10 16 20 16 30 16 40 16 50 17 00

Time

(a) Use the graph to answer the following questions.

(i) At what time did Kim start to run back to school?

Answer(a)(i) [1]

(ii) How far was he from school at this time?

Answer(a)(ii) km [1]

(iii) How many minutes did he take to run back to school?

Answer(a)(iii) min [1]

(iv) What was his speed, in kilometres per hour, on his journey back to school?

Answer(a)(iv) km/h [3]

© UCLES 2010 0580/32/O/N/10


5

(b) Kim spent 6 minutes at school collecting his book. For


He then walked home at a speed of 6 km/h. Examiner's
Use

(i) Complete the travel graph. [3]

(ii) At what time did Kim arrive home?

Answer(b)(ii) [1]

(c) Kim’s sister, Julie, left the school at 15 48.


She walked at a steady speed, without stopping, and arrived home 46 minutes later.

(i) On the grid, draw the travel graph of Julie’s journey home from school. [2]

(ii) Complete the sentence.

arrived home first by minutes. [1]

© UCLES 2010 0580/32/O/N/10 [Turn over


6

4 An accurate scale drawing of three sides of a garden, AB, BC, and CD is shown on the opposite page. For
A is due north of B and C is due east of B. Examiner's
Use

(a) A vegetable area is to be constructed in the garden.

Parts (i) and (iii) must be completed using a straight edge and compasses only.

On the scale drawing

(i) construct the perpendicular bisector of BC, [2]

(ii) mark the point S at the midpoint of BC, [1]

(iii) construct the bisector of angle ABC, [2]

(iv) mark the point R where this line crosses the perpendicular bisector of BC, [1]

(v) mark the point Q on BA where BQ = SR, [1]

(vi) draw the vegetable area, quadrilateral BQRS. [1]

(b) On the scale drawing, 1 centimetre represents 6 metres.

Calculate the vegetable area in square metres.

Answer(b) m2 [3]

(c) A tree, T, is on a bearing of 070° from A and 345° from C.

On the scale drawing, mark the position of T. [2]

(d) Draw accurately the locus of points which are 24 metres from the tree, T. [2]

© UCLES 2010 0580/32/O/N/10


7

For
Examiner's
Use

North

North

B C

Scale: 1 cm = 6 m

© UCLES 2010 0580/32/O/N/10 [Turn over


8

5 For
y Examiner's
Use
12

10

6
A
4

x
–12 –10 –8 –6 –4 –2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12
–2

–4
B
–6

–8

–10

–12

A graph is drawn on the grid.


Points A and B are marked on the curves.

(a) (i) Write down the co-ordinates of the points A and B.

Answer(a)(i) A( , ) and B( , ) [2]

(ii) The equation of the graph is xy = n.

Write down the value of n.

Answer(a)(ii) n = [1]

© UCLES 2010 0580/32/O/N/10


9

(b) (i) Write down the order of rotational symmetry of the graph. For
Examiner's
Use
Answer(b)(i) [1]

(ii) On the grid, draw the lines of symmetry of the graph. [2]

(iii) Write down the equation of each line of symmetry.

Answer(b)(iii) and [2]

(c) (i) One line of symmetry crosses both curves.

Write down the x co-ordinates of the points where this line meets each curve.
Give your answers to 1 decimal place.

Answer(c)(i) x = and x = [2]

(ii) On the grid, draw the line which passes through the point (0, 4) and is parallel to the line of
symmetry in part (c)(i). [1]

(iii) Write down the equation of this line in the form y = mx + c.

Answer(c)(iii) y = [2]

© UCLES 2010 0580/32/O/N/10 [Turn over


10

6 (a) The formula for finding the interior angle of a regular polygon with n sides is given below. For
Examiner's
Use
180( n − 2)
Interior angle =
n

(i) Find the size of the interior angle of a regular polygon with 9 sides.

Answer(a)(i) [2]

(ii) Multiply out the brackets.


180(n – 2)

Answer(a)(ii) [1]

(iii) A regular polygon has an interior angle of 156°.

How many sides does this polygon have?

Answer(a)(iii) [3]

(b) Solve the simultaneous equations.


3x + 5y = 9
x + 2y = 4

Answer(b) x =

y= [3]

© UCLES 2010 0580/32/O/N/10


11

7 For
C Examiner's
Use

NOT TO
D SCALE

85 cm
65 cm

A 50 cm B

The diagram represents the cross-section of a storage box.


AB = 50 cm, AD = 65 cm and BC = 85 cm.
AD is parallel to BC.

(a) Write down the geometrical name of the quadrilateral ABCD.

Answer(a) [1]

(b) Calculate angle DCB.

Answer(b) Angle DCB = [3]

(c) Calculate the area of the cross-section ABCD.

Answer(c) cm2 [2]

(d) The storage box is 96 cm long.

Calculate the volume of the box.


Write down the units of your answer.

96 cm

Answer(d) [2]

© UCLES 2010 0580/32/O/N/10 [Turn over


12

8 (a) The results of 24 games of hockey played by a school team in one year are shown in the pie For
chart below. Examiner's
Use

Drawn

Won

Lost

(i) Show that the school team won 10 games during the year.

Answer(a)(i)

[2]

(ii) Find how many games were lost and how many games were drawn.

Answer(a)(ii) Lost

Drawn [3]

© UCLES 2010 0580/32/O/N/10


13

(b) The number of goals scored by the hockey team in each of the 24 games are shown below. For
Examiner's
Use
0 2 1 1 0 3 2 5

3 0 2 3 2 1 4 0

2 1 2 1 0 1 4 1

(i) Complete the frequency table below. You may use the tally column to help you.

Number of goals per game Tally Number of games

[2]

(ii) Write down the mode.

Answer(b)(ii) [1]

(iii) Find the median.

Answer(b)(iii) [2]

(iv) Calculate the mean number of goals per game.

Answer(b)(iv) [3]

© UCLES 2010 0580/32/O/N/10 [Turn over


14

9 For
B D Examiner's
Use

2. NOT TO
7c cm
m 7
2. SCALE
C

A E

(a) In the diagram above, AB and ED are vertical.


The diagram is symmetrical about a line through C parallel to AB.
Angle BCD = 90° and BC = CD = 2.7 cm.

(i) Calculate BD.

Answer(a)(i) BD = cm [2]

(ii) Complete the statement.

Triangle BCD is right-angled and [1]

(iii) Find the size of angle ABC.

Answer(a)(iii) Angle ABC = [1]

© UCLES 2010 0580/32/O/N/10


15

For
Examiner's
Use

Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3 Diagram 4

(b) The pattern of diagrams above is continued by adding more lines and dots.

(i) On the grid, draw diagram 4. [1]

(ii) Complete the table below.

Diagram 1 2 3 4 5

Number of lines 4 7

[2]

(c) How many lines will there be in

(i) Diagram 9,

Answer(c)(i) [1]

(ii) Diagram n?

Answer(c)(ii) [2]

(d) The number of lines in Diagram r is 76.

Find the value of r.

Answer(d) r = [2]

(e) Write down an expression, in terms of n, for the number of dots in Diagram n.

Answer(e) [1]

© UCLES 2010 0580/32/O/N/10


16

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2010 0580/32/O/N/10


UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*8229900006*

MATHEMATICS 0580/33
Paper 3 (Core) October/November 2010
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Mathematical tables (optional) Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π , use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 16 printed pages.

IB10 11_0580_33/3RP
© UCLES 2010 [Turn over
2

1 For
Examiner's
10 Use

6
Frequency
5

0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Number of children

The number of children in each of 40 families was recorded.


The bar chart shows the results.

(a) Complete the frequency table.

Number of children 0 1 2 3 4 5 6

Frequency 4 6
[3]

(b) Find

(i) the mode,

Answer(b)(i) [1]

(ii) the median,

Answer(b)(ii) [2]

© UCLES 2010 0580/33/O/N/10


3

(iii) the mean. For


Examiner's
Use

Answer(b)(iii) [3]

(c) A pie chart showing the information has been started.

(i) Calculate the angles of the sectors for 3 and 4 children.

Answer(c)(i) , [3]

(ii) Complete the pie chart accurately.

1 child

2 children

0 children

6 children

5 children

[1]

© UCLES 2010 0580/33/O/N/10 [Turn over


4

2 Eduardo lives in Argentina and travels to Uruguay for a holiday. For


Examiner's
Use
(a) His flight from Buenos Aires to Montevideo takes 55 minutes.
The plane departs at 17 35.

(i) Write down the arrival time.

Answer(a)(i) [1]

(ii) The distance between Buenos Aires and Montevideo is 230 km.

Calculate the average speed of the plane.

Answer(a)(ii) km/h [3]

(b) At the airport, Eduardo changed some Argentine pesos (ARS).


He received 9121 Uruguay pesos (UYU).

(i) The exchange rate was ARS 1 = UYU 6.515.

Calculate how many Argentine pesos Eduardo changed.

Answer(b)(i) ARS [2]

(ii) Eduardo spent 1890 Uruguay pesos on meals.

Calculate this as a percentage of the UYU 9121.

Answer(b)(ii) % [1]

(iii) At the end of his holiday, Eduardo has UYU 610 remaining.
He changes this into Argentine pesos when the exchange rate is UYU 1 = ARS 0.149.

Calculate how much Eduardo receives in Argentine pesos.


Give your answer to the nearest whole number.

Answer(b)(iii) ARS [2]

© UCLES 2010 0580/33/O/N/10


5

3 For
y Examiner's
Use
12

11

10

6
G H
5

3
F I
2

x
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
–1

–2

–3
(a) Describe fully the single transformation that maps
(i) flag F onto flag G,

Answer(a)(i) [2]

(ii) flag F onto flag H,

Answer(a)(ii) [2]

(iii) flag F onto flag I.

Answer(a)(iii) [3]
(b) On the grid, draw
(i) the reflection of flag F in the y-axis, [2]
(ii) the enlargement of flag F, centre (0, 0) and scale factor 4. [2]

© UCLES 2010 0580/33/O/N/10 [Turn over


6

4 For
North Examiner's
Use

C North
NOT TO
SCALE 75 m

200 m
North

Dariella walks 200 m from A to B.


She then turns through 90° and walks 75 m from B to C.

(a) Calculate

(i) the distance AC,

Answer(a)(i) m [2]

(ii) angle CAB.

Answer(a)(ii) Angle CAB = [2]

(b) The bearing of B from A is 065°.

Find the bearing of

(i) C from A,
Answer(b)(i) [1]

(ii) A from C,
Answer(b)(ii) [1]

(iii) C from B.
Answer(b)(iii) [2]

© UCLES 2010 0580/33/O/N/10


7

5 For
C Examiner's
Use

The diagram shows a quadrilateral ABCD.

(a) Using a straight edge and compasses only, construct

(i) the perpendicular bisector of AB, [2]

(ii) the bisector of angle ADC. [2]

(b) Draw accurately the locus of points, inside the quadrilateral, that are 2 cm from BC. [2]

(c) Shade the region, inside the quadrilateral, which is

nearer to B than to A

and nearer to DC than to DA

and more than 2 cm from BC. [1]

© UCLES 2010 0580/33/O/N/10 [Turn over


8

6 For
Examiner's
Use
NOT TO
SCALE

D 8 cm
C

6 cm 20 cm

A 12 cm B

The diagram shows a prism of length 20 cm.


The cross-section of the prism is a trapezium, ABCD, with AB parallel to DC.
AB = 12 cm, DC = 8 cm and the perpendicular distance between AB and DC is 6 cm.

(a) Calculate

(i) the area of the trapezium ABCD,

Answer(a)(i) cm2 [2]

(ii) the volume of the prism.

Answer(a)(ii) cm3 [1]

© UCLES 2010 0580/33/O/N/10


9

(b) The prism is solid and made of brass. For


Examiner's
Use
(i) One cubic centimetre of brass has a mass of 8.5 grams.

Calculate the mass of the prism.


Give your answer in kilograms.

Answer(b)(i) kg [2]

(ii) Brass costs $2.26 for one kilogram.

How much will the brass cost to make this prism?


Give your answer correct to 2 decimal places.

Answer(b)(ii) $ [2]

© UCLES 2010 0580/33/O/N/10 [Turn over


10

7 Alex has d dollars to spend. For


He buys a book which costs $9 less than 2 times d. Examiner's
Use

(a) Write down an algebraic expression, in terms of d, for the cost of the book.

Answer(a) $ [2]

(b) The actual cost of the book is $7.80.

Find the value of d.

Answer(b) d = [2]

(c) How much does Alex have left after buying the book?

Answer(c) $ [1]

© UCLES 2010 0580/33/O/N/10


11

8 The area, A, of a sector of a circle of radius r is given by the formula below. For
Examiner's
Use

π r2
A=
5

(a) Calculate the area when the radius is 7.5 cm.

Answer(a) cm2 [2]

(b) Make r the subject of the formula.

Answer(b) r = [3]

(c) Calculate r when A = 4.8 cm2.

Answer(c) r = cm [2]

© UCLES 2010 0580/33/O/N/10 [Turn over


12

9 (a) (i) Complete the table for y = 12 – x2. For


Examiner's
Use
x 0 1 2 3 4

y 12 11 –4
[2]

(ii) On the grid, draw the graph of y = 12 – x2 for 0 Y x Y 4.

y
12

11

10

0 x
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
–1

–2

–3

–4
[3]

(iii) Use your graph to solve the equation 12 – x2 = 0.

Answer (a)(iii) x = [1]

© UCLES 2010 0580/33/O/N/10


13

12 For
(b) (i) Complete the table for y = , x≠0. Examiner's
x Use

x 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

y 12 6 4 2.4 1.7
[3]

12
(ii) On the grid opposite, draw the graph of y = for 1 Y x Y 8. [3]
x

(c) Write down the co-ordinates of the points of intersection of the two graphs.

Answer(c) ( , ),( , ) [2]

© UCLES 2010 0580/33/O/N/10 [Turn over


14

10 For
F E Examiner's
Use
NOT TO
SCALE
G D

H C

A B

ABCDEFGH is a regular octagon.

(a) Show that angle BCD = 135°.

Answer (a)

[2]

(b) Find

(i) angle DEB,

Answer(b)(i) Angle DEB = [1]

(ii) angle FEB.

Answer(b)(ii) Angle FEB = [1]

© UCLES 2010 0580/33/O/N/10


15

(c) For
R F E Q Examiner's
Use
NOT TO
SCALE
G D

H C

S A B P

The sides of the octagon are extended to form the square PQRS.
The length of each side of the octagon is 12 cm and the length of BP is 8.485 cm.

Calculate the area of

(i) triangle BPC,

Answer(c)(i) cm2 [2]

(ii) the octagon ABCDEFGH.

Answer(c)(ii) cm2 [3]

Question 11 is printed on the next page.

© UCLES 2010 0580/33/O/N/10 [Turn over


16

11 (a) (i) For


Examiner's
0, 1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, …. Use

This sequence has the rule:

After the first two terms, any term is the sum of the two previous terms.

The first two terms are 0 and 1,


the 3rd term is 0 + 1 = 1,
the 4th term is 1 + 1 = 2,
the 5th term is 1 + 2 = 3 and so on.

Show that the 8th term is 13.

Answer(a)(i) [1]

(ii) Each of the following sequences have the same rule as part (a)(i).

For each sequence write down the missing terms.

2, 5, 7, , [1]

4, 3, 7, , [1]

5, 2, , [1]

0, , 3, [1]

1, , , 9, [1]

, , 5, 7 [1]

(b) For the following sequences find the next term and the n th term.

(i) 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, n th term = [3]

(ii) 1, 4, 9, 16, 25, n th term = [2]

1 1 1 1
(iii) 1, , , , , n th term = [2]
2 3 4 5

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2010 0580/33/O/N/10


w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

er
s
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

.c
om
*6953510778*

MATHEMATICS 0580/31
Paper 3 (Core) October/November 2011
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Mathematical tables (optional) Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π , use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 16 printed pages.

IB11 11_0580_31/3RP
© UCLES 2011 [Turn over
2

1 (a) Write twenty five million in figures. For


Examiner's
Use
Answer(a) [1]

(b) Write the following in order of size, starting with the smallest.

2
65% 0.6
3

Answer(b) I I [1]

(c) In a sale a coat costing $250 is reduced to $200.

Find the percentage decrease in the cost.

Answer(c) % [3]

(d)

Basketball
NOT TO
SCALE
90°
Football 150°
Tennis

120 students are asked to choose their favourite sport.


The results are shown in the pie chart.

Calculate the number of students who chose

(i) basketball,

Answer(d)(i) [1]

(ii) football.

Answer(d)(ii) [2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/31/O/N/11


3

2 The distance between Geneva and Gstaad is 150 km. For


Examiner's
Use
(a) Write 150 in standard form.

Answer(a) [1]

1
(b) A car took 1 hours to travel from Geneva to Gstaad.
2

Calculate the average speed of the car.

Answer(b) km/h [1]

(c) A bus left Gstaad at 10 15.


It arrived in Geneva at 12 30.

Calculate the time, in hours and minutes, that the bus took for the journey.

Answer(c) h min [1]

(d) Another bus left Geneva at 13 55.


It travelled at an average speed of 60 km/h.

Find the time it arrived in Gstaad.

Answer(d) [2]

(e) The distance of 150 km is correct to the nearest 10 km.

Complete the statement for the distance, d km, from Geneva to Gstaad.

Answer(e) YdI [2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/31/O/N/11 [Turn over


4

For
3 36 29 41 45 15 10 13 Examiner's
Use

Use the numbers in the list above to answer all the following questions.

(a) Write down

(i) two even numbers,

Answer(a)(i) , [1]

(ii) two prime numbers,

Answer(a)(ii) , [2]

(iii) a square number,

Answer(a)(iii) [1]

(iv) two factors of 90 .

Answer(a)(iv) , [2]

(b) (i) Calculate the mean of the seven numbers.

Answer(b)(i) [2]

(ii) Find the median.

Answer(b)(ii) [2]

(iii) Find the range.

Answer(b)(iii) [1]

© UCLES 2011 0580/31/O/N/11


5

(c) A number from the list is chosen at random. For


Examiner's
Use
Find the probability that the number is

(i) even,

Answer(c)(i) [1]

(ii) a multiple of 5.

Answer(c)(ii) [1]

© UCLES 2011 0580/31/O/N/11 [Turn over


6

4 (a) Using the exchange rates For


Examiner's
Use
$1 = 0.70 Euros and $1 = 90 Yen

change

(i) $100 to Euros,

Answer(a)(i) Euros [1]

(ii) 100 Yen to dollars.

Answer(a)(ii) $ [2]

(b) Tania went on holiday to Switzerland.


The exchange rate was $1 = 1.04 Swiss francs (CHF).
She changed $1500 to Swiss francs and paid 1% commission.

(i) How much commission, in dollars, did she pay?

Answer(b)(i) $ [1]

(ii) Show that she received CHF 1544.40.

Answer (b)(ii)

[2]

(c) Tania spent CHF 950 on her holiday.


She converted the remaining Swiss francs back into dollars.
She paid CHF 10 to make the exchange.

Calculate the amount, in dollars, Tania received.

Answer(c) $ [3]

© UCLES 2011 0580/31/O/N/11


7

5 For
y Examiner's
Use
6

x
–4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6

–1

–2

l
–3

(a) Find the gradient of the line l.

Answer(a) [2]

(b) (i) Complete the table below for x + 2y = 6 .

x 0 2

y 0

[3]

(ii) On the grid, draw the line x + 2y = 6 for −4 Y x Y 6 . [2]

(c) The equation of the line l is 4x + 3y = 4.

Use your diagram to solve the simultaneous equations 4x + 3y = 4 and x + 2y = 6 .

Answer(c) x =

y= [2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/31/O/N/11 [Turn over


8

6 (a) For
Examiner's
Use

A B

The line AB is drawn above.

Parts (i), (iii), and (v) must be completed using a ruler and compasses only.
All construction arcs must be clearly shown.

(i) Construct triangle ABC with AC = 7 cm and BC = 6 cm. [2]

(ii) Measure angle BAC.

Answer(a)(ii) Angle BAC = [1]

(iii) Construct the bisector of angle ABC. [2]

(iv) The bisector of angle ABC meets AC at T.

Measure the length of AT.

Answer(a)(iv) AT = cm [1]

(v) Construct the perpendicular bisector of the line BC. [2]

(vi) Shade the region that is

• nearer to B than to C
and
• nearer to BC than to AB. [1]

© UCLES 2011 0580/31/O/N/11


9

(b) A ship sails 40 km on a bearing of 040° from P to Q. For


Examiner's
Use
(i) Using a scale of 1 centimetre to represent 5 kilometres, make a scale drawing of the path of
the ship.

Mark the point Q.

North

P
Scale: 1 cm = 5 km
[2]

(ii) At Q the ship changes direction and sails 30 km on a bearing of 160° to the point R.

Draw the path of the ship. [2]

(iii) Find how far, in kilometres, the ship is from the starting position P.

Answer(b)(iii) km [1]

(iv) Measure the bearing of P from R.

Answer(b)(iv) [1]

© UCLES 2011 0580/31/O/N/11 [Turn over


10

7 (a) Solve the equation 2(x + 4) = 3(x + 2) + 8 . For


Examiner's
Use

Answer(a) x = [3]

(b) Make z the subject of za + b = 3 .

Answer(b) z = [2]

(c) Find x when 2x3 = 54 .

Answer(c) x = [2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/31/O/N/11


11

(d) A rectangular field has a length of x metres. For


The width of the field is (2x – 5) metres. Examiner's
Use

(i) Show that the perimeter of the field is (6x – 10) metres.

Answer (d)(i)

[2]

(ii) The perimeter of the field is 50 metres.

Find the length of the field.

Answer(d)(ii) length = m [2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/31/O/N/11 [Turn over


12

8 For
y Examiner's
Use
6
5
4
3
A
2
1
x
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
–1
–2
–3
B
–4
–5
–6

The diagram shows two shapes A and B.

(a) Describe fully the single transformation which maps A onto B.

Answer(a) [2]

(b) On the grid, draw the line x = 2. [1]

(c) On the grid, draw the image of shape A after the following transformations.

(i) Reflection in the line x = 2. Label the image C. [1]

(ii) Enlargement, scale factor 2, centre (0, 0). Label the image D. [2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/31/O/N/11


13

9 (a) Factorise completely 3x2 + 12x. For


Examiner's
Use

Answer(a) [2]

(b) Find the value of a3 + 3b2 when a = 2 and b = −2 .

Answer(b) [2]

(c) Simplify 3x4 × 2x3.

Answer(c) [2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/31/O/N/11 [Turn over


14

10 For
Examiner's
Use

xm
2m
10 m
NOT TO
SCALE
5m

The diagram shows a ramp in the form of a triangular prism.


The cross-section is a right-angled triangle of length 5 m and height 2 m.

(a) Find the value of x.


Give your answer correct to 1 decimal place.

Answer(a) x = [3]

(b) Find the area of the cross-section.

Answer(b) m2 [2]

(c) The ramp is 10 m long.

Calculate the volume of the ramp.

Answer(c) m3 [1]

© UCLES 2011 0580/31/O/N/11


15

(d) Calculate the total surface area of all five faces of the ramp. For
Examiner's
Use

Answer(d) m2 [3]

(e) Each face of the ramp is painted.


Paint costs $2.25 per square metre.

Calculate the total cost of the paint.

Answer(e) $ [1]

Question 11 is printed on the next page.

© UCLES 2011 0580/31/O/N/11 [Turn over


16

11 For
Examiner's
Use

Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3

The diagrams show a sequence of shapes.

(a) On the grid, draw Diagram 4. [1]

(b) Complete the table showing the number of lines in each diagram.

Diagram (n) Number of lines


1 6
2 11
3
4
5
[3]

(c) Work out the number of lines in Diagram 8.

Answer(c) [1]

(d) Write down an expression, in terms of n, for the number of lines in Diagram n.

Answer(d) [2]

(e) Work out the number of lines in Diagram 100.

Answer(e) [1]

(f) The number of lines in Diagram p is 66.

Find the value of p.

Answer(f) p = [2]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2011 0580/31/O/N/11


w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

er
s
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

.c
om
*4552761824*

MATHEMATICS 0580/32
Paper 3 (Core) October/November 2011
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Mathematical tables (optional) Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π , use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 16 printed pages.

IB11 11_0580_32/4RP
© UCLES 2011 [Turn over
2

1 Mr and Mrs Sayed and their 3 children go on holiday. For


They travel to the airport by train. Examiner's
Use

(a) The train departs at 16 20.

(i) They leave home 45 minutes before the train departs.

Find the time at which they leave home.

Answer(a)(i) [1]

(ii) Write 16 20 using the 12-hour clock.

Answer(a)(ii) [1]

(b) The train fare is $24 for an adult.

2
The train fare for a child is of an adult fare.
3

Find

(i) the fare for a child,

Answer(b)(i) $ [1]

(ii) the total fare for Mr and Mrs Sayed and their 3 children.

Answer(b)(ii) $ [2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/32/O/N/11


3

2 Aminata buys a business costing $23 000. For


Examiner's
Use
(a) She pays part of this cost with $12 000 of her own money.

Calculate what percentage of the $23 000 this is.

Answer(a) % [1]

(b) Aminata’s brother gives her 32% of the remaining $11 000.

Show that $7 480 is still needed to buy the business.

Answer(b)

[2]
(c) Aminata borrows the $7 480 at a rate of 3.5 % per year compound interest.

Calculate how much money she owes at the end of 3 years.

Answer(c) $ [3]

(d) In the first year Aminata spent $11 000 on salaries, equipment and expenses.
2
of this money was spent on salaries, 0.45 of this money was spent on equipment and the
5
remainder was for expenses.

Calculate how much of the $11 000 was spent on

(i) salaries,

Answer(d)(i) $ [1]

(ii) equipment,

Answer(d)(ii) $ [1]

(iii) expenses.

Answer(d)(iii) $ [1]

(e) The three items in part (d) are in the ratio salaries : equipment : expenses = 0.4 : 0.45 : 0.15 .

Write this ratio in its simplest form.

Answer(e) : : [2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/32/O/N/11 [Turn over


4

   
r =  3 +  − 5 
For
3 (a) Examiner's
 − 2  − 2 Use

(i) Write down r as a single vector.

 
 
Answer(a)(i) r =   [1]
 
 

(ii) The point G(3, 2) is translated by the vector r to the point H.

Find the co-ordinates of H.

Answer(a)(ii) ( , ) [1]

(iii) Write down the vector of the translation that maps H onto G.

 
 
Answer(a)(iii)   [1]
 
 

© UCLES 2011 0580/32/O/N/11


5

(b) For
y Examiner's
Use
10

5
Q
4

2
P
1

x
–4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
–1

–2

–3

–4

The diagram shows two triangles P and Q.

(i) Describe fully the single transformation which maps P onto Q.

Answer(b)(i) [3]

(ii) On the grid, draw the reflection of P in the line x = 0. Label this image R. [2]

(iii) On the grid, rotate P through 180° about (0, 0). Label this image S. [2]

(iv) Describe fully the single transformation which maps triangle S onto triangle R.

Answer(b)(iv) [2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/32/O/N/11 [Turn over


6

4 (a) Expand and simplify 3(2x + y) + 5(x – y). For


Examiner's
Use

Answer(a) [2]

(b) Expand x2(3x – 2y).

Answer(b) [2]

(c) Factorise completely 4y2 – 10xy.

Answer(c) [2]

4x 2
(d) y=
3

(i) Find the value of y when x = O3 .

Answer(d)(i) y = [2]

(ii) Make x the subject of the formula.

Answer(d)(ii) x = [3]

© UCLES 2011 0580/32/O/N/11


7

5 (a) An aeroplane takes off 140 metres before reaching the end of the runway. For
It climbs at an angle of 22° to the horizontal ground. Examiner's
Use

NOT TO
SCALE
h

22°
140 m

Calculate the height of the aeroplane, h, when it is vertically above the end of the runway.

Answer(a) h = m [2]

(b) After 3 hours 30 minutes the aeroplane has travelled 1850 km.

Calculate the average speed of the aeroplane.

Answer(b) km/h [2]

(c)
A B

NOT TO
SCALE
15 km

The aeroplane descends from A, at a height of 12 000 metres, to C, at a height of 8 300 metres.

(i) Work out the vertical distance, BC, that the aeroplane descends.

Answer(c)(i) m [1]

(ii) The distance AC is 15 kilometres.

Calculate angle BAC.

Answer(c)(ii) Angle BAC = [2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/32/O/N/11 [Turn over


8

6 For
E NOT TO Examiner's
Use
SCALE
F

16 cm
D C
24 cm
A 30 cm B

The diagram shows a wedge in the shape of a triangular prism.

AB = 30 cm, AF = 16 cm and BC = 24 cm. Angle BAF = 90°.

(a) Calculate

(i) the area of triangle ABF,

Answer(a)(i) cm2 [2]

(ii) the volume of the wedge.

Answer(a)(ii) cm3 [1]

(b) (i) Calculate BF.

Answer(b)(i) cm [2]

(ii)
1.6 cm
NOT TO
SCALE

A coin with diameter 1.6 cm is rolled down the sloping surface of the wedge.
It travels in a straight line parallel to BF, starting on FE and ending on BC.

Calculate the number of complete turns it makes.

Answer(b)(ii) [3]

© UCLES 2011 0580/32/O/N/11


9

(c) On the grid, complete the net of the wedge. For


The base and one of the triangles have been drawn for you. Examiner's
Use

Each square on the grid represents a square of side 4 centimetres.

[3]

(d) Calculate the surface area of the wedge.

Answer(d) cm2 [3]

© UCLES 2011 0580/32/O/N/11 [Turn over


10

18 For
7 (a) The table shows some values for y= . Examiner's
x Use

x O9 O6 O4 O3 O2 2 3 4 6 9

y O2 O4.5 O9 4.5 3

(i) Complete the table. [2]


18
(ii) On the grid, draw the graph of y = for O9 Y x Y O2 and 2 Y x Y 9 .
x
y
9

x
–9 –8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

–6

–7

–8

–9
[4]
18
(iii) Use your graph to solve the equation = O5 .
x
Answer(a)(iii) x = [1]

© UCLES 2011 0580/32/O/N/11


11

(b) (i) Complete the table of values for y = 2x + 3 . For


Examiner's
Use
x O4 O3 2 3

y O5 7
[2]

(ii) On the grid, draw the graph of y = 2x + 3 for O4 Y x Y 3 . [1]

(iii) Find the co-ordinates of the points of intersection of the graphs of

18
y= and y = 2x + 3 .
x

Answer(b)(iii) ( , ) and ( , ) [2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/32/O/N/11 [Turn over


12

8 The table shows the average temperature and rainfall each month at Wellington airport. For
Examiner's
Use
Month Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Temperature
18 18 17 14 12 10 9 10 11 13 15 16
(°C)
Rainfall
67 48 76 87 99 113 111 106 82 81 74 74
(mm)

(a) Complete the bar chart to show the temperature each month.

20

18

16

14

12

Temperature
10
(°C)
8

0
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Month
[2]

(b) For the rainfall calculate

(i) the mean,

Answer(b)(i) mm [2]

(ii) the median.

Answer(b)(ii) mm [2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/32/O/N/11


13

(c) In the scatter diagram the rainfall for January to April is plotted against temperature. For
Examiner's
Use
120

115

110

105

100

95

90

85
Rainfall
80
(mm)
75

70

65

60

55

50

45

40
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Temperature (°C)

(i) Complete the scatter diagram by plotting the values for the months May to December. [3]

(ii) Draw the line of best fit on the scatter diagram. [1]

(iii) What type of correlation does the scatter diagram show?

Answer(c)(iii) [1]

© UCLES 2011 0580/32/O/N/11 [Turn over


14

9 On the scale drawing opposite, point A is a port. For


B and C are two buoys in the sea and L is a lighthouse. Examiner's
Use

The scale is 1 cm = 3 km.

(a) A boat leaves port A and follows a straight line course that bisects angle BAC.

Using a straight edge and compasses only, construct the bisector of angle BAC on the scale
drawing. [2]

(b) When the boat reaches a point that is equidistant from B and from C, it changes course.
It then follows a course that is equidistant from B and from C.

(i) Using a straight edge and compasses only, construct the locus of points that are equidistant
from B and from C.
Mark the point P where the boat changes course. [2]

(ii) Measure the distance AP in centimetres.

Answer(b)(ii) cm [1]

(iii) Work out the actual distance AP.

Answer(b)(iii) km [1]

(iv) Measure the obtuse angle between the directions of the two courses.

Answer(b)(iv) [1]

(c) Boats must be more than 9 kilometres from the lighthouse, L.

(i) Construct the locus of points that are 9 kilometres from L. [2]

(ii) Mark the point R where the course of the boat meets this locus.
Work out the actual straight line distance, AR, in kilometres.

Answer(c)(ii) km [1]

© UCLES 2011 0580/32/O/N/11


15

For
Examiner's
Use

Scale: 1 cm = 3 km

Question 10 is printed on the next page.

© UCLES 2011 0580/32/O/N/11 [Turn over


16

10 (a) Write down the next term in each of the following sequences. For
Examiner's
Use
(i) 2, 9, 16, 23, [1]

(ii) 75, 67, 59, 51, [1]

(iii) 2, 5, 9, 14, [1]

1 1
(iv) 2, 1, , , [1]
2 4

(v) 2, 4, 8, 16, [1]

(b) For the sequence in part (a)(i) write down

(i) the 10th term,

Answer(b)(i) [1]

(ii) the nth term.

Answer(b)(ii) [2]

n 2 + 3n
(c) The nth term of the sequence in part (a)(iii) is .
2

Calculate the 50th term of this sequence.

Answer(c) [2]

(d) The nth term of the sequence in part (a)(v) is 2n.

Calculate the 12th term of this sequence.

Answer(d) [1]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2011 0580/32/O/N/11


w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

er
s
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

.c
om
*6881181028*

MATHEMATICS 0580/33
Paper 3 (Core) October/November 2011
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Mathematical tables (optional) Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π , use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 16 printed pages.

IB11 11_0580_33/2RP
© UCLES 2011 [Turn over
2

1 Caroline goes to a shop. For


Examiner's
Use
The shopping bill shows the items she buys.

Item Cost ($)

1 packet of cereal 1.20

3 bottles of water at $0.45 each 1.35

2 cartons of milk at $0.82 each

4 kg of rice at $0.90 per kg

0.7 kg of apples at $2.40 per kg

(a) Complete the shopping bill. [3]

(b) (i) Calculate the total amount of money Caroline spends at the shop.

Answer(b)(i) $ [1]

(ii) Caroline pays with a $10 note.

Calculate how much change she receives.

Answer(b)(ii) $ [1]

© UCLES 2011 0580/33/O/N/11


3

(c) Caroline arrived at the shop at 09 48. For


She was in the shop for 18 minutes. Examiner's
Use
She then took 5 minutes to walk to a café.
She was in the café for 20 minutes.

(i) At what time did Caroline leave the café?

Answer(c)(i) [2]

(ii) Caroline then went to the library.


She was in the library for 45 minutes.

Work out the ratio

time in the shop : time in the library.

Give your answer in its simplest form.

Answer(c)(ii) : [2]

(d) When Caroline left home she had $36.50.


She returned home with $12.74.

Calculate $12.74 as a percentage of $36.50.

Answer(d) % [1]

© UCLES 2011 0580/33/O/N/11 [Turn over


4

2 James takes 12 science tests during one school term. For


These are his marks. Examiner's
Use

18 11 20 15 15 12 15 9 11 15 14 13

(a) Find

(i) the range,

Answer(a)(i) [1]

(ii) the mode,

Answer(a)(ii) [1]

(iii) the median,

Answer(a)(iii) [2]

(iv) the mean.

Answer(a)(iv) [2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/33/O/N/11


5

(b) James sorts his marks into three levels. For


The levels are Satisfactory (less than 12), Good (12 to 16) and Excellent (more than 16). Examiner's
Use

(i) Complete the frequency table to show this information.

Level Satisfactory Good Excellent

Frequency 7
[1]

(ii) Complete the pie chart accurately and label each sector.

Good

[2]

(c) What fraction of the marks were Satisfactory or Good?


Give your answer in its lowest terms.

Answer(c) [2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/33/O/N/11 [Turn over


6

3 For
Examiner's
Park 600 Use

550

500

450

400

350
Distance from
Bruce’s home 300
(metres)
250

200
Jason’s home 150

100

50
Bruce’s home 0
09 00 09 10 09 20 09 30 09 40 09 50 10 00 10 10
Time

One morning, Bruce walked from his home to Jason’s home and the two boys walked to the park.
The distance-time graph shows Bruce’s journey.

(a) How many minutes was Bruce at Jason’s home?


Answer(a) min [1]

(b) How far from the park were Bruce and Jason at 09 20?
Answer(b) m [2]

(c) Work out the speed at which Bruce and Jason walked to the park.
Give your answer in km/h.

Answer(c) km/h [3]

(d) Bruce stayed at the park for 35 minutes.


He then walked home at a speed of 60 metres per minute.

Complete the graph to show Bruce’s time at the park and his journey home. [3]

© UCLES 2011 0580/33/O/N/11


7

4 (a) For
Examiner's
Use

W
C

On the grid,

(i) draw the reflection of W in the line l, [2]

(ii) rotate W anticlockwise through 90°, about the point C. [2]

(b)
y
3

1
P
R
x
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Q –1

–2

–3

–4

(i) Describe fully the single transformation that maps P onto Q.

Answer(b)(i) [2]

(ii) Describe fully the single transformation that maps P onto R.

Answer(b)(ii) [3]

© UCLES 2011 0580/33/O/N/11 [Turn over


8

5 (a) For
C Examiner's
D Use
92° NOT TO
140° SCALE

52°
A B X

In the quadrilateral ABCD, angle BAD = 52°, angle ADC = 140° and angle DCB = 92°.
AB is extended to X.

(i) Calculate angle CBX.

Answer(a)(i) Angle CBX = [2]

(ii) The line BY bisects angle CBX.


Complete the statement.

The lines BY and AD are

because [2]

(b)
T

NOT TO
O 4x° x° P SCALE

The diagram shows a circle, centre O.


PT and PU are tangents to the circle at T and U.
Angle TPU = x° and angle TOU = 4x°.

Calculate the value of x.

Answer(b) x = [3]

(c) The exterior angle of a regular polygon is 20°.

Calculate the number of sides of the polygon.

Answer(c) [2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/33/O/N/11


9

6 (a) Complete the table for y = 4 + 2x O x2. For


Examiner's
Use

x –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4

y 1 5 1

[2]

(b) On the grid, draw the graph of y = 4 + 2x O x2 for –2 Y x Y 4 .

y
6

x
–2 –1 0 1 2 3 4
–1

–2

–3

–4
[4]

(c) (i) Draw the line of symmetry of the graph. [1]

(ii) Write down the equation of this line of symmetry.

Answer(c)(ii) [1]

(d) Use your graph to solve the equation 4 + 2x O x2 = 0.

Answer(d) x = or x = [2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/33/O/N/11 [Turn over


10

7 For
Examiner's
8 Use

Frequency 4

0
3 3 12 4 4 12 5 5 12 6 6 12
Shoe size

The bar chart shows the frequencies of the shoe sizes for a group of students.

(a) Use the information in the bar chart to complete the frequency table.

1 1 1
Shoe size 3 32 4 4 12 5 52 6 62

Frequency 4 1
[2]

(b) How many students are in the group?


Answer(b) [1]

(c) Calculate the mean shoe size.

Answer(c) [3]

© UCLES 2011 0580/33/O/N/11


11

8 For
Examiner's
Use

A B

(a) Construct triangle ABC accurately, with AC = 10 cm and BC = 8 cm.


The line AB has been drawn for you. [2]

(b) (i) Using a straight edge and compasses only, construct the bisector of angle A. [2]

(ii) The bisector of angle A meets BC at X.

Measure the length of BX.


Answer(b)(ii) BX = cm [1]

(c) (i) Using a straight edge and compasses only, construct the perpendicular bisector of AB. [2]

(ii) The perpendicular bisector of AB meets AC at Y and AX at Z.

Measure angle CYZ.


Answer(c)(ii) Angle CYZ = [1]

(d) Shade the region inside triangle ABC which is

• nearer to AB than to AC
and
• nearer to B than to A. [1]

© UCLES 2011 0580/33/O/N/11 [Turn over


12

9 For
P Examiner's
Use

5 cm
NOT TO
SCALE

12 cm

R 25 cm

The diagram shows a solid triangular prism of length 25 cm.


The cross-section of the prism is triangle PQR.
PQ = 5 cm, QR = 12 cm and angle PQR = 90°.

(a) (i) Calculate the volume of the prism.

Answer(a)(i) cm3 [3]

(ii) The prism is made from wood.


The mass of 1 cm3 of the wood is 0.96 g.

Calculate the mass of the prism.


Give your answer in kilograms.

Answer(a)(ii) kg [2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/33/O/N/11


13

(b) (i) Show that PR = 13 cm. For


Examiner's
Use
Answer(b)(i)

[2]

(ii) The prism is completely covered with plastic at a cost of $0.08 per square centimetre.

By finding the total area of the two triangles and the three rectangles, calculate the total
cost of the plastic used.

Answer(b)(ii) $ [4]

© UCLES 2011 0580/33/O/N/11 [Turn over


14

10 (a) Tatiana goes for a walk. For


Examiner's
Use
(i) She walks for 15 minutes at a speed of 80 metres per minute.

Calculate the distance she walks.

Answer(a)(i) m [1]

(ii) She then walks for a further p minutes at w metres per minute.

Write down an expression, in terms of p and w, for the total distance Tatiana walks.

Answer(a)(ii) m [1]

(iii) Write down an expression, in terms of p and w, for Tatiana’s average speed, in metres per
minute.

Answer(a)(iii) m/min [2]

© UCLES 2011 0580/33/O/N/11


15

(b) The volume, V, of a solid is given by the following formula. For


Examiner's
Use
1
V = 3b(t + 2
m)

(i) Find V when b = 4, t = 5 and m = 6 .

Answer(b)(i) V = [2]

(ii) Find b when t =3, m = 2 and V = 84.

Answer(b)(ii) b = [3]

Question 11 is printed on the next page.

© UCLES 2011 0580/33/O/N/11 [Turn over


16

11 (a) Write down the next term in each of the following sequences. For
Examiner's
Use

(i) 8, 15, 22, 29, [1]

(ii) 3, 6, 12, 24, [1]

(iii) 1, 4, 9, 16, [1]

(iv) 0, 3, 8, 15, [1]

(b) Write down an expression, in terms of n, for the nth term of

(i) the sequence in part(a)(iii),

Answer(b)(i) [1]

(ii) the sequence in part(a)(iv).

Answer(b)(ii) [1]

(c) The nth term of a sequence is 7n –3 .

(i) Write down the value of the 4th term.


Answer(c)(i) [1]

(ii) Which term has a value of 592?

Answer(c)(ii) [2]

(d) 1, 2, 2, 4, 8, 32, 256, ……

Work out the next two terms of this sequence.

Answer(d) , [2]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2011 0580/33/O/N/11


w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

er
s
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

.c
om
*0719272774*

MATHEMATICS 0580/31
Paper 3 (Core) October/November 2012
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Mathematical tables (optional) Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π , use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 15 printed pages and 1 blank page.

IB12 11_0580_31/6RP
© UCLES 2012 [Turn over
2

1 (a) (i) Write down two numbers that are multiples of 10. For
Examiner's
Use
Answer(a)(i) and [1]

(ii) Find the lowest common multiple of 10 and 15.

Answer(a)(ii) [2]

(b) 4 6 9 15 23 27 32 36

From the list above, write down

(i) a factor of 18,

Answer(b)(i) [1]

(ii) a cube number,

Answer(b)(ii) [1]

(iii) a prime number.

Answer(b)(iii) [1]

(c) Give an example to show that each of these statements is not true.

(i) All square numbers are even.

Answer(c)(i) [1]

(ii) When two prime numbers are added the answer is always even.

Answer(c)(ii) [1]

(d) Write the following in order of size, starting with the smallest.

25 80 4–2 169

Answer(d) I I I [2]

© UCLES 2012 0580/31/O/N/12


3

2 (a) Luka earns $475 each week. For


Examiner's
Use
(i) He works for 38 hours each week.

How much does he earn for each hour he works?

Answer(a)(i) $ [1]

(ii) Luka pays $175 in rent each week.

Write the amount he pays in rent as a fraction of his weekly earnings.


Give your answer in its lowest terms.

Answer(a)(ii) [2]

7
(iii) He spends of his weekly earnings on bills.
20

How much money does he have left after paying rent and bills?

Answer(a)(iii) $ [2]

(b) Luka’s weekly earnings of $475 are increased by 6%.

Calculate his new weekly earnings.

Answer(b) $ [2]

(c) Luka has saved $350.


He invests this for 2 years at a rate of 4% per year compound interest.

How much interest does he receive after 2 years?

Answer(c) $ [3]

© UCLES 2012 0580/31/O/N/12 [Turn over


4

3 (a) Amir asked 15 friends how many hours they spent playing sport last weekend. For
His results are shown in the table below. Examiner's
Use

Number of hours 0 1 2 3 4 5

Frequency 6 2 3 1 2 1

(i) Write down the mode.

Answer(a)(i) hours [1]

(ii) Find the median.

Answer(a)(ii) hours [1]

(iii) Calculate the mean.

Answer(a)(iii) hours [3]

(iv) On the grid, draw a bar chart to show the information given in the table.

Frequency

Number of hours
[4]

© UCLES 2012 0580/31/O/N/12


5

(b) Amir also asked these 15 friends which was their favourite sport. For
His results are shown in the table below. Examiner's
Use

Football 4

Cricket 5

Basketball 2

Badminton 4

Amir picks one of these friends at random.

Write down the probability that his friend’s favourite sport is

(i) cricket,

Answer(b)(i) [1]

(ii) not football,

Answer(b)(ii) [1]

(iii) basketball or badminton.

Answer(b)(iii) [1]

© UCLES 2012 0580/31/O/N/12 [Turn over


6

4 (a) For
C Examiner's
Use

70° NOT TO
SCALE
D
40°
B
E

In the diagram, ACE is a triangle.


B is a point on AC and D is a point on CE.
AE is parallel to BD, angle ACE = 70° and angle CBD = 40°.

(i) Find angle BDC.

Answer(a)(i) Angle BDC = [1]

(ii) Write down the mathematical name of triangle BCD.

Answer(a)(ii) [1]

(iii) Find angle CAE.


Give a reason for your answer.

Answer(a)(iii) Angle CAE = because

[2]

(iv) Complete the following statement.

Triangle ACE and triangle BCD are [1]

© UCLES 2012 0580/31/O/N/12


7

(b) For
Examiner's
Use
A

NOT TO
SCALE
O
C 55°

In the diagram, A and B lie on a circle, centre O.


AC and BC are tangents to the circle and angle ACB = 55°.

(i) Work out reflex angle ACB.

Answer(b)(i) Reflex angle ACB = [1]

(ii) Give a reason why angle OAC = angle OBC = 90°.

Answer(b)(ii) [1]

(iii) Work out angle AOB.

Answer(b)(iii) Angle AOB = [1]

(iv) Write down the mathematical name of quadrilateral OACB.

Answer(b)(iv) [1]

© UCLES 2012 0580/31/O/N/12 [Turn over


8

5 For
B 20 m C Examiner's
Use
NOT TO
SCALE
15 m

A 32 m D

The diagram shows a plot of land, ABCD, in the shape of a trapezium.

(a) Show that CD = 19.2 m, correct to 1 decimal place.

Answer(a)

[2]

(b) A fence is built around the perimeter of the plot of land.


The cost of the fence is $35 for each metre.

Calculate the total cost of the fence.

Answer(b) $ [2]

(c) Calculate the area of the plot of land.


Give your answer in square metres.

Answer(c) m2 [2]

© UCLES 2012 0580/31/O/N/12


9

(d) A house is built on the plot of land. For


The area of the plot is divided in the ratio house : grounds = 3 : 7 . Examiner's
Use

Calculate the area of the grounds.

Answer(d) m2 [2]

(e) (i) In the space below, make a scale drawing of the plot of land.
Use a scale of 1 centimetre to represent 4 metres.
The side AB has been drawn for you.

[2]

(ii) Measure angle ADC.

Answer(e)(ii) Angle ADC = [1]

(iii) Use your diagram to find the actual length BD in metres.

Answer(e)(iii) BD = m [1]

© UCLES 2012 0580/31/O/N/12 [Turn over


10

6 For
Examiner's
Use

Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3 Diagram 4

A sequence of diagrams is made from black counters and white counters.


The first four diagrams in the sequence are shown.

(a) Complete the table.

Diagram 1 2 3 4 5

Number of black counters 1 4

Number of white counters 1 4


[4]

(b) Complete the statement.

The numbers of black counters are all numbers. [1]

(c) How many white counters are needed for

(i) Diagram 8,

Answer(c)(i) [1]

(ii) Diagram n?

Answer(c)(ii) [2]

© UCLES 2012 0580/31/O/N/12


11

(d) Diagram p contains 58 white counters. For


Examiner's
Use
(i) Find the value of p.

Answer(d)(i) p = [2]

(ii) Find the number of black counters in Diagram p.

Answer(d)(ii) [1]

© UCLES 2012 0580/31/O/N/12 [Turn over


12

7 (a) The cost, $C, of hiring a meeting room for n people is calculated using the formula For
Examiner's
Use
C = 80 + 5n.

(i) Calculate C when n = 12.

Answer(a)(i) [2]

(ii) Maria pays $230 to hire the meeting room.

Work out the number of people at the meeting.

Answer(a)(ii) [2]

(iii) Make n the subject of the formula C = 80 + 5n.

Answer(a)(iii) n = [2]

(b) Expand and simplify 2(3x + 4) – 3(2 – x) .

Answer(b) [2]

(c) Solve the simultaneous equations.


3x + y = 13
2x + 3y = 18

Answer(c) x =

y= [3]

© UCLES 2012 0580/31/O/N/12


13

8 (a) A water tank in the shape of a cuboid measures 55 cm by 40 cm by 75 cm. For


Examiner's
Use
(i) Find the volume of the tank.

Answer(a)(i) cm3 [2]

(ii) Write down the volume of the tank in litres.

Answer(a)(ii) litres [1]

(b) Another water tank contains 260 litres.

(i) The tank is emptied at a rate of 25 litres per minute.

Work out the time taken to completely empty the tank.


Give your answer in minutes and seconds.

Answer(b)(i) minutes seconds [2]

(ii) 260 litres is given correct to the nearest 10 litres.

Write down the lower bound of this amount.

Answer(b)(ii) litres [1]

(c) A different tank is in the shape of a cube.


It has a volume of 27 000 cm3.

Find the height of this tank.

Answer(c) cm [2]

© UCLES 2012 0580/31/O/N/12 [Turn over


14

9 (a) Complete the table of values for y = 8 + 3x – x2. For


Examiner's
Use
x –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6

y –10 8 10 10 –10
[3]

(b) On the grid, draw the graph of y = 8 + 3x – x2 for –3 Y x Y 6 .

y
12

10

x
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6

–2

–4

–6

–8

–10
[4]

(c) Write down the equation of the line of symmetry of the graph.

Answer(c) [1]

(d) (i) On the grid, draw the graph of y = 6 . [1]

(ii) Use your graphs to solve the equation 8 + 3x – x2 = 6 .

Answer(d)(ii) x = or x = [2]

© UCLES 2012 0580/31/O/N/12


15

10 For
y Examiner's
Use
8

5
C
4

3
A
2
B
1

x
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

–6

–7

–8

Shapes A, B and C are shown on the grid.

(a) Describe fully the single transformation which maps

(i) shape A onto shape B,

Answer(a)(i) [3]

(ii) shape A onto shape C.

Answer(a)(ii) [3]

(b) On the grid, draw the image of shape A after

 3
(i) translation by the vector   , [2]
 − 4

(ii) reflection in the line y = –1. [2]

© UCLES 2012 0580/31/O/N/12


16

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2012 0580/31/O/N/12


w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

er
s
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

.c
om
*4405903504*

MATHEMATICS 0580/32
Paper 3 (Core) October/November 2012
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Mathematical tables (optional) Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π , use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 16 printed pages.

IB12 11_0580_32/6RP
© UCLES 2012 [Turn over
2

1 An area of 94 500 m2 in a city is developed. For


Examiner's
Use
(a) The area is divided into housing, shops and a park in the ratio

housing : shops : park = 7 : 6 : 5 .

(i) Show that the area of the park is 26 250 m2.

Answer(a)(i)

[2]

(ii) Calculate the area for housing.

Answer(a)(ii) m2 [1]

(b) The diagram shows the children’s playground in the park.

76 m
NOT TO
SCALE

45 m

100 m

(i) Calculate the area of the playground.

Answer(b)(i) m2 [2]

(ii) What fraction of the area of the park does the playground occupy?

Answer(b)(ii) [1]

© UCLES 2012 0580/32/O/N/12


3

(c) Buildings occupy 30 625 m2 of the area for housing. For


Examiner's
Use
Calculate the percentage of the area for housing occupied by buildings.

Answer(c) % [1]

5 3
(d) Of the buildings, are bungalows and are houses.
12 8

The rest of the buildings are apartments.

(i) Complete these equivalent fractions.

5 3
= = [2]
12 24 8 24

5
(ii) Show that of the buildings are apartments.
24

Answer(d)(ii)

[1]

(iii) There are 120 buildings altogether.

Work out the number of houses.

Answer(d)(iii) [1]

© UCLES 2012 0580/32/O/N/12 [Turn over


4

8. For
2 (a) The table shows some values of the function y=xO Examiner's
x Use

x O8 O6 O5 O4 O2 O1 1 2 4 5 6 8

y O7 O4.7 O3.4 O2 7 O2 3.4 4.7 7

(i) Complete the table. [3]

8
(ii) On the grid on the opposite page, draw the graph of y=xO for
x
O8 Y x Y O1, 1 Y x Y 8 . [5]

(iii) Write down the order of rotational symmetry of the graph.

Answer(a)(iii) [1]

8
(iv) Use your graph to solve the equation xO = 0.
x

Answer(a)(iv) x = or x = [2]

1
(b) (i) Write down the gradient of the line y = x + 1.
2

Answer(b)(i) [1]

1
(ii) Complete the table below for the line y = x + 1.
2

x O8 O4 0 4 8

y O3 3
[2]

1
(iii) On the grid, draw the line y = x + 1 for O8 Y x Y 8 . [1]
2

8 1
(c) Write down the co-ordinates of the points of intersection of y = x O and y = x + 1 .
x 2

Answer(c) ( , ) and ( , ) [2]

© UCLES 2012 0580/32/O/N/12


5

y For
Examiner's
8 Use

–8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8x
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

–6

–7

–8

© UCLES 2012 0580/32/O/N/12 [Turn over


6

3 For
l Examiner's
Use

(a) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle ABC onto triangle DEF.

Answer(a) [2]

(b) (i) Reflect triangle ABC in the line l.


Label the image M. [1]

(ii) Rotate triangle ABC through 90° clockwise about vertex A.


Label the image T. [2]

(c) Triangle DEF is enlarged by scale factor 2.


The image of vertex D is the point labelled P on the grid.

Mark the image of vertex E. Label this point Q.


Mark the image of vertex F. Label this point R. [2]

© UCLES 2012 0580/32/O/N/12


7

4 (a) For
Examiner's
Use

A B C D

Complete the table for each of the different quadrilaterals A, B, C and D.

Quadrilateral Mathematical name Number of lines of symmetry

[8]
(b)
R
C
9 cm
NOT TO
14 cm SCALE
6 cm P
120°
120°
B 10 cm A
21 cm

Q
The two triangles are similar.

(i) Write down the angle in triangle PQR that corresponds to angle B in triangle ABC.

Answer(b)(i) Angle [1]

(ii) Work out PQ.

Answer(b)(ii) PQ = cm [2]

© UCLES 2012 0580/32/O/N/12 [Turn over


8

5 (a) The colours of the cars at a car centre are red, blue, green, black and white. For
The pie chart shows some information about the number of cars of each colour. Examiner's
Use

Red

Blue

Green

(i) There are 60 red cars.

Show that the total number of cars is 270.

Answer(a)(i)

[2]

(ii) Calculate the number of blue cars and the number of green cars.

Answer(a)(ii) Blue

Green [3]

© UCLES 2012 0580/32/O/N/12


9

(b) There are 39 black cars. For


Examiner's
Use
(i) Calculate the sector angle in the pie chart for the black cars.

Answer(b)(i) [2]
(ii) Complete the pie chart.
Label each of your sectors. [2]

(c) The manager asked 100 people which colour of car they prefer.
The results are shown in the table.

Red Blue Green Black White

25 40 6 16 13

(i) On the grid, draw a bar chart to show this information.


Complete the scale on the frequency axis.

Frequency

Red Blue Green Black White


[3]

(ii) The manager uses the results when she orders 900 cars, in these colours, for the next year.

How many blue cars do you expect her to order?

Answer(c)(ii) [2]

© UCLES 2012 0580/32/O/N/12 [Turn over


10

6 Johno travelled from his home on the North Island of New Zealand to Blenheim on the South Island. For
He left home at 06 30 and drove 50 km to Wellington where he waited for the 08 20 ferry. Examiner's
Use

(a) Use information from the travel graph opposite to write down

(i) the time Johno arrived at Wellington,

Answer(a)(i) [1]

(ii) the number of hours and minutes that he waited in Wellington for the 08 20 ferry.

Answer(a)(ii) h min [1]

(b) The ferry left Wellington at 08 20 and sailed 92 km to Picton on the South Island.
The ferry arrived at 11 40.

On the travel graph, show the ferry journey. [1]

(c) Johno waited 20 minutes to get off the ferry.


He then drove for 30 minutes at an average speed of 40 km/h to Blenheim.

Complete the travel graph for his journey.

[3]

(d) Calculate his average speed, in km/h, for the whole journey from his home to Blenheim.

Answer(d) km/h [2]

(e) Another ferry left Picton at 10 10 and arrived at Wellington at 13 20.

(i) On the travel graph, show the journey of this ferry. [2]

(ii) How far were the two ferries from Wellington when they passed each other?

Answer(e)(ii) km [1]

© UCLES 2012 0580/32/O/N/12


11

For
Examiner's
180 Use

170

160
Distance
from home 150
(km)
140

130

120

110

100

90

80

70

60

Wellington 50

40

30

20

10

Home 0
06 00 07 00 08 00 09 00 10 00 11 00 12 00 13 00 14 00
Time

© UCLES 2012 0580/32/O/N/12 [Turn over


12

7 The diagram shows the plan of a field QRST. For


The scale is 1 centimetre represents 10 metres. Examiner's
Use

Q R

Scale: 1 cm = 10 m

(a) Nothing is grown within 35 metres of T.

Construct the boundary, inside QRST, of the region where nothing is grown. [2]

© UCLES 2012 0580/32/O/N/12


13

(b) Use a straight edge and compasses only for the constructions in parts (b)(i) and (b)(ii). For
Leave in all your construction arcs. Examiner's
Use

(i) Construct the bisector of angle RQT.


Draw your line to meet the side ST. [2]

(ii) Construct the locus of points equidistant from Q and from R.


Draw your line to meet the side ST. [2]

(c) Flowers are grown in the region

• nearer to QR than to QT
and
• nearer to Q than to R.

(i) Label this region F. [1]

(ii) Calculate the actual area in which flowers are grown.


Give your answer in square metres.

Answer(c)(ii) m2 [4]

© UCLES 2012 0580/32/O/N/12 [Turn over


14

8 For
Examiner's
Use

Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3 Diagram 4

(a) This pattern of diagrams forms a sequence.

(i) On the grid, draw Diagram 4. [1]

(ii) Complete this table.

Diagram 1 2 3 4 5

Number of dots 7 12

[2]

(b) How many dots will there be in

(i) Diagram n,

Answer(b)(i) [2]

(ii) Diagram 29.

Answer(b)(ii) [1]

© UCLES 2012 0580/32/O/N/12


15

(c) There are either 2 lines or 3 lines meeting at the dots in the Diagrams. For
Examiner's
Use
In Diagram 1 there are 0 dots where 3 lines meet.

In Diagram 2 there are 4 dots where 3 lines meet.

Complete the statements.

(i) In Diagram 3 there are dots where 3 lines meet. [1]

(ii) In Diagram n there are dots where 3 lines meet. [2]

(d) Find the number of dots where 2 lines meet in Diagram n.

Answer(d) [1]

Question 9 is printed on the next page.

© UCLES 2012 0580/32/O/N/12 [Turn over


16

9 (a) Each day from Monday to Saturday Caroline buys a newspaper, costing d cents. For
On Sunday she buys a newspaper costing 160 cents. Examiner's
Use
The total amount she spends on newspapers in a week is 430 cents.

(i) Write down an equation in d, to show this information.

Answer(a)(i) [1]

(ii) Solve your equation to find d.

Answer(a)(ii) d = [2]

(iii) The price of the Sunday newspaper is increased by 15%.

Calculate the price of the Sunday newspaper after this increase.

Answer(a)(iii) cents [2]

(b) Potatoes cost p cents per kilogram and carrots cost c cents per kilogram.

(i) Bernard buys 3 kilograms of potatoes and 2 kilograms of carrots.


An expression for the amount he spends is 3p + 2c.
He spends 92 cents on these items.

Write down an equation, in p and c, to show this.

Answer(b)(i) [1]

(ii) Eleanor buys 2 kilograms of potatoes and 5 kilograms of carrots.


She spends 153 cents on these items.

Write down an equation, in p and c, to show this.

Answer(b)(ii) [2]

(iii) Solve your equations to find p and c.

Answer(b)(iii) p =

c= [4]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2012 0580/32/O/N/12


w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

er
s
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

.c
om
*6997528550*

MATHEMATICS 0580/33
Paper 3 (Core) October/November 2012
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Mathematical tables (optional) Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π , use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 16 printed pages.

IB12 11_0580_33/6RP
© UCLES 2012 [Turn over
2

1 (a) Angelica goes to watch a football match. For


She entered the stadium at 19 20 and left at 22 05. Examiner's
Use

Work out the number of hours and minutes she was in the stadium.

Answer(a) hours minutes [1]

(b) The number of people watching the football match was 25 926.

Write 25 926 correct to the nearest thousand.

Answer(b) [1]

(c) The football club buys lemonade in 5 litre bottles.

Work out the number of 250 millilitre drinks that can be poured from one bottle.

Answer(c) [2]

(d) The table shows the number of goals scored in each match by Mathsletico Rangers.

Number of goals scored Number of matches

0 4

1 11

2 6

3 3

4 2

5 1

6 2

© UCLES 2012 0580/33/O/N/12


3

(i) Draw a bar chart to show this information. For


Complete the scale on the frequency axis. Examiner's
Use

Frequency

0 1 2 3 4 5 6

Number of goals scored

[3]
(ii) Write down the mode.

Answer(d)(ii) [1]

(iii) Calculate the mean.

Answer(d)(iii) [3]

© UCLES 2012 0580/33/O/N/12 [Turn over


4

2 (a) The travel graph shows Helva’s journey from her home to the airport. For
Examiner's
Use
200

airport 180

160

140

120
Distance
from home 100
(km)
80

60

40

20

home 0
08 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 16 00
Time

(i) What happened at 09 30?

Answer(a)(i) [1]

(ii) Work out the time taken to travel from home to the airport.
Give your answer in hours and minutes

Answer(a)(ii) hours minutes [1]

(iii) Calculate Helva’s average speed for the whole journey from home to the airport.

Answer(a)(iii) km/h [2]

(iv) Between which two times was Helva travelling fastest?

Answer(a)(iv) and [1]

(v) Helva’s husband left their home at 11 00 and travelled directly to the airport.
He arrived at 15 30.

Complete the travel graph for his journey. [1]

© UCLES 2012 0580/33/O/N/12


5

(b) (i) Helva and her husband are flying from Finland to India. For
Their plane takes off at 17 00 and arrives in India 7 hours 25 minutes later. Examiner's
Use
1
The time in India is 3 hours ahead of the time in Finland.
2
What is the local time in India when the plane arrives?

Answer(b)(i) [2]

(ii) The temperature is O3°C in Finland and 23°C in India.

Write down the difference between these two temperatures.

Answer(b)(ii) °C [1]

(c) Helva exchanged 7584 rupees for euros (€).


The exchange rate was 1€ = 56 rupees.

How many euros did Helva receive?


Give your answer correct to 2 decimal places.

Answer(c) € [2]

© UCLES 2012 0580/33/O/N/12 [Turn over


6

3 Mrs Ali sold her house for $600 000. For


Examiner's
Use
2
(a) She gives of the money to her son.
5
Work out how much her son receives.

Answer(a)$ [1]

(b) Mrs Ali gives $2400 to her grandchildren Elize, Sam and Juan in the ratio

Elize : Sam : Juan = 8 : 3 : 5 .

Calculate how much they each receive.

Answer(b) Elize $

Sam $

Juan $ [3]

(c) Mrs Ali invests $200 000 for 3 years at a rate of 4% per year compound interest.

Calculate the total amount of money she will have at the end of the 3 years.
Give your answer correct to the nearest dollar.

Answer(c) $ [3]

© UCLES 2012 0580/33/O/N/12


7

(d) Mrs Ali spends a total of $9000 on the following items. For
Examiner's
Use
Amount spent ($) Angle in pie chart

Holiday 4050 162°

Television 90°

Clothes 1800 72°

Computer

(i) Complete the table. [3]

(ii) Complete the pie chart.


Label each of your sectors.

Holiday

[2]

© UCLES 2012 0580/33/O/N/12 [Turn over


8

4 (a) Solve the following equations. For


Examiner's
Use
(i) 6x O 2 = 2x + 8

Answer(a)(i) x = [2]

(ii) 4(2y O 3) = 24

Answer(a)(ii) y = [3]

(b) Solve the simultaneous equations.

5x + 9y = O21
12x O 2y = 44

Answer(b) x =

y= [4]

© UCLES 2012 0580/33/O/N/12


9

5 For
y Examiner's
Use
8

3 A

x
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
–1

–2 B

–3

–4

–5

–6

(a) What special type of quadrilateral is shape A?

Answer(a) [1]

(b) Describe fully the single transformation which maps shape A onto shape B.

Answer(b) [3]

(c) On the grid

(i) reflect shape A in the y-axis and label the image C, [2]

 − 6
(ii) translate shape A by   and label the image D, [2]
 − 4

(iii) enlarge shape A by scale factor 2, with centre (0, 0) and label the image E. [2]

© UCLES 2012 0580/33/O/N/12 [Turn over


10

6 (a) These are the first four terms of a sequence. For


Examiner's
Use
19 15 11 7

(i) Write down the next two terms of this sequence.

Answer(a)(i) and [2]

(ii) Write down the rule for finding the next term of this sequence.

Answer(a)(ii) [1]

(iii) Find an expression for the nth term of this sequence.

Answer(a)(iii) [2]

(b) The nth term of another sequence is 2n + 6 .

Write down the first three terms of this sequence.

Answer(b) , , [2]

(c) The first three diagrams of a different sequence are shown below.

Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3

Complete the table.

Diagram 1 2 3 8 n

Number of lines 6 9 12
[3]

© UCLES 2012 0580/33/O/N/12


11

7 For
H Examiner's
Use
NOT TO
SCALE

F C K G
A B
117°

D E
I

The points F, G, H and I lie on a circle, centre C.


FG is a diameter and DE is a tangent to the circle at I.
DE is parallel to AB and angle GKI = 117°.

Complete the following statements.

(a) Angle FKI = because

[2]

(b) Angle FHG = because

[2]

(c) Angle EIJ = because

[2]

(d) Angle CIE = because

[2]

© UCLES 2012 0580/33/O/N/12 [Turn over


12

8 For
D Examiner's
Use
NOT TO
SCALE

E 42° C
F
H

8.5 m
6m

G 2m A 12 m B

The diagram shows a house, built on level ground.


ABCE is a rectangle with AB = 12 m and BC = 8.5 m.
CDE is an isosceles triangle.

(a) Use trigonometry to calculate DF.

Answer(a) DF = m [2]

(b) Calculate the area of triangle CDE.

Answer(b) m2 [2]

(c) A ladder, GH, of length 6 m, leans against the house wall.


The foot of the ladder is 2 m from this wall.

Calculate AH.

Answer(c) AH = m [3]

© UCLES 2012 0580/33/O/N/12


13

(d) This diagram shows the plan of the driveway to the house. For
Examiner's
Use
HOUSE
12 m

NOT TO
SCALE

18 m

3m

14 m

Work out the perimeter of the driveway.

Answer(d) m [2]

(e) The driveway is made from concrete.


The concrete is 15 cm thick.

Calculate the volume of concrete used for the driveway.


Give your answer in cubic metres.

Answer(e) m3 [4]

© UCLES 2012 0580/33/O/N/12 [Turn over


14

9 (a) Complete the table of values for y = x2 + 2x O=4 . For


Examiner's
Use
x O4 O3 O2 O1 0 1 2 3

y 4 O4 O4 11
[3]

(b) On the grid, draw the graph of y = x2 + 2x O=4 for O4 Y x Y 3 .

y
12

11

10

x
–4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

–6

[4]

© UCLES 2012 0580/33/O/N/12


15

(c) (i) Draw the line of symmetry on the graph. [1] For
Examiner's
Use
(ii) Write down the equation of this line of symmetry.

Answer(c)(ii) [1]

(d) Use your graph to solve the equation x2 + 2x O=4 = 3

Answer(d) x = or x = [2]

Question 10 is printed on the next page.

© UCLES 2012 0580/33/O/N/12 [Turn over


16

10 (a) The diagram shows the positions of three towns A, B and C. For
The scale is 1 cm represents 2 km. Examiner's
Use
North
North

C
A

North

Scale: 1 cm = 2 km
(i) Find the distance in kilometres from A to B.

Answer(a)(i) km [2]

(ii) Town D is 9 km from A on a bearing of 135°.


Mark the position of town D on the diagram. [2]

(iii) Measure the bearing of A from C.

Answer(a)(iii) [1]

(b) The population of town C is 324 100.

(i) Write this number in standard form.

Answer(b)(i) [1]

(ii) The population of town D is 7.64 × 104.

Which town, C or D, has the larger population and by how much?


Give your answer in standard form.

Answer(b)(ii) Town by [3]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2012 0580/33/O/N/12


w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

er
s
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

.c
om
*0871794379*

MATHEMATICS 0580/31
Paper 3 (Core) October/November 2013
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 15 printed pages and 1 blank page.

IB13 11_0580_31/RP
© UCLES 2013 [Turn over
2
For
1 Pedro is on a cruise ship. Examiner′s
Use
(a) The ship has a climbing wall.
These are the number of attempts that each of 30 people made at climbing the wall.

29 27 11 3 12 4 29 9 16 17 30 29 38 36 18
2 15 24 36 3 33 26 21 9 38 4 28 23 19 27

(i) Find the range.

Answer(a)(i) ............................................... [1]

(ii) Complete the frequency table.


You may use the tally column to help you.

Number of attempts Tally Frequency


1–5
6 – 10
11 – 15
16 – 20
21 – 25
26 – 30
31 – 35
36 – 40
[2]

(iii) Draw a bar chart to show this information.


Complete the scale on the frequency axis.

Frequency

1–5 6 – 10 11 – 15 16 – 20 21 – 25 26 – 30 31 – 35 36 – 40
Number of attempts
[3]

© UCLES 2013 0580/31/O/N/13


3
For
(iv) Write down the modal group. Examiner′s
Use
Answer(a)(iv) ............................................... [1]

(b) Pedro left the ship in Cadiz at 08 45.


He returned to the ship at 16 10.
Find how long Pedro was in Cadiz.

Answer(b) ....................... hours ....................... minutes [1]

(c)
Exchange Rate

$1 = €1.428

(i) Pedro changed $167 into euros (€).

Calculate how many euros Pedro received.


Give your answer correct to 2 decimal places.

Answer(c)(i) € ............................................... [2]

(ii) Later, Pedro changed €107.10 back into dollars ($) using the same exchange rate.

Calculate how many dollars Pedro received.

Answer(c)(ii) $ ............................................... [2]


_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/31/O/N/13 [Turn over


4
For
2 (a) (i) 1 and 120 are factors of 120. Examiner′s
Use
Write down another factor of 120.

Answer(a)(i) ............................................... [1]

(ii) Find the highest common factor of 120 and 900.

Answer(a)(ii) ............................................... [2]

(b) 2 5 15 24 49 60 258 512


From the list, write down

(i) a multiple of 30,

Answer(b)(i) ............................................... [1]

(ii) a square number,

Answer(b)(ii) ............................................... [1]

(iii) the cube root of 8.

Answer(b)(iii) ............................................... [1]

(c) Give an example to show that the following statements are not true.

(i) An odd number multiplied by an even number gives an odd number.

Answer(c)(i) ..................................................................... [1]

(ii) The cube of a negative number is positive.

Answer(c)(ii) ..................................................................... [1]

(d) Use < , > , or = to complete the following statements.


Each symbol may be used more than once.

3
(i) 0.5 ................................ [1]
8
(ii) 1.5 ................................ 105% [1]

11
(iii) 0.78 .............................. [1]
14
_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/31/O/N/13


5
For
3 (a) The diagram shows the position of town A and town B, on a map. Examiner′s
Use
North

B
(i) Measure the length, in millimetres, of the line AB.

Answer(a)(i) ........................................ mm [1]

(ii) Measure the bearing of town B from town A.

Answer(a)(ii) ............................................... [1]

(b) A triangular field has sides of length 550 m, 300 m and 400 m.

(i) Construct the triangle, using a ruler and compasses only.


Use a scale of 1 cm to represent 50 m.
The side of length 550 m has been drawn for you.

550 m
[3]

(ii) By making a suitable measurement on your diagram, calculate the area of the field.
Give your answer in square metres.

Answer(b)(ii) .......................................... m2 [3]


_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/31/O/N/13 [Turn over


6
For
4 Examiner′s
y Use

5
B
4

3
C
2

x
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
–1

–2

–3
A
–4

–5

–6

(a) (i) Describe fully the single transformation which maps shape B onto shape A.

Answer(a)(i) ......................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) Describe fully the single transformation which maps shape B onto shape C.

Answer(a)(ii) .....................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................... [3]

(b) (i) Reflect shape B in the y-axis. Label the image D. [1]

(ii) Rotate shape B through 90° anticlockwise about the origin. Label the image E. [2]
_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/31/O/N/13


7
For
5 (a) The cost, $C, of a party for n people is calculated using the following formula. Examiner′s
Use
C = 130 + 4n

(i) Calculate C when n = 25.

Answer(a)(i) ............................................... [2]

(ii) Eurdley has a party which costs $1138.


How many people is this party for?

Answer(a)(ii) ............................................... [2]

(b) Solve the following equations.

(i) 3x = 27

Answer(b)(i) x = ............................................... [1]

(ii) 8y – 4 = 24

Answer(b)(ii) y = ............................................... [2]

(iii) 4(5q – 2) = 72

Answer(b)(iii) q = ............................................... [3]

(c) Solve the simultaneous equations.


6x + 8y = –31
14x – 5y = 46

Answer(c) x = ...............................................

y = ............................................... [4]
_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/31/O/N/13 [Turn over


8
For
6 Examiner′s
A 30 m B Use
NOT TO
SCALE

HOUSE 17 m

D C

The rectangle ABCD shows Mr Liu’s garden.

(a) Mr Liu puts a fence around three sides of his garden, AB, BC and CD.
The fence costs $3.28 per metre.

Calculate the cost of the fence.

Answer(a) $ ............................................... [2]

(b) (i) Calculate the area of Mr Liu’s garden.

Answer(b)(i) .......................................... m2 [2]

(ii) Mr Liu uses an area of 408 m2 in his garden for a lawn, flowers and vegetables.
He divides this area into three parts, in the ratio

lawn : flowers : vegetables = 5 : 3 : 4 .

Calculate the area used for each part.

Answer(b)(ii) Lawn ................................................. m2

Flowers ............................................. m2

Vegetables ........................................ m2 [3]

© UCLES 2013 0580/31/O/N/13


9
For
(c) Mr Liu walks in a straight line across his garden from A to C. Examiner′s
Use
Calculate the distance Mr Liu walks.

Answer(c) ........................................... m [3]

(d) Mr Liu has a circular pond, radius 4.5 m, in his garden.

(i) Calculate the area of the pond.

Answer(d)(i) .......................................... m2 [2]

(ii) The pond is filled with water to a depth of 2 metres.

Calculate the volume of water in the pond.

Answer(d)(ii) .......................................... m3 [1]


_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/31/O/N/13 [Turn over


10
For
7 (a) Complete the table of values for y = x2 – x + 2 . Examiner′s
Use

x –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4

y 8 2 4
[3]

(b) On the grid, draw the graph of y = x2 – x + 2 for −3 Y x Ğ 4 .

y
16

14

12

10

x
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4
[4]

© UCLES 2013 0580/31/O/N/13


11
For
(c) Write down the equation of the line of symmetry of the graph. Examiner′s
Use

Answer(c) ............................................... [1]

(d) (i) On the grid, draw the line y = 9 . [1]

(ii) Solve the equation x2 – x + 2 = 9 .

Answer(d)(ii) x = ....................... or x = ....................... [2]


_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/31/O/N/13 [Turn over


12
For
8 Examiner′s
Use
Month Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

Average temperature in °C –4.4 –4.2 –2.7 0.3 4.8 9.1 11.8 10.8 6.7 2.7 –1.1 –3.3

The table shows the average temperature for Tromso, Norway each month.

(a) (i) Write down the month which had the highest average temperature.

Answer(a)(i) ............................................... [1]

(ii) How much warmer was it in September than in February?

Answer(a)(ii) .......................................... °C [1]

(iii) The lowest temperature in October was 12.3°C below the average temperature for that
month.

Work out the lowest temperature in October.

Answer(a)(iii) .......................................... °C [1]

(b) In a survey, some tourists were asked how they had travelled to Norway.
The pie chart shows the results.

Road
Boat

Train

Plane

© UCLES 2013 0580/31/O/N/13


13
For
(i) 150 of these tourists travelled by boat. Examiner′s
Use
Show that 600 tourists took part in the survey.

Answer(b)(i)

[1]

(ii) Calculate the number of these tourists who travelled by plane.

Answer (b)(ii) ............................................... [3]

(c) A train ticket from Oslo to Stavanger costs 885 krone.


There is a discount of 12% on the total cost of the tickets for a group of 10 or more people.

Calculate the cost of tickets for a group of 15 people.

Answer(c) ..................................... krone [3]

(d) On 1 January 2000, the population of Norway was 4 480 000, correct to 3 significant figures.

(i) Write this number in standard form.

Answer(d)(i) ............................................... [1]

(ii) On 1 January 2011, the population of Norway was 4 920 000, correct to 3 significant figures.

Calculate the percentage increase in the population.

Answer(d)(ii) ........................................... % [3]


_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/31/O/N/13 [Turn over


14
For
9 Examiner′s
G Use
E
B
24° C
NOT TO
SCALE

x° O

78°
A y°

H F

A, B, C and D are points on the circumference of a circle, centre O.


EF is a tangent to the circle at A.
GH is a straight line through the point A.
Angle CBD = 24° and angle OAG = 78°.

(a) (i) Write down the mathematical names of lines BC and OA.

Answer(a)(i) BC is a .............................................................

OA is a ............................................................. [2]

(ii) Find the value of x, giving a reason for your answer.

Answer(a)(ii) x = ............................ because ...................................................................

........................................................................................................................................... [2]

(iii) Find the value of y, giving a reason for your answer.

Answer(a)(iii) y = ............................ because ..................................................................

........................................................................................................................................... [3]

© UCLES 2013 0580/31/O/N/13


15
For
(b) The diagram shows a regular polygon, centre O. Examiner′s
Use

NOT TO
SCALE
O

(i) Write down the name of this polygon.

Answer(b)(i) ............................................... [1]

(ii) Find the value of w.


Show all your working.

Answer(b)(ii) w = ............................................... [3]

(c) The exterior angle of another regular polygon is 24°.

Calculate the number of sides this polygon has.

Answer(c) ............................................... [2]


_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/31/O/N/13 [Turn over


16

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2013 0580/31/O/N/13


w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

er
s
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

.c
om
*6778759382*

MATHEMATICS 0580/32
Paper 3 (Core) October/November 2013
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 16 printed pages.

IB13 11_0580_32/RP
© UCLES 2013 [Turn over
2
For
1 Examiner′s
y Use

5
B
4

3
A
2

x
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
–1

–2
C
–3

–4

–5

–6

–7

–8

Triangles A, B and C are shown on a 1 cm2 grid.

(a) Write down the mathematical name for triangle A.

Answer(a) ............................................... [1]

(b) Complete the following statement.

Triangles A, B and C are ................................ triangles because they are the same shape and size.
[1]

© UCLES 2013 0580/32/O/N/13


3
For
(c) Describe fully the single transformation that maps Examiner′s
Use
(i) triangle A onto triangle B,

Answer(c)(i) ......................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) triangle A onto triangle C.

Answer(c)(ii) .....................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................... [3]

(d) Reflect triangle A in the x-axis.


Label the image P. [1]

(e) Enlarge triangle A, scale factor 2, centre (0, 0).


Label the image Q. [2]

(f) Calculate the area of triangle Q.

Answer(f) ........................................ cm2 [2]


_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/32/O/N/13 [Turn over


4
For
2 Ravi sells cars. Examiner′s
Use
(a) He has a total of 144 cars for sale.

(i) 64 of these cars are 3 or more years old.

What fraction of the cars are less than 3 years old?


Give your answer in its simplest form.

Answer(a)(i) ............................................... [2]

(ii) Some of the 144 cars use petrol, some use diesel and some are electric cars.
The ratio of petrol to diesel to electric cars is 6 : 5 : 1 .

Work out the number of these cars that use diesel.

Answer(a)(ii) ............................................... [2]

(b) Lola buys a car from Ravi.

There are two ways she can pay for the car.

Option 1: one payment of $5200 .


2
Option 2: a payment of of $5200 plus 24 monthly payments, each of $175 .
5
Work out how much more Lola pays using Option 2 than Option 1.

Answer(b) $ ............................................... [3]

(c) For one week, Ravi reduces all his car prices by 15%.
The price of a car was $3450.

Show that the reduced price of the car is $2932.50 .

Answer(c)

[2]

(d) Ravi buys a car for $2500 .


He sells it for $3300 .

Calculate his percentage profit.

Answer(d) ........................................... % [3]


_____________________________________________________________________________________
© UCLES 2013 0580/32/O/N/13
5
For
3 (a) Sweets are sold in packets. Examiner′s
There are n sweets in each packet. Use

(i) Maya has 4 packets of sweets and 21 extra sweets.

Write an expression, in terms of n, for the number of sweets Maya has.

Answer(a)(i) ............................................... [1]

(ii) Tassos has 5n + 3 sweets.


Roma has 3n + 27 sweets.
Tassos and Roma each have the same number of sweets.

Write down an equation, in terms of n, and solve it.

Answer(a)(ii) n = ............................................... [3]

(iii) Work out the number of sweets Tassos and Roma have altogether.

Answer(a)(iii) ............................................... [1]

(b) A different packet of sweets contains 6 red sweets, 10 yellow sweets and 4 green sweets.
Simon takes one sweet from the packet at random.

(i) Write down the colour of sweet Simon is most likely to take.

Answer(b)(i) ............................................... [1]

(ii) On the probability scale, draw an arrow to show the probability that Simon’s sweet is yellow.

0 1

[1]

(iii) Write down the probability that Simon’s sweet is green.

Answer(b)(iii) ............................................... [1]

(iv) Write down the probability that Simon’s sweet is red or yellow.

Answer (b)(iv) ............................................... [1]


_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/32/O/N/13 [Turn over


6
For
4 (a) Examiner′s
Use

North
Sea

North

The scale drawing shows the position of two airfields, A and B.


The scale is 1 cm represents 50 km.

(i) Find the actual distance between A and B.


Give your answer in kilometres.

Answer(a)(i) ......................................... km [2]

(ii) Measure the bearing of B from A.

Answer(a)(ii) ............................................... [1]

(iii) A third airfield, C, is 525 km from airfield A and 350 km from airfield B.

On the scale drawing, construct the position of airfield C. [2]

(iv) Measure the bearing of B from C.

Answer(a)(iv) ............................................... [1]

© UCLES 2013 0580/32/O/N/13


7
For
(b) A plane is at airfield C at 10 40. Examiner′s
It flies 525 km to airfield A at a speed of 700 km/h. Use

Work out the time when the plane reaches airfield A.

Answer(b) ............................................... [3]

(c) This plane has a maximum take-off weight of 4173 kg.

Write 4173 kg correct to the nearest hundred kilograms.

Answer(c) .......................................... kg [1]

(d) The plane can fly at a maximum height of 13 107 m.

Write 13 107 m in kilometres, correct to 3 significant figures.

Answer(d) ......................................... km [2]

(e) In one week, the plane flies a total distance of 8520 km, correct to the nearest ten kilometres.

Write down the lower bound of this distance.

Answer(e) ......................................... km [1]


_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/32/O/N/13 [Turn over


8
For
5 Examiner′s
5 (a) Complete the table of values for y = x . Use

x –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 5

y –1.67 –2.5 –5 5 1.67 1.25


[2]

5
(b) On the grid, draw the graph of y = x for –5 Y x Y –1 and 1 Y x Y 5.

y
6

x
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

–6

[4]

5
(c) Use your graph to solve the equation x =4.

Answer(c) x = ............................................... [1]

(d) (i) On the grid, draw the line x = –3.5 . [1]

(ii) On the grid, plot the point (5, –3) and label it P. [1]

(iii) Draw the line that passes through P and is perpendicular to x = –3.5 . [1]
_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/32/O/N/13


9
For
6 (a) Here are three different sequences. Examiner′s
Write the missing terms in the spaces provided. Use

(i) 2, 8, 14, 20, ................ [1]

(ii) 1, 4, 9, ................ , 25 [1]

(iii) ................ , 12, 7, 2, ................ [2]

(b) Here is the rule for finding the next term in another sequence.

Double the previous term and subtract 1.

The first two terms in this sequence are 3 and 5.

(i) Work out the next two terms in the sequence.

Answer(b)(i) ................... , ................... [2]

(ii) Complete the following statement.

All the terms in this sequence are .............................................. numbers. [1]

(c) Here is the start of a sequence of stick patterns.

Pattern 1 Pattern 2 Pattern 3


8 sticks 13 sticks 18 sticks

(i) Find the number of sticks in Pattern 4.

Answer(c)(i) ............................................... [1]

(ii) Write down an expression for the number of sticks in Pattern n.

Answer(c)(ii) ............................................... [2]

(iii) One pattern in the sequence has 98 sticks.

Which pattern number is this?

Answer(c)(iii) ............................................... [2]


_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/32/O/N/13 [Turn over


10
For
7 12 people each solved the same puzzle. Examiner′s
The table shows their ages and the time they each took to solve the puzzle. Use

Age (years) 19 24 28 16 25 20 15 22 32 30 68 16

Time (seconds) 36 38 42 36 45 42 32 40 40 46 56 38

(a) Find the median age.

Answer(a) ...................................... years [2]

(b) For these 12 people, explain why the mean age may not be an appropriate average.

Answer(b) .................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) Calculate the mean time taken.

Answer(c) ................................. seconds [2]

© UCLES 2013 0580/32/O/N/13


11
For
(d) (i) Complete the scatter diagram. Examiner′s
The first six points have been plotted for you. Use

70

60

50

40
Time
(seconds)

30

20

10

0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Age (years)
[2]

(ii) What type of correlation does the scatter diagram show?

Answer(d)(ii) ............................................... [1]

(iii) Draw a line of best fit on the scatter diagram. [1]

(iv) Would it be sensible to use your line of best fit to estimate the time taken by a child aged 8 to
solve the puzzle?
Explain your answer.

Answer(d)(iv) .................... because ........................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................... [1]
_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/32/O/N/13 [Turn over


12
For
8 (a) Complete the table. Examiner′s
Use

Name of polygon Number of sides

Quadrilateral 4

Heptagon

5
[2]

(b)
B C D

NOT TO
23° SCALE

55°
A E

In the diagram, AB is parallel to EC and BCD is parallel to AE.


Angle BAE = 55° and angle CED = 23°.

(i) Complete the following statement.

The mathematical name for quadrilateral ABDE is ............................................ . [1]

(ii) Work out the size of angle ABC.

Answer(b)(ii) Angle ABC = ............................................... [1]

(iii) Work out the size of angle CDE.

Answer(b)(iii) Angle CDE = ............................................... [2]

© UCLES 2013 0580/32/O/N/13


13
For
(c) Examiner′s
B Use
C

NOT TO
35° O SCALE

52°

Points A, B and C lie on a circle with centre O.


DA is a tangent to the circle at A.
Angle BAC = 35° and angle ADC = 52°.

(i) Write down the size of angle ABC giving a reason for your answer.

Answer(c)(i) Angle ABC = ............... because ..................................................................

........................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) Work out the size of angle BCA.

Answer(c)(ii) Angle BCA = ............................................... [1]

(iii) Work out the size of angle BCD.

Answer(c)(iii) Angle BCD = ............................................... [3]


_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/32/O/N/13 [Turn over


14
For
9 (a) The table shows some information about minimum and maximum temperatures in Moscow one Examiner′s
January and February. Use

Temperature January February

Maximum –9°C 2°C

Minimum –16°C

(i) Find the difference between the maximum and minimum temperatures in January.

Answer(a)(i) ...........................................°C [1]

(ii) The difference between the maximum and minimum temperatures in February was 34°C.

Find the minimum temperature in February.

Answer(a)(ii) ...........................................°C [1]

(iii) The minimum temperature in Moscow in December was 5°C higher than the minimum
temperature in January.

Work out the minimum temperature in December.

Answer(a)(iii) ...........................................°C [1]

© UCLES 2013 0580/32/O/N/13


15
For
(b) The table shows the population of some cities in Russia. Examiner′s
Use

City Population

Kaliningrad 4.30 × 105

Moscow

Novosibirsk 1.40 × 106

Omsk 1.13 × 106

Saint Petersburg 4.58 × 106

(i) The population of Moscow is 10 500 000.

Complete the table by writing the population of Moscow in standard form. [1]

(ii) Write the population of Saint Petersburg as an ordinary number.

Answer(b)(ii) ............................................... [1]

(iii) Which city has the smallest population?

Answer(b)(iii) ............................................... [1]

(iv) Find the difference between the population of Novosibirsk and the population of Omsk.
Give your answer in standard form.

Answer(b)(iv) ............................................... [2]


_____________________________________________________________________________________

Question 10 is printed on the next page.

© UCLES 2013 0580/32/O/N/13 [Turn over


16
For
10 (a) Solve the equation. Examiner′s
6(x – 2) = 9 Use

Answer(a) x = ............................................... [2]

(b) Expand and simplify.


8(n – 1) – 2(3n + 5)

Answer(b) ............................................... [2]

(c) Factorise completely.


10p2 + 5p3

Answer(c) ............................................... [2]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2013 0580/32/O/N/13


w
w
w
.X
tr
me
eP
ap
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS

er
s
International General Certificate of Secondary Education

.c
om
*4932585116*

MATHEMATICS 0580/33
Paper 3 (Core) October/November 2013
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 16 printed pages.

IB13 11_0580_33/2RP
© UCLES 2013 [Turn over
2
For
1 Adam owns a farm. Examiner′s
Use
(a) He plans to keep twenty hens.
He works out what he thinks this will cost.

Complete the following table.

Item Cost ($)

Equipment 500

20 hens costing $12 each

3 years supply of feed


costing $25 per month

TOTAL
[3]

(b) The equipment actually costs $600.

The ratio of costs is equipment : hens : feed = 5 : 3 : 9 .

(i) Show that the total cost is now $2040.

Answer(b)(i)

[2]

(ii) Adam actually buys more than 20 hens, each costing $12.

How many hens does he buy?

Answer(b)(ii) ............................................... [2]

© UCLES 2013 0580/33/O/N/13


3
For
(c) Adam makes $2920 from selling his hens’ eggs. Examiner′s
Use
Calculate his percentage profit on the $2040.

Answer(c) ........................................... % [2]

(d) Adam borrows $1500 for 3 years at a rate of 5.5% per year compound interest.

Calculate the interest he will pay, correct to the nearest cent.

Answer(d) $ ................................................ [3]


_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/33/O/N/13 [Turn over


4
For
2 The diagram shows four quadrilaterals drawn on a 1 cm2 grid. Examiner′s
Use
y
8

7
X
6

5 A

x
–8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
–1

–2

–3
B C
–4

–5

–6

–7

–8

(a) Write down the mathematical name of the quadrilateral X.

Answer(a) ............................................... [1]

© UCLES 2013 0580/33/O/N/13


5
For
(b) Describe fully the single transformation that maps quadrilateral X onto quadrilateral Examiner′s
Use
(i) A,

Answer(b)(i) ......................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................... [3]

(ii) B,

Answer(b)(ii) .....................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................... [2]

(iii) C.

Answer(b)(iii) ....................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................... [3]

(c) (i) Calculate the length of the longest side of quadrilateral X.


Show that your answer rounds to 3.16 cm, correct to 3 significant figures.

Answer(c)(i)

[2]

(ii) Calculate the perimeter of quadrilateral X.

Answer(c)(ii) ......................................... cm [3]

(iii) Find the perimeter of quadrilateral C.

Answer(c)(iii) ......................................... cm [1]


_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/33/O/N/13 [Turn over


6
For
3 (a) Using only the integers from 1 to 50, find Examiner′s
Use
(i) a multiple of both 4 and 7,

Answer(a)(i) ............................................... [1]

(ii) a square number that is odd,

Answer(a)(ii) ............................................... [1]

(iii) an even prime number,

Answer(a)(iii) ............................................... [1]

(iv) a prime number which is one less than a multiple of 5.

Answer(a)(iv) ............................................... [1]

(b) Find the value of

(i) ^ 5 h ,
2

Answer(b)(i) ............................................... [1]

(ii) 2–3 × 63.

Answer(b)(ii) ............................................... [2]


_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/33/O/N/13


7
For
4 (a) A regular polygon has 9 sides. Examiner′s
For this polygon, calculate Use

(i) the size of one exterior angle,

Answer(a)(i) ............................................... [2]

(ii) the size of one interior angle.

Answer(a)(ii) ............................................... [1]

(b)
C

B
24° y° NOT TO
SCALE
D
O
E

z° x°
A

In the diagram, A, B, C and D are points on the circumference of a circle, centre O.


AB is the diameter and EF is a tangent to the circle at A.
AB is parallel to DC and angle ACD = 24°.

Find

(i) w,
Answer(b)(i) w = ............................................... [1]

(ii) x,
Answer(b)(ii) x = ............................................... [1]

(iii) y.

Answer(b)(iii) y = ............................................... [1]

(c) Complete the statement.

z = ............................... because ................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................... [2]
_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/33/O/N/13 [Turn over


8
For
5 (a) (i) Complete the table for y = 5 + 3x – x2. Examiner′s
Use

x –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5

y –5 5 7 5 –5
[3]

(ii) On the grid, draw the graph of y = 5 + 3x – x2 for –2 Y x Y 5.

y
8

x
–2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

–6
[4]

(b) Use your graph to solve the equation 5 + 3x – x2 = 0 .

Answer(b) x = ..................... or x = ..................... [2]

© UCLES 2013 0580/33/O/N/13


9
For
(c) (i) On the grid, draw the line of symmetry of y = 5 + 3x – x2. [1] Examiner′s
Use
(ii) Write down the equation of this line of symmetry.

Answer(c)(ii) ............................................... [1]

(d) (i) On the grid, draw a straight line from (–1, 1) to (3, 5). [1]

(ii) Work out the gradient of this line.

Answer(d)(ii) ............................................... [2]

(iii) Write down the equation of this line in the form y = mx + c.

Answer(d)(iii) y = ............................................... [1]


_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/33/O/N/13 [Turn over


10
For
6 Alison scored the following number of runs in 15 cricket matches. Examiner′s
Use
12 3 27 35 0
7 52 4 18 30
18 7 94 61 7

(a) For these scores,

(i) work out the median,

Answer(a)(i) ............................................... [2]

(ii) write down the mode,

Answer(a)(ii) ............................................... [1]

(iii) calculate the mean.

Answer(a)(iii) ............................................... [2]

(b) These are the averages for the number of runs scored by Bethan in the 15 matches.

Median = 21 Mode = 13 Mean = 20

Alison says that her scores are better than Bethan’s scores.
Bethan says that her scores are better than Alison’s scores.

Explain how they could both be correct.

Answer(b) .................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2013 0580/33/O/N/13


11
For
(c) Alison puts her 15 scores into 4 groups and shows them in a pie chart. Examiner′s
Use
(i) Complete the table.

Score Frequency Sector Angle

0 to 25 9 216°

26 to 50

51 to 75

76 to 100
[3]

(ii) Complete the pie chart and label the sectors.

0 to 25

[3]

(d) Estimate the probability that in the next match Alison will score more than 25 runs.
Give your answer as a fraction in its simplest form.

Answer(d) ............................................... [2]


_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/33/O/N/13 [Turn over


12
For
7 Examiner′s
D Use

E C
NOT TO
SCALE
2.25 m

1.5 m

A B
1.0 m

The diagram shows a trapezium ABCD.


AB = 1.0 m, AD = 2.25 m, BC = 1.5 m and angle DEC = 90°.

(a) Using trigonometry, calculate angle DCE.

Answer(a) Angle DCE = ............................................... [3]

(b) Calculate the area of the trapezium ABCD.

Answer(b) .......................................... m2 [2]

(c) ABCD is the cross-section of a box.


The box is 2 m long.

Calculate the volume of the box.

D C

2m B

Answer(c) .......................................... m3 [1]

© UCLES 2013 0580/33/O/N/13


13
For
(d) On the grid, complete the net of the box. Examiner′s
The base and one face of the box have been drawn for you. Use

The scale is 2 cm to 1 m.

[4]
_____________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2013 0580/33/O/N/13 [Turn over


14
For
8 Here is a sequence of patterns made using identical polygons. Examiner′s
Use

Pattern 1 Pattern 2 Pattern 3

(a) Write down the mathematical name of the polygon in Pattern 1.

Answer(a) ............................................... [1]

(b) Complete the table for the number of vertices (corners) and the number of lines in Pattern 3,
Pattern 4 and Pattern 7.

Pattern 1 2 3 4 7

Number of vertices 8 14

Number of lines 8 15
[5]

(c) (i) Find an expression for the number of vertices in Pattern n.

Answer(c)(i) ............................................... [2]

(ii) Work out the number of vertices in Pattern 23.

Answer(c)(ii) ............................................... [1]

© UCLES 2013 0580/33/O/N/13


15
For
(d) Find an expression for the number of lines in Pattern n. Examiner′s
Use

Answer(d) ............................................... [2]

(e) Work out an expression, in its simplest form, for

(number of lines in Pattern n) – (number of vertices in Pattern n).

Answer(e) ............................................... [2]


_____________________________________________________________________________________

Question 9 is printed on the next page.

© UCLES 2013 0580/33/O/N/13 [Turn over


16
For
1
9 (a) The formula for the volume, V, of a cone with radius r, and height h, is V = 3 πr2h . Examiner′s
Use

(i) To make r the subject of this formula, the first step is 3V = πr2h.

Show the remaining steps to make r the subject of this formula.

Answer(a)(i) r = ............................................... [2]

(ii) An ice-cream cone has a volume of 141 cm3 and height 15 cm.

Show that the radius of the cone is 3 cm, correct to the nearest whole number.

Answer(a)(ii)

[2]

(b) The open end of an ice-cream cone is a circle of radius 3 cm.

Calculate the circumference of this circle.

Answer(b) ......................................... cm [2]

(c) The volume of a ball of ice-cream is 113 cm3.


The ball of ice-cream costs $2.15 .

Calculate the cost of 1 cm3 of the ice-cream.


Give your answer in cents, correct to 1 decimal place.

Answer(c) ...................................... cents [3]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2013 0580/33/O/N/13


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*0224327052*

MATHEMATICS 0580/31
Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2014
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 15 printed pages and 1 blank page.

IB14 06_0580_31/3RP
© UCLES 2014 [Turn over
2

1 (a) The angles in a triangle are in the ratio 3:4:8 .

(i) Show that the smallest angle of the triangle is 36°.

Answer(a)(i)

[2]

(ii) Work out the other two angles of the triangle.

Answer(a)(ii) ............................. and ............................. [2]

(b) Another triangle ABC has angle BAC = 35° and angle ABC = 65°.

(i) Using a protractor and straight edge complete an accurate drawing of the triangle ABC.
The side AB has been drawn for you.

A B
[2]

(ii) Measure the length, in centimetres, of the shortest side of your triangle.

Answer(b)(ii) .......................................... cm [1]

(c) A different triangle has base 7.0 cm and height 5.6 cm.
Calculate the area of this triangle, giving the units of your answer.

Answer(c) ....................... ..................... [3]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/31/M/J/14


3

2 (a) From the integers 50 to 100, find

(i) a multiple of 43,

Answer(a)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) a factor of 165,

Answer(a)(ii) ................................................ [1]

(iii) an odd number that is also a square number,

Answer(a)(iii) ................................................ [1]

(iv) a number which is a square number and also a cube number.

Answer(a)(iv) ................................................. [1]

(b) (i) Find the square root of 5929.

Answer(b)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) Find the lowest common multiple of 24 and 30.

Answer(b)(ii) ................................................ [2]

(c) Elena goes on a journey to the North Pole.


She leaves home at 7 am on 15 July and arrives at the North Pole at 10 pm on 27 July.

How long, in days and hours, did her journey take?

Answer(c) ....................... days ....................... hours [2]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/31/M/J/14 [Turn over


4

3
y
10

4
S
3

1
P
x
–8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
–1

–2
T
–3

–4

–5

–6

–7

–8

–9

–10

The diagram shows two shapes, S and T, on a 1 cm2 grid.


P is the point (–2, 0).

© UCLES 2014 0580/31/M/J/14


5

(a) (i) Write down the mathematical name of shape S.

Answer(a)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) How many lines of symmetry does shape S have?

Answer(a)(ii) ................................................ [1]

(b) Describe the single transformation that maps shape S onto shape T.

Answer(b) ...........................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................. [2]

(c) On the grid,

(i) draw the reflection of shape S in the y-axis, [2]

(ii) draw the rotation of shape S about (0, 0) through 90° anti-clockwise. [2]

(d) On the grid, draw the enlargement of shape S with scale factor 2 and centre P (–2, 0).
Label the image E. [2]

(e) (i) Work out the area of shape S.

Answer(e)(i) ......................................... cm2 [2]

(ii) How many shapes, identical to shape S, will fill shape E completely?

Answer(e)(ii) ................................................ [1]

(iii) Work out the area of shape E.

Answer(e)(iii) ......................................... cm2 [1]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/31/M/J/14 [Turn over


6

4 Denzil grows tomatoes. He selects a random sample of 25 tomatoes.


The mass of each tomato, to the nearest 5 grams, is shown below.

55 65 50 75 65
80 70 70 55 60
70 60 65 50 75
65 70 75 80 70
55 65 70 80 55

(a) (i) Complete the frequency table.


You may use the tally column to help you.

Mass
Tally Frequency
(grams)

50

55

60

65

70

75

80
[2]

(ii) Write down the mode.

Answer(a)(ii) ............................................. g [1]

(iii) Find the range.

Answer(a)(iii) ............................................. g [1]

(iv) Show that the mean mass is 66 g.

Answer(a)(iv)

[2]

© UCLES 2014 0580/31/M/J/14


7

(b) Denzil picks 800 tomatoes.


4% of the 800 tomatoes are damaged.

How many of these tomatoes are not damaged?

Answer(b) ................................................ [2]

(c) Denzil sells 750 of his tomatoes.

(i) The mean mass of a tomato is 66 g.

Calculate the mass of the 750 tomatoes in kilograms.

Answer(c)(i) ........................................... kg [3]

(ii) Denzil sells his tomatoes at $1.40 per kilogram.

Calculate the total amount he receives from selling all the 750 tomatoes.

Answer(c)(ii) $ ................................................ [1]

(iii) The cost of growing these tomatoes was $33.

Calculate his percentage profit.

Answer(c)(iii) ............................................ % [3]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/31/M/J/14 [Turn over


8

5 Use a ruler and compasses only in parts (a), (c) and (d) of this question.
Show all your construction arcs.

100 m

E
120 m

C 150 m

100 m
D
Scale: 1 cm to 20 m

Maria owns a farm.


The scale drawing shows part of the boundary of the farm.
The scale is 1 centimetre represents 20 metres.

© UCLES 2014 0580/31/M/J/14


9

(a) The point F is such that AF = 140 m and EF = 160 m.


Angle BAF and angle DEF are both obtuse angles.

Complete the scale drawing of the farm boundary ABCDEF. [2]

(b) Write down the name of the polygon ABCDEF.

Answer(b) ................................................ [1]

(c) (i) Construct the perpendicular bisector of the side CD. [2]

(ii) Construct the bisector of angle ABC. [2]

(iii) All the farm buildings are within a region that is

● nearer to C than to D
and
● nearer to BC than to BA.

Shade the region containing the farm buildings. [1]

(d) A fence post, P, is shown on the boundary DE.

(i) Construct the locus of points that are 50 m from P and also inside the farm boundary. [2]

(ii) A region for keeping pigs is within 50 m of P and inside the farm boundary.

Calculate the actual area for keeping pigs.

Answer(d)(ii) ........................................... m2 [2]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/31/M/J/14 [Turn over


10

8
6 (a) (i) Complete the table of values for y = x , x ≠ 0 .

x –8 –4 –2 –1 1 2 4 8

y –2 2
[3]
8
(ii) On the grid, draw the graph of y = x for –8 Ğ x Ğ –1 and 1 Ğ x Ğ 8 .

y
8

x
–8 –6 –4 –2 0 2 4 6 8

–2

–4

–6

–8
[4]

© UCLES 2014 0580/31/M/J/14


11

(iii) Write down the order of rotational symmetry of your graph.

Answer(a)(iii) ................................................ [1]

(b) (i) Complete this table of values for y = 1.5x + 3 .

x –6 –4 –2 0 2

y –6 3
[2]

(ii) On the grid, draw the graph of y = 1.5x + 3 . [1]


8
(c) Use your graphs to solve the equation x = 1.5x + 3 .

Answer(c) x = .......................... or x = .......................... [2]

(d) Write down the gradient of the graph of y = 1.5x + 3 .

Answer(d) ................................................ [1]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/31/M/J/14 [Turn over


12

7 120 people are asked how they travel to work.


The pie chart shows the results.

Cycle
Bus

Walk

Car

(a) (i) Show that 45 people travel by car.

Answer(a)(i)

[2]

(ii) A person is chosen at random from the 120 people.

Find the probability that this person travels to work by bus or by car.

Answer(a)(ii) ................................................ [2]

© UCLES 2014 0580/31/M/J/14


13

(b) One year later, the same 120 people were again asked how they travel to work.

Here is the information.

Number of people

Walk x

Cycle 31

Bus 17 more than the number of people who walk

Car 2 times the number of people who walk

(i) Use this information to complete the following equation, in terms of x.

............................................................................................. = 120 [3]

(ii) Solve the equation to find the number of people who walk to work.

Answer(b)(ii) ................................................ [3]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/31/M/J/14 [Turn over


14

8 (a) Write down an expression for the total mass of c cricket balls, each weighing 160 grams, and f footballs,
each weighing 400 grams.

Answer(a) ...................................... grams [2]

(b) Expand and simplify.


3(2x – 5y) – 4(x – 2y)

Answer(b) ................................................ [2]

(c) Factorise completely.


5x2y – 20x

Answer(c) ................................................ [2]

(d) Solve the simultaneous equations.


3x + 4y = 7
4x – 3y = 26

Answer(d) x = ................................................

y = ................................................ [4]
__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/31/M/J/14


15

9 (a) For these sequences, write down the next two terms and the rule for finding the next term.

(i) 84, 75, 66, 57, ...

Answer(a)(i) ................. , ................. rule .................................................................................. [3]

(ii) 2, 6, 18, 54, ...

Answer(a)(ii) ................. , ................. rule ................................................................................. [3]

(b) For the sequence in part (a)(i),

(i) write down an expression, in terms of n, for the n th term,

Answer(b)(i) ................................................ [2]

(ii) find the 21st term.

Answer(b)(ii) ................................................ [2]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/31/M/J/14 [Turn over


16

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2014 0580/31/M/J/14


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*4942783219*

MATHEMATICS 0580/32
Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2014
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 16 printed pages.

IB14 06_0580_32/RP
© UCLES 2014 [Turn over
2

1 (a) Here is a list of numbers.

2 4 5 8 9 12
Write down all the numbers from this list which are

(i) odd,

Answer(a)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) square,

Answer(a)(ii) ................................................ [1]

(iii) cube,

Answer(a)(iii) ................................................ [1]

(iv) prime.

Answer(a)(iv) ................................................ [1]

(b) Write one of these symbols >, < or = to make each statement true.

22
π .................... 7

^ 2 h 2 .................... 2

1
.................... 2
1+1

(–1)2 .................... –1
[2]

(c) Put one pair of brackets in each statement to make it true.

(i) 16 + 8 ÷ 4 – 2 = 4 [1]

(ii) 16 + 8 ÷ 4 – 2 = 20 [1]

© UCLES 2014 0580/32/M/J/14


3

(d) (i) Write 84 as a product of its prime factors.

Answer(d)(i) ................................................ [2]

(ii) Find the highest common factor of 84 and 24.

Answer(d)(ii) ................................................ [2]

(iii) Find the lowest common multiple of 84 and 24.

Answer(d)(iii) ................................................ [2]

(e) Here are the first four terms of a sequence.

3 7 11 15

(i) Write down the next term in this sequence.

Answer(e)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) Explain how you found your answer.

Answer(e)(ii) ............................................................................................................................... [1]

(iii) Write down an expression for the n th term of this sequence.

Answer(e)(iii) ................................................ [2]

(iv) Explain why 125 is not in this sequence.

Answer(e)(iv) ..............................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [1]
__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/32/M/J/14 [Turn over


4

2
B

A NOT TO
SCALE
240 cm
180 cm

D 120 cm C

The diagram shows the cross section ABCD of a shed.


AD = 180 cm, DC = 120 cm and BC = 240 cm.

(a) (i) Write down the mathematical name of the cross section ABCD.

Answer(a)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) Calculate the area of the cross section ABCD.


Give the units of your answer.

Answer(a)(ii) ........................... .............. [3]

(iii) The shed is a prism of length 2.5 metres.

Calculate the volume of the shed.


Give your answer in cubic metres.

Answer(a)(iii) ........................................... m3 [2]

© UCLES 2014 0580/32/M/J/14


5

(iv) Calculate the length AB.

Answer(a)(iv) AB = .......................................... cm [3]

(b) Here is a scale drawing of a garden, GHIJ.


The scale is 1 centimetre represents 5 metres.

G J

Scale: 1 cm to 5 m

The shed is placed in the garden so that it is

● nearer to GJ than to IJ
and
● within 20 m of H.

Using a ruler and compasses only, construct and shade the region where the shed can be placed.
Show all your construction arcs. [5]
__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/32/M/J/14 [Turn over


6

3 (a) Draw the line of symmetry on the shape below.

[1]

(b) Write down the order of rotational symmetry of the shape below.

Answer(b) ................................................ [1]

(c) (i)

NOT TO
72°
SCALE
157°

Work out the value of x.

Answer(c)(i) x = ................................................ [1]

(ii)

49°
NOT TO
SCALE

y° 54°

Work out the value of y.

Answer(c)(ii) y = ................................................ [2]

© UCLES 2014 0580/32/M/J/14


7

(d)
A NOT TO
SCALE
34°
O

B C

AC is a diameter of the circle, centre O.

Calculate angle ACB.

Answer(d) Angle ACB = ................................................ [2]

(e) The diagram below shows parts of shape P and shape Q.


Shape P is a regular hexagon and shape Q is another regular polygon.
The two shapes have one side in common.

100° NOT TO
SCALE

P Q

100°

Find the number of sides in shape Q.


Show each step of your working.

Answer(e) ................................................ [5]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/32/M/J/14 [Turn over


8

4 Paolo’s football team played 46 games.


The pictogram shows some information about the number of goals scored by Paolo’s football team.
They did not score any goals in five games.

Number
Number of games
of goals

Key: = .................. games

(a) (i) Complete the key. [1]

(ii) Paolo’s team scored 2 goals in each of nine games.

Complete the pictogram. [1]

(b) (i) Write down the modal number of goals.

Answer(b)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) Find the median number of goals.

Answer(b)(ii) ................................................ [1]

(iii) Find the range.

Answer(b)(iii) ................................................ [1]

(iv) One of the 46 games is chosen at random.

Work out the probability that Paolo’s team scored at least 4 goals.

Answer(b)(iv) ................................................ [2]

© UCLES 2014 0580/32/M/J/14


9

(c) The table shows the total goals scored and the total points gained by 10 teams.

Team A B C D E F G H I J

Goals 31 40 46 50 43 92 60 84 68 87

Points 36 35 52 56 72 78 59 70 61 75

(i) Complete the scatter diagram.


The first six points have been plotted for you. [2]

80

70

60

Points

50

40

30
30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Goals

(ii) Draw the line of best fit. [1]

(iii) What type of correlation is shown?

Answer(c)(iii) ................................................ [1]

(iv) Use your line of best fit to estimate the total points gained by a team scoring 75 goals.

Answer(c)(iv) ................................................ [1]

(v) Which team only scores a few goals but gains a lot of points?

Answer(c)(v) ................................................ [1]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/32/M/J/14 [Turn over


10

5 (a) Jasmine works for 38 hours each week and she earns $12.15 each hour.

(i) Calculate her earnings in one week.

Answer(a)(i) $ ................................................ [1]

(ii) Jasmine pays 14% of her earnings in tax.

Calculate how much money she has left after tax is paid.

Answer(a)(ii) $ ................................................ [2]


1
(iii) She pays 3 of the money she has left after tax in rent.

Calculate how much rent she pays in one year (52 weeks).

Answer(a)(iii) $ ................................................ [2]

(iv) In one week she spends $140 on food and electricity in the ratio

food : electricity = 3 : 2 .

Calculate how much she spends on food.

Answer(a)(iv) $ ................................................ [2]

(b) Jasmine buys a watch for 10 000 Japanese Yen (¥).


The exchange rate is $1 = ¥ 80.4 .

Calculate the cost of this watch in dollars, giving your answer correct to the nearest dollar.

Answer(b) $ ................................................ [3]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/32/M/J/14


11

6 (a) Complete the table of values for y = x2 + 2x – 3 .

x –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4

y 0 –3 –4 –3 0 5 21
[2]

(b) On the grid, draw the graph of y = x2 + 2x – 3 for –4 Ğ x Ğ 4 .

y
25

20

15

10

x
–4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4

–5
[4]

(c) On the grid, draw the line y = 10 . [1]

(d) Use your graphs to solve the equation x2 + 2x – 3 = 10 for –4 Y x Y 4 .

Answer(d) x = ................................................ [1]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/32/M/J/14 [Turn over


12

7 (a)

5p + 3r NOT TO
7p – 6r SCALE

p + 2r

Write an expression for the perimeter of this triangle.


Give your answer in its simplest form.

Answer(a) ................................................ [2]

(b) Another triangle has a perimeter 12w – 2z .

Calculate this perimeter when w = 16 and z = –3.

Answer(b) ................................................ [2]

(c) Solve.

(i) 5a = 32

Answer(c)(i) a = ................................................ [1]

(ii) 5b + 23 = 8

Answer(c)(ii) b = ................................................ [2]

(iii) 5c + 7 = 2(c – 10)

Answer(c)(iii) c = ................................................ [3]

© UCLES 2014 0580/32/M/J/14


13

(d) (i) Multiply out the brackets.


8(2x + 3)

Answer(d)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) Factorise completely.


6x2 – 12x

Answer(d)(ii) ................................................ [2]

(e) Write each expression in its simplest form.

(i) 3q4 × 5q2

Answer(e)(i) ................................................ [2]

(ii) t 8 ÷ t 2

Answer(e)(ii) ................................................ [1]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/32/M/J/14 [Turn over


14

8 (a) Work out.

(i) 5 e o
2
-3

Answer(a)(i) f p [1]

(ii) e o + e o
4 3
-5 -1

Answer(a)(ii) f p [1]

(b) A translation moves the point (6, 3) to the point (2, 8).

Work out the vector which represents this translation.

Answer(b) f p [1]

© UCLES 2014 0580/32/M/J/14


15

(c) A point P is translated by the vector e o to the point (7, –2).


4
-3
Find the co-ordinates of P.
You may use the grid below to help you.

Answer(c) (.................... , ....................) [1]

__________________________________________________________________________________________

Question 9 is printed on the next page.

© UCLES 2014 0580/32/M/J/14 [Turn over


16

9
y

10

4
B
3

2
A
1

x
–7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

(a) On the grid, draw the image of triangle A after the following transformations.

(i) Reflection in the x-axis. [1]

(ii) Rotation about (0, 0) through 180°. [2]

(iii) Translation by the vector e o .


-5
[2]
3
(b) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle A onto triangle B.

Answer(b) ...........................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................. [3]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2014 0580/32/M/J/14


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
*9994985227*

MATHEMATICS 0580/33
Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2014
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

The syllabus is approved for use in England, Wales and Northern Ireland as a Cambridge International Level 1/Level 2 Certificate.

This document consists of 16 printed pages.

IB14 06_0580_33/2RP
© UCLES 2014 [Turn over
2

1 (a)
y
7

5
D
4

2
C
1
A
x
–4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
–1

–2
B
–3

–4

Four shapes, A, B, C and D, are shown on the grid.

Describe fully the single transformation that maps shape A onto

(i) shape B,

Answer(a)(i) ................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) shape C,

Answer(a)(ii) ...............................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [3]

(iii) shape D.

Answer(a)(iii) ..............................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [3]

© UCLES 2014 0580/33/M/J/14


3

(b) (i)

Shade in one more square so that this shape has rotational symmetry of order 2. [1]

(ii)

Reflect this shape in the line of symmetry shown. [2]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/33/M/J/14 [Turn over


4

2 A group of students take part in their school’s sports day.

(a) (i) The length, l m, that Anna throws the javelin is 23.6 metres correct to the nearest 10 centimetres.

Complete the statement about l.

Answer(a)(i) .......................... Y l < .......................... [2]

(ii) Billy throws the hammer a distance of 8 metres on his first throw.
His second throw is 15% further.

Calculate the distance of his second throw.

Answer(a)(ii) ............................................ m [2]

(iii) Carl runs 100 metres at a speed of 8 m/s.

Calculate the time it takes him to run 100 m.

Answer(a)(iii) .............................................. s [1]

(iv) Change Carl’s speed of 8 m/s into km/h.

Answer(a)(iv) ....................................... km/h [2]

(b) Ten students take part in both the long jump and 100 m hurdles competitions.
The results are shown in the table below.

Student A B C D E F G H I J
Distance in long jump (metres) 3.25 3.60 3.75 3.90 4.10 4.20 4.30 4.40 4.65 4.70
Time for 100 m hurdles (seconds) 17.3 17.4 16.7 16.1 16.5 15.8 15.3 14.8 15.5 15.0

© UCLES 2014 0580/33/M/J/14


5

(i) Complete the scatter diagram.


The first six points have been plotted for you.

18.0

17.0

Time for
100 m hurdles
(seconds)
16.0

15.0

14.0
3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5
Distance in long jump (metres)
[2]

(ii) What type of correlation does this scatter diagram show?

Answer(b)(ii) ................................................ [1]

(iii) Describe the relationship between the distance in the long jump and the time for the 100 m hurdles.

Answer(b)(iii) .............................................................................................................................. [1]

(iv) On the grid, draw the line of best fit. [1]

(v) Another student jumps 3.50 m in the long jump.

Use your line of best fit to estimate the time for this student in the 100 m hurdles.

Answer(b)(v) .............................................. s [1]

(vi) A different student jumps 5.20 m in the long jump.

Explain why you should not use your scatter diagram to estimate their time in the 100 m hurdles.

Answer(b)(vi) .............................................................................................................................. [1]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/33/M/J/14 [Turn over


6

3 The Wong family spend the day at the zoo.

(a) The Wong family has 2 adults and 3 children aged 2, 5 and 11 years old.

Admission

Adults $8.50
Children 11-16 years $6.00
Children 3-10 years $4.50
Children under 3 years FREE

Mr Wong pays for his family to go into the zoo using a $50 note.

Work out the change he receives.

Answer(a) $ ................................................ [3]

(b) The dolphin show finishes at 11 05.


It lasts for 1 hour and 20 minutes.

Write down the time the dolphin show starts.

Answer(b) ................................................ [1]

(c) Torty the tortoise was born on 27 December 1898.

Work out how many years old she was on 3 January 2003.

Answer(c) ....................................... years [1]

(d) Last year, the ratio snakes : lizards = 3 : 5 .


There were 45 lizards.

(i) Work out how many snakes there were last year.

Answer(d)(i) ................................................ [2]

(ii) This year, there are 3 more snakes and the same number of lizards.

Write down the new ratio snakes : lizards.


Give your answer in its simplest form.

Answer(d)(ii) ....................... : ....................... [2]

(e) Mr Wong hires a vehicle to drive around the zoo.


The cost is $25 for the first hour and $7.50 for every extra half hour.
He pays $85 altogether.

For how long does he hire the vehicle?

Answer(e) ...................................... hours [3]

© UCLES 2014 0580/33/M/J/14


7

(f) Mrs Wong wants to buy some food for the giraffes.

Small Bag Medium Bag Large Bag

225g 250g 325g

60 cents 70 cents 90 cents

Work out which bag is the best value for money.


Show how you decide.

Answer(f) ................................................ [3]

(g) The diagram shows a map of the zoo.


The scale is 1 centimetre represents 50 metres.

North

Entrance Scale: 1 cm to 50 m

Flamingos

North

Exit

(i) Measure the bearing of the flamingos from the entrance.

Answer(g)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) Xanthe looks after all the animals within 200 m of the exit.

Draw accurately the locus of points inside the zoo which are 200 m from the exit. [2]

(iii) A shop, S, is on a bearing of 212° from the entrance and a bearing of 293° from the exit.

Mark the point S on the map. [3]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/33/M/J/14 [Turn over


8

4 The ages of 15 children who go to a swimming club are shown below.

10 11 10 12 12
13 11 12 12 12
12 10 11 11 11

(a) Complete the frequency table.


You may use the tally column to help you.

Age Tally Frequency


10
11
12
13
[2]

(b) For the ages of the 15 children, find

(i) the range,

Answer(b)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) the mode,

Answer(b)(ii) ................................................ [1]

(iii) the median,

Answer(b)(iii) ................................................ [1]

(iv) the mean.

Answer(b)(iv) ................................................ [2]

(c) One child is chosen at random from the group.

Write down the probability that the child’s age is

(i) 10,

Answer(c)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) more than 13.

Answer(c)(ii) ................................................ [1]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/33/M/J/14


9

5 (a) (i) Write down the name of a solid which is not a prism.

Answer(a)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) A prism has a cross-sectional area, A, and height, h.

Write down an expression, in terms of A and h, for the volume of the prism.

Answer(a)(ii) ................................................ [1]

(b) The volume, V, of a cylinder with radius r and height h is V = πr2h .

(i) Calculate the volume of a cylinder with radius 3 cm and height 12 cm.

Answer(b)(i) ......................................... cm3 [2]

(ii) Ravi puts 150 identical marbles in the cylinder.


He fills the cylinder to the top with 160 cm3 of water.

Find the volume of one marble.


Give your answer correct to 2 significant figures.

Answer(b)(ii) ......................................... cm3 [4]

(iii) Make r the subject of the formula V = πr2h .

Answer(b)(iii) r = ................................................ [2]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/33/M/J/14 [Turn over


10

6
y
6

x
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

–6

(a) On the grid, draw the graphs of

(i) y = 5, [1]

(ii) x = –3. [1]

(b) (i) Write down the co-ordinates of the point of intersection of y = 5 and x = –3.

Answer(b)(i) (...................... , ......................) [1]

(ii) Write down the equation of a line parallel to y = 5.

Answer(b)(ii) ................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2014 0580/33/M/J/14


11

(c) (i) Complete the table of values for the function y = x2 – 3x .

x –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5
y 4 0 0 4
[2]

(ii) On the grid, draw the graph of y = x2 – 3x for –2 Y x Y 5 .

y
11

10

x
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
–1

–2

–3

–4
[4]

(iii) Write down the co-ordinates of the lowest point of the graph.

Answer(c)(iii) (...................... , ......................) [1]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/33/M/J/14 [Turn over


12

7 Today it is Simon’s birthday.

(a) Simon is x years old.


Katy is twice as old as Simon.
Bob is 8 years younger than Simon.

(i) Write expressions, in terms of x, for the ages of Katy and Bob.

Answer(a)(i) Katy ................................................

Bob ................................................ [2]

(ii) The sum of their three ages is 40 years.

Write an equation in terms of x.

Answer(a)(ii) ................................................ [1]

(iii) Solve your equation for x.

Answer(a)(iii) x = ................................................ [2]

(b) Simon’s birthday cake weighs 600 grams.


1
He eats 8 of the cake.
Katy eats 25% of the cake.
Bob eats 0.3 of the cake.

Find the weight of the cake that is left.

Answer(b) ............................................. g [4]

© UCLES 2014 0580/33/M/J/14


13

(c) Aunty Millie gives Simon $150 for his birthday.


He invests the money in a bank at a rate of 6% per year compound interest.

Calculate the total amount Simon will have after 3 years.

Answer(c) $ ................................................. [3]

(d) One of Simon’s presents is a bag of sweets.


He decides to eat the sweets in a sequence.
On day 1 he eats 1 sweet, on day 2 he eats 5 sweets, on day 3 he eats 9 sweets and so on.

(i) Describe in words the rule for continuing the sequence 1, 5, 9, 13, 17 ..... .

Answer(d)(i) ................................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Write down an expression for the number of sweets he eats on day n.

Answer(d)(ii) ................................................ [2]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

© UCLES 2014 0580/33/M/J/14 [Turn over


14

8 (a)
NOT TO
SCALE
h

10 cm

The triangle has an area of 30 cm2 and a base of 10 cm.

Calculate the perpendicular height h of the triangle.

Answer(a) h = ......................................... cm [2]

(b)
D 8 cm C NOT TO
SCALE
7 cm

A B
14 cm

AB is parallel to CD.
AB is 14 cm and CD is 8 cm.
The perpendicular distance between AB and CD is 7 cm.

(i) Write down the mathematical name for the quadrilateral ABCD.

Answer(b)(i) ................................................ [1]

(ii) Calculate the area of ABCD.

Answer(b)(ii) ......................................... cm2 [2]

© UCLES 2014 0580/33/M/J/14


15

(c) An isosceles triangle has an angle of 40°.


Tikka draws the triangle with angles 40°, 70° and 70°.
Kanwarpreet draws a different correct triangle.

What angles did Kanwarpreet use?

Answer(c) 40°, .............. , .............. [2]


__________________________________________________________________________________________

Question 9 is printed on the next page.

© UCLES 2014 0580/33/M/J/14 [Turn over


16

9
C
NOT TO
A SCALE

The diagram shows a circle with diameter AB and centre O.


C is a point on the circumference of the circle.

(a) Explain how you know that angle ACB is 90° without having to measure it.

Answer(a) ........................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) AB = 13 cm and AC = 5 cm.

Calculate the length BC.

Answer(b) BC = .......................................... cm [3]

(c) Calculate angle ABC.

Answer(c) Angle ABC = ................................................ [2]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2014 0580/33/M/J/14


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
* 8 2 1 8 3 3 0 6 1 5 *

MATHEMATICS 0580/31
Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2017
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For r, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 16 printed pages.

DC (LK/FD) 130225/3
© UCLES 2017 [Turn over
www.egyptigstudentroom.com
2

1 Camilla joins a soccer club.


The total cost of joining is made up of membership, kit and travel.

(a) The ratio membership : kit : travel = 3 : 5 : 6.


The cost of membership is $78.

(i) Show that the total cost of joining is $364.

[1]

(ii) Calculate the cost of the kit and the cost of the travel.

Kit = $ ................................................

Travel = $ ................................................ [3]

10
(b) Camilla’s father pays of the $364.
13
Camilla pays the rest.

Calculate how much she pays.

$ ................................................ [2]

(c) Camilla’s brother joins the soccer club.


He receives a 12% discount on the $364 because he is younger than Camilla.

Calculate the total cost of joining for him.

$ ................................................ [2]

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
© UCLES 2017 0580/31/M/J/17
3

(d) During the year, Camilla’s team played 24 matches.


The table gives some information about the results of these matches.

Played Won Drawn Lost

24 W 6 L

(i) Write down an equation, in terms of W and L, for the number of matches played.

................................................. [1]

(ii) Points are given when a team wins or draws a match.

The points are


Match won 3 points
Match drawn 1 point
Match lost 0 points.

The team has a total of 54 points.

Write down an equation, in terms of W, for the total points given.

................................................. [1]

(iii) Work out the value of W and the value of L.

W = ................................................

L = ................................................ [3]

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
© UCLES 2017 0580/31/M/J/17 [Turn over
4

2
y

10

4
A

x
–10 –8 –6 –4 –2 0 2 4 6 8 10

–2

–4

–6
B

–8

–10

(a) Write down the mathematical name of the shaded polygon.

................................................. [1]

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
© UCLES 2017 0580/31/M/J/17
5

(b) Describe fully the single transformation that maps the shaded polygon onto polygon A.

..............................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................................. [3]

(c) Describe fully the single transformation that maps the shaded polygon onto polygon B.

..............................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................................. [2]

(d) On the grid, draw the reflection of the shaded polygon in the line x = 2. [2]

(e) On the grid, draw the rotation of the shaded polygon through 90° anti-clockwise about the origin. [2]

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
© UCLES 2017 0580/31/M/J/17 [Turn over
6

3 Francis asks 30 families how many children they have.


The table shows the results.

Number of children in each family 0 1 2 3 4 5

Number of families 4 6 6 2 9 3

(a) (i) Write down the mode.

................................................. [1]

(ii) Find the median.

................................................. [1]

(iii) Calculate the mean.

................................................. [3]

(iv) Complete the bar chart, including the vertical scale.

Number of
families

0 1 2 3 4 5

Number of children in each family

www.egyptigstudentroom.com [3]
© UCLES 2017 0580/31/M/J/17
7

(b) Francis also recorded the age group and gender of the children aged 12 or less.
The information is shown in the table.

Age 4 and
Age 5 to 8 Age 9 to 12 Total
younger

Male 9

Female 11 36

Total 30 20 75

Complete the table. [2]

(c) Francis displays the results for the totals of each age group on a pie chart.
The sector angle for the group ‘Age 4 and younger’ is 120°.

Calculate the sector angle for

(i) age 5 to 8,

................................................. [2]

(ii) age 9 to 12.

................................................. [1]

(d) Complete the pie chart.

Age 4 and younger

[1]
www.egyptigstudentroom.com
© UCLES 2017 0580/31/M/J/17 [Turn over
8

4 (a)

NOT TO
SCALE

A
49°

5.4 cm

The diagram shows a circle, centre O, with points B and D on the circumference.
The line AC touches the circle at B.
OB is parallel to DC and angle OAB = 49°.

(i) Write down the mathematical name of the line OB.

................................................. [1]

(ii) Write down the reason why angle ABO is 90°.

......................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [1]

(iii) Find angle AOB.

Angle AOB = ................................................ [1]

(iv) Write down the reason why angle ADC = angle AOB.

...................................................................................................................................................... [1]

(v) Complete the statement using a mathematical word.

Triangle AOB is ................................................................. to triangle ADC. [1]


www.egyptigstudentroom.com
© UCLES 2017 0580/31/M/J/17
9

(vi) AB = 5.4 cm

Calculate

(a) OB,

OB = ......................................... cm [2]

(b) OA,

OA = ......................................... cm [2]

(c) the area of triangle AOB.

.........................................cm2 [2]

(b) Here is a polygon with 7 sides.

Show that the sum of the interior angles of this polygon is 900°.

www.egyptigstudentroom.com [1]
© UCLES 2017 0580/31/M/J/17 [Turn over
10

5 (a) Complete the table of values for y = x 2 + 2x - 1.

x -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3

y 14 2 -1 -1 2
[3]

(b) On the grid, draw the graph of y = x 2 + 2x - 1 for -5 G x G 3.

y
16

15

14

13

12

11

10

x
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
–1

–2

–3

–4
www.egyptigstudentroom.com [4]
© UCLES 2017 0580/31/M/J/17
11

(c) (i) On the grid, draw the line of symmetry. [1]

(ii) Write down the equation of the line of symmetry.

................................................. [1]

(d) (i) On the grid, plot the points (- 5, 7) and (0, -3) and join them with a straight line, L. [2]

(ii) Write down the x co-ordinate of each point where the line L crosses the graph of y = x 2 + 2x - 1.

x = ........................ and x = ........................ [2]

(iii) Work out the gradient of the line L.

................................................. [2]

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
© UCLES 2017 0580/31/M/J/17 [Turn over
12

6 Eduardo goes to the Theatre.


He leaves his house at twenty-five minutes to six in the evening.

(a) Write down this time using the 24-hour clock.

................................................. [1]

(b) He travels to the Theatre by bus.


Part of the timetable is shown below.

Belmont Road 17 40 18 15 18 50

Railway Station 17 47 18 20 18 57

Leisure Centre 17 59 18 34 19 07

Theatre 18 05 18 40 19 12

Bus Station 18 16 18 48 19 22

It takes Eduardo 16 minutes to walk to the Railway Station from his house.

(i) Find the time he arrives at the Railway Station.

................................................. [1]

(ii) He gets on the next bus to the Theatre.

Find the time he arrives at the Theatre.

................................................. [1]

(iii) The 18 50 bus from Belmont Road takes the least time to travel to the Bus Station.

Work out how many minutes quicker this journey is than the journey on the 17 40 bus.

......................................... min [2]

(iv) The distance from Belmont Road to the Bus Station is 8.5 km.

Calculate the average speed for the bus leaving Belmont Road at 17 40.
Give your answer in kilometres per hour, correct to 1 decimal place.

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
....................................... km/h [4]
© UCLES 2017 0580/31/M/J/17
13

7 Here is a sequence of diagrams made using identical rectangles.


A dot is shown at the junction of three lines.
A cross is shown at the junction of two lines.

x x

x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x
Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3 Diagram 4

(a) Write down the order of rotational symmetry of Diagram 1.

................................................. [1]

(b) Complete Diagram 4 using dots and crosses. [1]

(c) Complete the table for Diagram 4 and Diagram 5.

Diagram 1 2 3 4 5

Number of dots 0 4 10

Number of crosses 4 6 8

[3]

(d) (i) Describe, in words, the rule for continuing the sequence for the number of dots.

...................................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) The expression for the number of dots in Diagram n is n 2 + n - 2 .

Find the number of dots in Diagram 12.

................................................. [2]

(e) (i) Write down an expression for the number of crosses in Diagram n.

................................................. [2]

(ii) Diagram n has 100 crosses.

Find the value of n.

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
n = ................................................ [2]
© UCLES 2017 0580/31/M/J/17 [Turn over
14

8 The scale drawing shows the positions of Bogota (B) and Quito (Q).
The scale is 1 centimetre represents 150 kilometres.

North

B
North

Scale: 1 cm to 150 km

(a) (i) Measure the length of the line BQ.

.......................................... cm [1]

(ii) Work out the actual distance from Bogota to Quito.

.......................................... km [1]

(iii) Measure the bearing of Quito from Bogota.

................................................. [1]

(b) A plane leaves Quito and flies straight to Manaus.


Manaus is 2100 km on a bearing of 100° from Quito.

On the scale drawing, mark the position of Manaus (M). [3]

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
© UCLES 2017 0580/31/M/J/17
15

(c) The plane flies the 2100 km from Quito to Manaus at an average speed of 550 km/h.

Calculate the time taken for this flight

(i) in hours, correct to 3 significant figures,

............................................. h [2]

(ii) in hours and minutes, correct to the nearest minute.

........................  h ........................  min [1]

Question 9 is printed on the next page.

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
© UCLES 2017 0580/31/M/J/17 [Turn over
16

9 Francesca owns a business.


One year she has a total of $6000 to spend on rent, furniture and office equipment.

(a) (i) The rent is $400 per month.

Work out how much Francesca spends on rent in this year.

$ ................................................ [1]

(ii) Desks cost $58.50 each and chairs cost $15 each.
Francesca buys 2 desks and 5 chairs.

Work out how much Francesca spends on furniture.

$ ................................................ [2]

(iii) Francesca also spends $800 on office equipment.

Work out how much remains of the $6000.

$ ................................................ [2]

(iv) She spends this remaining amount on boxes of paper.


Paper costs $4.95 per box.

Work out how many boxes she buys.

..................................... boxes [2]

(b) Francesca needs to buy computer equipment.


She borrows $2000 from a bank for 3 years at a rate of 5% per year compound interest.

Calculate the total amount she pays back at the end of the 3 years.

$ ................................................ [3]
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2017 0580/31/M/J/17


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
* 4 1 1 7 2 7 3 2 9 8 *

MATHEMATICS 0580/32
Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2017
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For r, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 15 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (RW/SW) 130224/2
© UCLES 2017 [Turn over
www.egyptigstudentroom.com
2

1 Here is part of the menu in a café.

Item Price
Tea....................... $2.40
Coffee.................. $2.80
Fruit juice ............ $1.85
Pizza .................... $4.15
Vegetable pasty ... $3.60
Chicken curry ...... $5.20
Ice cream ............. $2.80
Cake .................... $3.25
Yoghurt ............... $1.40

(a) Jenna buys 3 coffees and 2 cakes.

Work out how much she spends altogether.

$ ................................................ [3]

(b) Find the maximum number of pizzas Harry can buy for $20.
Work out the change he receives from a $20 note.

Number of pizzas = ...................................................

Change = $ ................................................ [3]

(c) Priti’s meal costs $7.60 .


She gives the waitress 15% extra for service.

Work out the total amount she pays.

$ ................................................ [2]

(d) Elena and Maria are waitresses in the café.


One day they receive $96 for service.
They share the $96 in the ratio Elena : Maria = 3 : 1.

Work out how much Elena receives.

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
$ ................................................ [2]
© UCLES 2017 0580/32/M/J/17
3

(e) The café’s opening hours are shown below.

Day Opening hours


Monday CLOSED
Tuesday 11 00 to 15 00 and 17 00 to 22 00
Wednesday 11 00 to 15 00 and 17 00 to 22 00
Thursday 11 00 to 15 00 and 17 00 to 22 00
Friday 11 00 to 15 00 and 17 00 to 22 00
Saturday 10 30 to 23 00
Sunday 09 30 to 21 00

(i) Find the number of hours the café is open during one week.

...................................... hours [2]

(ii) During opening hours the café needs 3 people on duty.


Each person works 36 hours in a week.

Find the number of people the café needs in a week.

................................................. [3]

(f) The café owner pays rent.


The monthly rent is $6.40 for each square metre of floor area.
The floor area is 72.5 m2.

Calculate the total rent the café owner pays in one year.

$ ................................................ [3]

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
© UCLES 2017 0580/32/M/J/17 [Turn over
4

2 (a) Simplify.
5a + 6a - a

................................................. [1]

(b)

3f – 4g NOT TO
SCALE
5f + 2g

Write an expression for the perimeter of the rectangle.


Give your answer in its simplest form.

................................................. [3]

(c) (i) Work out the value of 5x + 10y when x = 7 and y = 9 .

................................................. [2]

(ii) Work out the value of 4r 2 - pr when p = 3 and r = 5 .

................................................. [2]

(d) Solve.
5 ^3x - 6h = 75

x = ................................................ [3]

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
© UCLES 2017 0580/32/M/J/17
5

(e) Mr and Mrs Barker have three children, Molly, Dean and Raul.

Age, in terms of x
Molly’s age is x years x
Dean is 5 years younger than Molly x-5
Raul is 4 years older than Molly
Mr Barker is 4 times older than Molly
Mrs Barker is 6 years younger than Mr Barker

(i) Complete the table with expressions in terms of x. [2]

(ii) The total of the five ages is 125 years.

Write down an equation in terms of x and show that it simplifies to 11x - 7 = 125 .

[1]

(iii) Solve the equation 11x - 7 = 125 to find Molly’s age.

Molly’s age = ...................................... years [2]

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
© UCLES 2017 0580/32/M/J/17 [Turn over
6

3 (a) The table shows the results of a survey in a village.


It shows the number of males and females who are left-handed, right-handed or ambidextrous.

Left-handed Right-handed Ambidextrous Total


Male 17 5 84
Female 21 102 3 126
Total 38 164 8 210

(i) Complete the table by finding the number of males in the survey who are right-handed. [1]

(ii) Using these results, write down the probability that

(a) a male chosen at random is left-handed,

................................................. [1]

(b) a left-handed person chosen at random is female,

................................................. [1]

(c) a person chosen at random is right-handed.

................................................. [1]

(iii) Here are the ages of the people who are ambidextrous.

27 79 31 16 60 45 42 52

Find the median age of these people.

................................................. [2]

(b) This table shows the results of another survey.


It shows the number of people in each of 50 households.

Number of people Frequency


1 5
2 8
3 12
4 14
5 7
6 4

Work out the mean number of people in each household.

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2017 0580/32/M/J/17
7

(c) Some students in the village school were given a multiplication test and a spelling test.
The scores are shown in the table.

Spelling test
14 16 33 22 26 17 36 25 10 30 55 38 42 48
score
Multiplication
11 15 19 18 15 21 27 21 35 26 34 23 28 31
test score

40

30

Multiplication
test score 20

10

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Spelling test score

(i) Complete the scatter diagram.


The first ten points have been plotted for you. [2]

(ii) One student has a high score in the multiplication test and a low score in the spelling test.

On the scatter diagram, put a ring around this point. [1]

(iii) What type of correlation is shown in this scatter diagram?

................................................. [1]

(iv) On the scatter diagram, draw a line of best fit. [1]

(v) Another student, Kim, scored 45 in the spelling test but was absent for the multiplication test.

Use your line of best fit to estimate a score for Kim in the multiplication test.

................................................. [1]

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
© UCLES 2017 0580/32/M/J/17 [Turn over
8

4 (a)
4 10 11 18 20 27 28 32 36 40 56

From the list above, write down

(i) a multiple of 12,

................................................. [1]

(ii) a factor of 8,

................................................. [1]

(iii) a prime number,

................................................. [1]

(iv) a square number,

................................................. [1]

(v) a cube number.

................................................. [1]

(b) Find the lowest common multiple (LCM) of 32 and 80.

................................................. [2]

(c) Find the value of

(i) 68.89,

................................................. [1]
3
(ii) 19 683 .

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2017 0580/32/M/J/17
9

5
y

9
8
7
6
5
C
4
A
3
B
2
1
x
–9 –8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
–1
–2
–3
–4
–5
–6
–7
–8
–9

(a) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle A onto triangle B.

..............................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................................. [3]

(b) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle A onto triangle C.

..............................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................................. [3]

(c) On the grid, draw the image of

(i) triangle C after a reflection in the x-axis, [1]

triangle B after a translation by the vector c m ,


-2
(ii) [2]
3
(iii) triangle A after a rotation of 180° about centre (0, 0). [2]

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
© UCLES 2017 0580/32/M/J/17 [Turn over
10

6 (a) The scale drawing shows one side, AB, of a triangular field, ABC.
The scale is 1 centimetre represents 5 metres.

AC = 40 m and BC = 35 m.

Using a ruler and compasses only, construct the triangle ABC.


Show all your construction arcs.

A B

Scale : 1 cm to 5 m
[3]

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
© UCLES 2017 0580/32/M/J/17
11

(b) The diagram shows a quadrilateral PQRS.

P Q

S R

Using a straight edge and compasses only, construct and shade the region inside PQRS that is

• nearer to PS than to SR
and
• nearer to R than to S.

Show all your construction lines and arcs. [5]

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
© UCLES 2017 0580/32/M/J/17 [Turn over
12

7 (a) The diagram shows the positions of ports M, P, Q and R.

North

NOT TO
SCALE
Q

117 km
45 km North

118°
M P R

Port M and port P are due west of port R.


Port M is due south of port Q.
QM = 45 km and QR = 117 km.

(i) Write down the bearing of port P from port R.

................................................. [1]

(ii) Work out the bearing of port P from port Q.

................................................. [3]

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
© UCLES 2017 0580/32/M/J/17
13

(iii) Work out the distance MR.

MR = ......................................... km [3]

(b) The interior angle of a regular polygon is 171°.

Work out how many sides the polygon has.

................................................. [3]

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
© UCLES 2017 0580/32/M/J/17 [Turn over
14

15
8 (a) Complete the table for y = .
x

x -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 1 2 3 4 5

y -3.75 -15 15 5
[3]
15
(b) On the grid, draw the graph of y = for - 5 G x G -1 and 1 G x G 5 .
x
y

15

10

x
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5

–5

–10

–15
[4]
15
(c) Use your graph to solve the equation = 8.
x
x = ................................................ [1]

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
© UCLES 2017 0580/32/M/J/17
15

9 (a) Write down the next two terms in each of these sequences.

(i) 8, 14, 20, 26, …

.................... , .................... [2]

(ii) 12, 10, 7, 3, …

.................... , .................... [2]

(b) Find the nth term of this sequence.

14, 25, 36, 47, …

................................................. [2]

(c) Work out the second term of the sequence whose nth term is 5 ^3 - 2nh .

................................................. [1]

(d) 1, 4, 9, 16, …

The nth term of this sequence is n2.

Use this information to write down the nth term of each of these sequences.

(i) 2, 5, 10, 17, …

................................................. [1]

(ii) 3, 12, 27, 48, …

................................................. [1]

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
© UCLES 2017 0580/32/M/J/17
16

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2017 0580/32/M/J/17


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
* 6 5 2 7 7 2 4 2 9 5 *

MATHEMATICS 0580/33
Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2017
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For r, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 16 printed pages.

DC (NF/FC) 130222/3
© UCLES 2017 [Turn over
www.egyptigstudentroom.com
2

1 Some children chose their favourite ice-cream flavour from chocolate, vanilla, strawberry and banana.
Some of the results are shown in the pie chart below.

Chocolate

72°

126°

Vanilla

(a) 8 children chose chocolate.

Work out the total number of children.

.................................................. [2]

(b) Work out how many children chose vanilla.

.................................................. [2]

(c) The rest of the children chose strawberry or banana.


Twice as many children chose strawberry as chose banana.

Use this information to complete the pie chart.

[2]

(d) Write down the flavour of ice-cream that is the mode.

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
.................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2017 0580/33/M/J/17
3

2 (a) The diameter of the Earth is 12 756 km.

Write 12 756 km in metres.

.............................................. m [1]

(b) The distance from the Earth to the Moon is 384 000 km.

Work out the time it would take a car travelling at 100 km/h to travel 384 000 km.
Give your answer in days.

......................................... days [2]

(c) The distance from the Sun to the Earth is 149.6 million kilometres.

Write 149.6 million in standard form.

.................................................. [2]

(d) The diameter of a grain of salt is 1 × 10−4 metres.

(i) Write 1 × 10−4 as an ordinary number.

.................................................. [1]

(ii) Write 1 × 10−4 metres in millimetres.

........................................... mm [1]

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
© UCLES 2017 0580/33/M/J/17 [Turn over
4

3 The McVay family go to the cinema.

(a) The cinema has 510 seats.

(i) The first 6 rows each have 18 seats.


The next 8 rows each have 20 seats.
All the other rows each have 22 seats.

Work out the total number of rows of seats in the cinema.

.................................................. [3]

(ii) 70% of the 510 seats are occupied.

Work out how many seats are occupied.

.................................................. [1]

(b) The McVay family has 2 adults and 2 children.

Ticket Prices

Adult $7.95
Child $5.95

Family Ticket (2 Adults and 2 Children) $24

Work out how much they save by buying a family ticket rather than a ticket for each person.

$ .................................................. [2]

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
© UCLES 2017 0580/33/M/J/17
5

(c) The film starts at 14 15 and lasts for 116 minutes.

Work out the time that the film ends.

.................................................. [2]

(d) Popcorn is sold in tubs.

Large
Medium
Small 135g
100g
70g $3.15
$2.30
$1.60

Work out which tub of popcorn is the best value for money.
You must show your working.

.................................................. [3]

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
© UCLES 2017 0580/33/M/J/17 [Turn over
6

4 (a) Measure the reflex angle at A.

.................................................. [1]

(b)


NOT TO
SCALE

68°

Find the value of b.


Give a reason for your answer.

b = ................... because ..................................................................................................................... [2]

(c)


NOT TO
36° SCALE

c° d°

Find the values of c, d and e.

c = .................................................

d = ................................................

e = ................................................. [3]

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
© UCLES 2017 0580/33/M/J/17
7

(d) A regular polygon has 24 sides.

Work out the size of one of the interior angles of the polygon.

.................................................. [3]

(e) Town Y is 6.7 km from town X.


The bearing of town Y from town X is 113°.

On the scale drawing, draw a line from X and mark the position of Y.
The scale is 1 centimetre represents 1 kilometre.

North

Scale: 1 cm to 1 km

[2]

(f) Give the correct mathematical name for each of the shapes described below.

(i) I am a quadrilateral.
I have two pairs of parallel sides but no right angles.
I have two lines of symmetry.

.................................................. [1]

(ii) I am a quadrilateral.
I have one pair of opposite angles that are equal.
I have one line of symmetry.

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
.................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2017 0580/33/M/J/17 [Turn over
8

5 Simone makes a fruit cake.

(a) (i) The recipe needs 175 g sugar, 200 g butter and 225 g flour.

Write the ratio sugar : butter : flour in its simplest form.

.................. : .................. : .................. [2]

(ii) The recipe needs a total of 600 g of fruit.


The ratio sultanas : currants : raisins = 4 : 3 : 1.

Work out the mass of each type of fruit.

Sultanas = .............................................. g

Currants = .............................................. g

Raisins = .............................................. g [3]

(b) The cake can be made in either a cylindrical tin or a square-based tin.

(i) The cylindrical tin has radius 10 cm.


NOT TO
In this tin the cake is 5 cm high.
SCALE
Show that the volume of the cake is 1600 cm3,
correct to 2 significant figures.

[2]

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
© UCLES 2017 0580/33/M/J/17
9

(ii) In the square-based tin, the cake is 4 cm high. NOT TO


The volume of the cake is 1600 cm3. SCALE

Work out the length of a side of the base of


this tin.

............................................ cm [2]

(c) The mass, m grams, of the cake is 1340 g, correct to the nearest 20 g.

Complete the statement about the value of m.

.......................... G m < ......................... [2]

(d) The number of kilocalories (kcal) in one quarter of the cake is 1290 kcal.
The whole cake is cut into 12 equal pieces.

(i) Calculate the number of kilocalories in one piece of cake.

.......................................... kcal [2]

(ii) The daily recommended number of kilocalories for Simone is 2000 kcal.

Work out the number of kilocalories in one piece of cake as a percentage of 2000 kcal.

............................................. % [1]

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
© UCLES 2017 0580/33/M/J/17 [Turn over
10

6 (a) (i) Complete the table of values for y = 2x2 − 4x − 6.

x –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4
y –6 –6 0
[2]

(ii) On the grid, draw the graph of y = 2x2 − 4x − 6 for - 2 G x G 4 .

12

10

x
–2 –1 0 1 2 3 4

–2

–4

–6

–8

–10
[4]

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
© UCLES 2017 0580/33/M/J/17
11

(b) (i) On the grid, draw the line y = 5. [1]


(ii) Use your graph to solve the equation 2x2 − 4x − 6 = 5.

x = .................... or x = .................... [2]

(c) Explain why the equation 2x2 − 4x − 6 = −9 has no solutions.

.............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................. [1]

(d) (i) Write down the equation of the line of symmetry of y = 2x2 − 4x − 6.

.................................................. [1]

(ii) Use the symmetry of the graph to complete this statement.

When 2x2 − 4x − 6 = 64, there are two solutions for x, x = 7 or x = ............. [1]

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
© UCLES 2017 0580/33/M/J/17 [Turn over
12

36

Wegmouth 32

28
Distance
(km) 24

20

Tyneland
16

12

Seatown 0
11 00 11 30 12 00 12 30 13 00
Time

The diagram shows the travel graph for a bus travelling between three towns.

(a) (i) For how many minutes does the bus stop at Wegmouth?

.................................... minutes [1]

(ii) Write down the time the bus leaves Wegmouth.

.................................................. [1]

(iii) The speed of the bus from Tyneland to Wegmouth is 96 km/h.

Change 96 km/h to metres per second.

........................................... m/s [2]

(b) On the journey back from Wegmouth, the bus stops for 15 minutes in Tyneland.
It then travels at a constant speed of 64 km/h to Seatown.

Complete the travel graph.

www.egyptigstudentroom.com [3]
© UCLES 2017 0580/33/M/J/17
13

(c) A cyclist leaves Seatown at 11 15 and travels at a constant speed to Wegmouth.


She arrives in Wegmouth at 12 30.

(i) On the travel graph, draw this journey. [1]


(ii) Write down the time when the cyclist meets the bus.

.................................................. [1]

(iii) How far is the cyclist from Wegmouth when she meets the bus?

............................................ km [1]

(d) Mrs Jones travels on the bus to Wegmouth.


The probability that she stands on the bus is 0.4 .

(i) Write down the probability that she does not stand on the bus.

.................................................. [1]

(ii) Mrs Jones travels on the bus 85 times.

Work out the expected number of times that she stands on the bus.

.................................................. [1]

(e) In one week, a bus driver works five days.


On four days he works from 9 am to 5 pm.
On one day he works from 3 pm to 10 pm.

(i) Find the total number of hours he works in this week.

....................................... hours [2]

(ii) Each day he is paid $18 per hour before 7 pm.


After 7 pm he is paid 25% extra per hour.

Calculate how much the bus driver is paid for this week.

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
$ ................................................. [3]
© UCLES 2017 0580/33/M/J/17 [Turn over
14

8 The quadrilateral ABCD is a scale drawing of a farmer’s field.

Side AD and side BC are parallel.


Angle DAB and angle ABC are right angles.

A D

B C

(a) Write down the mathematical name of the quadrilateral.

.................................................. [1]

(b) The side of the field, AB, is 28 m.

(i) Complete this statement.

The scale of the diagram is 1 centimetre represents ......................... metres.

[2]

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
© UCLES 2017 0580/33/M/J/17
15

(ii) Work out the actual area of the field in m2.

............................................ m2 [3]

(c) The field has two fences.


Each fence extends across the field until it meets another side.

• Fence 1 is the perpendicular bisector of CD.


• Fence 2 is the bisector of angle ABC.

Using a straight edge and compasses only, construct the two fences on the diagram.
Show all your construction arcs. [4]

(d) The region of the field that is 16 m or less from A is planted with wheat.

(i) Using a ruler and compasses only, construct and shade the region planted with wheat. [3]
(ii) Work out the actual area of the region that is planted with wheat.

............................................ m2 [2]

Question 9 is printed on the next page.

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
© UCLES 2017 0580/33/M/J/17 [Turn over
16

9
y

3
B A
2

x
–7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
–1

–2
C
–3

–4

(a) (i) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle A onto triangle B.

.....................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle A onto triangle C.

.....................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [2]

(b) On the grid, draw the image of

(i) triangle A after a rotation of 270° clockwise about (4, 5), [2]
(ii) triangle A after an enlargement with scale factor 2, centre (4, 7). [2]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local

www.egyptigstudentroom.com
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2017 0580/33/M/J/17


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
* 5 0 9 3 3 8 9 6 3 8 *

MATHEMATICS 0580/31
Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2018
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For r, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 19 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (SC/SG) 147581/2
© UCLES 2018 [Turn over
2

1 Mr Marr asks his mathematics class to complete a statistics project about books.

(a) Olga counts the number of letters in each of the last 50 words in the book she is reading.
She has only counted the letters in 43 words so far.
Her results for these 43 words are shown in the table below.

Number of letters
Tally Frequency
in each word
1

The last seven words in the book that Olga needs to add to the table are

………. and they all lived happily ever after.

(i) Complete the tally and frequency columns in the table. [2]

(ii) Find the range.

................................................ [1]

(iii) Find the median.

................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2018 0580/31/M/J/18


3

(b) Billie asks 60 students in his school what their favourite type of book is.
He has started to draw a pictogram to show his results.

Type of book Frequency

Comedy

Science fiction 10

Poetry

Music

Romance 8

Detective 14

Key: represents ............ books.

The science fiction row in the pictogram is complete.

(i) Complete the key. [1]

(ii) Complete the pictogram. [2]

(iii) Write down the mode.

................................................ [1]

(iv) Work out how many more students choose detective books than music books.

................................................ [1]

(v) Work out the fraction of students who did not choose romance books.

................................................. [2]

© UCLES 2018 0580/31/M/J/18 [Turn over


4

2 (a) Write down

(i) the number twenty seven million, three hundred and sixty thousand and forty five in figures,

................................................ [1]

(ii) the six factors of 20,

............, ............, ............ , ............, ............ , ............ [2]


7
(iii) a fraction that is equivalent to ,
9

................................................ [1]

(iv) a prime number between 30 and 40.

................................................ [1]

(b) For each statement, insert one pair of brackets to make it correct.

(i) 17 - 3 # 5 - 3 = 11 [1]

(ii) 3 + 2 2 - 4 = 21 [1]

3
(c) Find 4913 .

................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2018 0580/31/M/J/18


5

3 Three boys each have $600.

(a) Victor spends 40% of his $600.


He spends the money in the ratio clothes : books : music = 10 : 2 : 3.

(i) Work out how much he spends on music.

$ ............................................... [3]

(ii) Work out how much more he spends on clothes than books.

$ ................................................ [2]

(b) Walter invests his $600 for 3 years at a rate of 4.5% per year compound interest.

Calculate the interest Walter receives at the end of the 3 years.

$ ................................................ [3]

(c) Xavier goes on holiday to Europe and changes his $600 into euros (€).
He spends €325 whilst he is on holiday.
When he gets home he changes the euros he has left back into dollars.

The exchange rate is $1 = €0.864 .

Work out how many dollars he has left after his holiday.
Give your answer correct to the nearest cent.

$ ............................................... [3]

© UCLES 2018 0580/31/M/J/18 [Turn over


6

4
y

3
Q
2

1
B A
R P
x
–7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
C D
–1

–2
S

–3

–4

–5

The diagram shows a quadrilateral PQRS which is made from four congruent triangles A, B, C and D.

(a) Write down the mathematical name for the quadrilateral PQRS.

................................................ [1]

(b) (i) Write down the co-ordinates of S.

(................ , ................) [1]

(ii) Measure the obtuse angle PSR.

................................................ [1]

(c) (i) Measure the length of the line PQ.

.......................................... cm [1]

(ii) Work out the perimeter of the quadrilateral PQRS.

.......................................... cm [1]

© UCLES 2018 0580/31/M/J/18


7

(d) Describe fully the single transformation that maps

(i) triangle A onto triangle B,

......................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) triangle A onto triangle C.

......................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [3]

(e) On the grid, draw the image of triangle D after a translation by the vector c m .
1
[2]
-2

© UCLES 2018 0580/31/M/J/18 [Turn over


8

5 Lucy asked 12 people how many hours they each spent playing a computer game and the number of levels
they each completed in one month.

The results are shown in the table.

Time spent
90 32 70 75 30 70 40 80 40 65 50 32
playing (hours)

Number of levels
22 5 12 17 6 7 18 20 8 15 11 9
completed

25

20

15
Number of levels
completed

10

0
0 20 40 60 80 100
Time (hours)

(a) Complete the scatter diagram.


The first eight points have been plotted for you. [2]

(b) One person completes more levels per hour than any of the others.

On the scatter diagram, put a ring around the point for this person. [1]

(c) What type of correlation does this scatter diagram show?

................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2018 0580/31/M/J/18


9

(d) On the scatter diagram, draw a line of best fit. [1]

(e) Another person, Monika, completed 19 levels but forgot to record the time spent playing.

Use your line of best fit to estimate the number of hours that Monika spent playing.

....................................... hours [1]

© UCLES 2018 0580/31/M/J/18 [Turn over


10

6 Georgiana is travelling by train from Redtown to Teignley.

(a) The price of a ticket is $13.50 .


Georgiana’s ticket price is reduced by one-third because she is a student.

Work out how much she pays for her ticket.

$ ............................................... [2]

(b) Georgiana travels on two trains.


The first train goes from Redtown to Southford.
The second train goes from Southford to Teignley.
She has written down some information about the times of her trains.

First train

Redtown departs 13 45
Southford arrives 16 39

Second train

Southford departs 17 12

(i) Write 13 45 using the 12-hour clock.

................................................ [1]

(ii) Work out how long the first train should take to travel from Redtown to Southford.
Give your answer in hours and minutes.

.............. h .............. min [1]

(iii) The first train arrives at Southford 46 minutes late.

By how many minutes has Georgiana missed her second train?

.......................................... min [2]

© UCLES 2018 0580/31/M/J/18


11

(c) While Georgiana waits for the next train, she buys a cup of hot chocolate.

NOT TO
SCALE
Extra large
Regular Large
$2.85
$2.05 $2.35
500 ml
330 ml 400 ml

Work out which cup of hot chocolate is the best value.


Show all your working.

................................................ [3]

(d) The next train from Southford to Teignley is at 18 12.


The journey is 76 km and the train travels at an average speed of 48 km/h.

Work out the time that the train arrives in Teignley.

................................................ [3]

© UCLES 2018 0580/31/M/J/18 [Turn over


12

7 The scale drawing shows the positions of Annika’s house, A, and Bernhard’s house, B, on a map.
The scale is 1 centimetre represents 300 metres.

North

North

Scale: 1 cm to 300 m

© UCLES 2018 0580/31/M/J/18


13

(a) Work out the actual distance, in metres, between Annika’s house and Bernhard’s house.

............................................ m [2]

(b) Measure the bearing of Bernhard’s house from Annika’s house.

................................................ [1]

(c) (i) Using a straight edge and compasses only, construct the perpendicular bisector of AB.
Show all your construction arcs. [2]

(ii) Cordelia’s house is

• the same distance from Annika’s house and Bernhard’s house


and
• due south of Annika’s house.

Mark on the map the position of Cordelia’s house.


Label this point C. [2]

(d) Dougie’s house is

• on a bearing of 320° from Bernhard’s house


and
• 1650 m from Annika’s house.

Mark on the map the two possible positions of Dougie’s house.


Label each of these points D. [4]

© UCLES 2018 0580/31/M/J/18 [Turn over


14

8 Three children from the same family travel from their home to the same school.
Caroline cycles to school.
Rob runs to school.
William walks to school.

School Caroline Rob


8

6
Distance (km)
4

2
Home
0
07 00 07 30 08 00 08 30 09 00
Time

The travel graph shows the journeys to school for Caroline and Rob.
Rob leaves home before Caroline.

(a) Explain what is happening when the two lines intersect on the travel graph.

.............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................. [1]

(b) Work out Rob’s speed in km/h.

....................................... km/h [2]

(c) William leaves home at 07 25.


He walks to school at a constant speed of 6 km/h.

On the grid, draw William’s journey. [1]

© UCLES 2018 0580/31/M/J/18


15

(d) At what time is the distance between Rob and William greatest?

................................................ [1]

(e) Complete this list of names in the order they arrive at school.

First ...............................................

Second ...............................................

Third ............................................... [1]

© UCLES 2018 0580/31/M/J/18 [Turn over


16

9
B

NOT TO
O
SCALE

A, B and C are points on the circumference of a circle, centre O.

(a) Write down the mathematical name for

(i) the straight line AC,

................................................ [1]

(ii) the straight line AB.

................................................ [1]

(b) Give a geometrical reason why angle ABC = 90°.

............................................................................................................................................................. [1]

© UCLES 2018 0580/31/M/J/18


17

(c) AB = 20 cm and AC = 52 cm.

(i) Use trigonometry to calculate angle BAC.

Angle BAC = ............................................... [2]

(ii) Show that BC = 48 cm.

[2]

(iii) Work out the area of triangle ABC.

......................................... cm2 [2]

(iv) Work out the total shaded area.

......................................... cm2 [3]

© UCLES 2018 0580/31/M/J/18 [Turn over


18

10 (a) (i) Write down the gradient of the line y =- 4x + 7 .

................................................ [1]

(ii) Write down the equation of a line parallel to y = 2x + 3.

y = ............................................... [1]

(iii) Write down the co-ordinates of the point where the graph of y = 6x - 5 crosses the y-axis.

(................ , ................) [1]

(iv) The point (k, 7) lies on the line y = 4x - 3.

Find the value of k.

k = ............................................... [2]

(b) (i) Complete the table of values for y = x 2 - x - 5 .

x -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4

y 7 -3 -5

[3]

© UCLES 2018 0580/31/M/J/18


19

(ii) On the grid, draw the graph of y = x 2 - x - 5 for - 3 G x G 4 .

x
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

–6
[4]

(iii) Write down the co-ordinates of the lowest point on the graph.

(................ , ................) [1]

(iv) (a) On the grid, draw the line of symmetry of the graph. [1]

(b) Write down the equation of this line.

................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2018 0580/31/M/J/18


20

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2018 0580/31/M/J/18


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
* 2 8 0 2 2 8 7 5 0 3 *

MATHEMATICS 0580/33
Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2018
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For r, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 15 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (SC/SG) 148062/2
© UCLES 2018 [Turn over
2

1 (a) The table shows the temperature at Lexford Station at 10 00 each day for a week.

Day Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun

Temperature
-3 4 -1 0 -5 2 1
(°C)

(i) Write down the day which had the coldest temperature.

................................................ [1]

(ii) Work out the difference in the temperature between Monday and Tuesday.

........................................... °C [1]

(iii) The temperature falls 6°C from 10 00 to midnight on Sunday.

Work out the temperature at midnight.

........................................... °C [1]

(b) The distance between Lexford Station and Crowton Station is 6.5 km.

(i) A train travels between these stations at an average speed of 39 km/h.

Work out how long, in minutes, it takes the train to travel between these stations.

......................................... min [3]

(ii) Each wheel on the train has a diameter of 1.8 m.

Work out the number of complete turns each wheel makes in travelling the 6.5 km.

................................................ [4]

© UCLES 2018 0580/33/M/J/18


3

(c) A northbound train leaves Lexford Station every 30 minutes.


A bus leaves Lexford Station every 45 minutes.

At 11 40 a northbound train and a bus leave the station together.

Find the next time when this happens.

................................................ [3]

(d) Here is part of a timetable for trains going east to west from Lexford Station.

Lexford 09 14 09 47 10 21 11 15 11 48

Crowton 09 26 09 59 10 33 11 27 12 00

Doniton Halt 09 42 10 15 10 49 11 43 12 16

Mosshead 10 01 10 34 11 08 12 02 12 35

(i) Work out the number of minutes the 09 14 train takes to travel from Lexford to Mosshead.

......................................... min [1]

(ii) Freda must arrive at Mosshead by 11 30.

Write down the latest time she can catch a train from Lexford.

................................................ [1]

(e) 437 people go on a coach trip.


Each coach seats 62 people.

How many coaches are needed?

................................................ [2]
© UCLES 2018 0580/33/M/J/18 [Turn over
4

2 (a) Draw all the lines of symmetry on each shape.

[4]

(b) The diagram shows an isosceles triangle and a straight line AB.

NOT TO
SCALE
48°

x° y°
A B

Find the value of x and the value of y.

x = ...............................................

y = ............................................... [2]

(c) Find the size of one interior angle of a regular decagon.

................................................ [3]

© UCLES 2018 0580/33/M/J/18


5

(d)
P

C
k° NOT TO
B SCALE

O
37°
R

The points A, B and C lie on the circumference of a circle, centre O.


PBR is a tangent to the circle and angle BAC = 37°.

Find the value of j and the value of k.

j = ...............................................

k = ............................................... [3]

(e)
A

NOT TO
SCALE

18 cm

B D E C

ABC and ADE are isosceles triangles, each with perpendicular height 18 cm.
BC = 35 cm and DE = 27 cm.

Find the total area of the two shaded parts of the diagram.

......................................... cm2 [3]


© UCLES 2018 0580/33/M/J/18 [Turn over
6

3 (a) A museum’s opening times are shown in this table.

Day Opening times

Monday to Thursday 09 00 to 17 00

Friday 08 30 to 18 00

Saturday 09 00 to 19 00

Sunday Closed

Work out how many hours in a week the museum is open for.

....................................... hours [3]

(b) The table shows the cost of tickets for the museum.

Cost

Adult $4.20

Senior (aged over 60) $2.80

Child (aged 5 to 15 ) $1.80

Child (aged under 5) Free

The Reeve family visit the museum.


Mrs Reeve is aged 36, her father is 67, her mother is 65, and her three children are 2, 7 and 12.

Work out the total cost for these six people to visit the museum.

$ ................................................ [3]
© UCLES 2018 0580/33/M/J/18
7

(c) Mrs Reeve buys 6 ice creams.


Each ice cream costs $1.30 .

How much change does she receive from $10?

$ ................................................ [2]

(d) Last year, the museum had twenty seven thousand and fifty three visitors.

Write this number in figures.

................................................ [1]

(e) In 2015, there were 12 400 visitors to the museum.


In 2016, there were 14 100 visitors to the museum.

Calculate the percentage increase in the number of visitors from 2015 to 2016.

............................................ % [3]

(f) The door to the museum has an 8-digit code to unlock it.

• The next odd number after 35 gives digits 1 and 2.


• The next prime number after 23 gives digits 3 and 4.
• The square root of 225 gives digits 5 and 6.
• The value of 26 gives digits 7 and 8.

Use this information to complete the door code.


Digits 1 and 2 have been completed for you.

Digit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Code 3 7
[3]

© UCLES 2018 0580/33/M/J/18 [Turn over


8

4 (a) Solve these equations.

(i) 3x = 18

x = ............................................... [1]

(ii) 8x - 15 = 6x + 2

x = ............................................... [2]

(b) Factorise.
5x - 15

................................................ [1]

(c) Simplify.
2x - 6y + 3x + 2y

................................................ [2]

(d) Find the value of 5u - 2v when u = 11 and v =- 3.

................................................ [2]

© UCLES 2018 0580/33/M/J/18


9

(e) Make p the subject of this formula.


H = 7p - 3

p = ............................................... [2]

(f) (i) Find the value of k when x 10 ' x k = x 3 .

k = ............................................... [1]

(ii) Find the value of n when y 10 # y n = 1.

n = ............................................... [1]

© UCLES 2018 0580/33/M/J/18 [Turn over


10

5 (a) Geoff keeps a record of the number of goals scored in the first eight games played by his football team.

3 1 8 5 7 2 1 6

Find

(i) the mode,

................................................ [1]

(ii) the range,

................................................ [1]

(iii) the median.

................................................ [2]

(b) The table shows the number of goals scored by Geoff’s team in each game during one season.

Number of
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
goals
Number of
5 7 8 10 6 4 5 3 2
games

(i) How many games did the team play?

................................................ [1]

(ii) Work out the mean number of goals scored per game.

................................................ [3]

© UCLES 2018 0580/33/M/J/18


11

(c) Geoff asks some supporters to choose a new colour for the team’s shirts.
The results are to be shown in a pie chart.
The table shows some of this information.

Pie chart sector


Colour Frequency
angle
Red 41 123°

Blue 69°

Green

Other 18 54°

(i) Complete the table.

[3]

(ii) Complete the pie chart.

Red

Blue

[1]

© UCLES 2018 0580/33/M/J/18 [Turn over


12

6
6 (a) Complete the table of values for y = , x=
Y 0.
x

x -6 -4 -3 -2 -1 1 2 3 4 6

y - 1.5 -3 3 1.5
[3]
6
(b) On the grid, draw the graph of y = for - 6 G x G - 1 and 1 G x G 6 .
x

x
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

–6
[4]

(c) On the grid, draw the line y =- 5 . [1]


6
(d) Use your graph to solve the equation =- 5 .
x

x = ............................................... [1]

© UCLES 2018 0580/33/M/J/18


13

7 The diagram shows three triangles A, B and C.

4
B
3

1
C
x
–8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
–1
A
–2

–3

–4

–5

–6

–7

–8

(a) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle A onto triangle B.

.............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................. [3]

(b) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle A onto triangle C.

.............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................. [3]

(c) Draw the image of

triangle A after a translation by the vector c m ,


-6
(i) [2]
5
(ii) triangle A after a reflection in the line y =- 3. [2]

© UCLES 2018 0580/33/M/J/18 [Turn over


14

8 (a) A bag contains 6 green balls, 5 red balls and 3 blue balls only.
A ball is taken from the bag at random.

Find the probability that the ball is

(i) green,

................................................ [1]

(ii) green or red,

................................................ [1]

(iii) yellow.

................................................ [1]

(b) Another bag contains brown balls, white balls, black balls and purple balls only.
A ball is taken from this bag at random.

Colour Brown White Black Purple

Probability 0.46 0.22 0.14

(i) Complete the table.

[2]

(ii) Which colour is the most likely to be taken?

................................................ [1]

(iii) There are 50 balls in this bag.

Work out the number of black balls.

................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2018 0580/33/M/J/18


15

9 (a) These are the first four terms of a sequence.

8 15 22 29

(i) Find the next term of this sequence.

................................................ [1]

(ii) Describe the rule for continuing this sequence.

................................................ [1]

(iii) Find an expression for the nth term of this sequence.

................................................ [2]

(b) Find the first three terms of another sequence whose nth term is n 2 + 10 .

..................... , ..................... , ..................... [2]

(c) Write down an expression for the nth term of this sequence.

1 8 27 64

................................................ [1]

© UCLES 2018 0580/33/M/J/18


16

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2018 0580/33/M/J/18


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
* 1 8 4 6 9 0 3 5 1 1 *

MATHEMATICS 0580/31
Paper 3 (Core) October/November 2018
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For r, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 16 printed pages.

DC (NH/CT) 153133/2
© UCLES 2018 [Turn over
2

1 Lena owns a café.

(a) One day, Lena records the drinks she sells in one hour.

Tea Tea Coffee Juice Milkshake Milkshake Coffee Coffee

Milkshake Coffee Tea Juice Tea Coffee Tea Juice

Milkshake Tea Milkshake Tea Coffee Tea Milkshake Coffee

(i) Complete the frequency table.


You may use the tally column to help you.

Drink Tally Frequency


Coffee
Juice
Milkshake
Tea
Total 24
[2]

(ii) Draw a bar chart to show this information.


Complete the scale on the frequency axis.

Frequency

0
Coffee Juice Milkshake Tea
[3]

© UCLES 2018 0580/31/O/N/18


3

(b) This table shows the opening hours of the café.

Day Opening hours


Monday to Thursday 08 30 to 17 00
Friday and Saturday 08 30 to 19 00
Sunday 09 00 to 18 00

(i) Work out the total number of hours the café is open in one week.

....................................... hours [2]

(ii) Lena is in the café for 40 hours each week.


Ron is in the café when Lena is not there.

Calculate the percentage of the total opening hours that Ron is in the café each week.

.............................................% [2]

(c) Saddak buys 3 cups of tea and 2 cookies for $6.95 .


A cup of tea costs $1.75 .

Work out the cost of one cookie.

$ ................................................ [2]

(d) The price of a cake is $2.60 .


At the end of the day, Lena reduces the price of each cake by 35%.

Calculate the reduced price of a cake.

$ ................................................ [2]

© UCLES 2018 0580/31/O/N/18 [Turn over


4

2 (a) Write down all the factors of 18.

.............................................................. [2]

(b) Write down a prime number between 40 and 50.

................................................. [1]
7.85 .
(c) Calculate 1.09 +
6.21 - 4.37
Give your answer correct to 1 decimal place.

................................................. [2]

(d) Find the value of

(i) 2.89,

................................................. [1]

(ii) 143,

................................................. [1]

(iii) 4–2.

................................................. [1]

© UCLES 2018 0580/31/O/N/18


5

(e) (i) 126 = 2 # 32 # k

Find the value of k.

k = ................................................ [1]

(ii) Write 90 as the product of its prime factors.

................................................. [2]

(iii) Find the lowest common multiple (LCM) of 90 and 126.

................................................. [2]

© UCLES 2018 0580/31/O/N/18 [Turn over


6

3 (a) The table gives some information about the numbers of visitors at a leisure centre one day.

Adult Child Total


Male 144 240
Female 129 260
Total 225 275 500

(i) Complete the table. [1]

(ii) Work out how many more child visitors than adult visitors there are.

................................................. [1]

(iii) Write down the fraction of visitors that are adults.


Give your answer in its lowest terms.

................................................. [2]

(iv) Write the ratio number of males : number of females.


Give your answer in its simplest form.

...................... : ...................... [2]

(v) One of these visitors is selected at random.

Find the probability that this visitor is a male child.

................................................. [1]

© UCLES 2018 0580/31/O/N/18


7

(b) The number of people in each of 150 cars entering the leisure centre car park is recorded.
The table shows the results.

Number of people 1 2 3 4 5
Frequency 44 43 30 25 8

(i) Write down the mode.

................................................. [1]

(ii) Calculate the mean.

................................................. [3]

(c) In a survey of 50 visitors to the leisure centre, 18 used the gym.


One day, 1500 people visited the leisure centre.

Calculate an estimate for the number of people who used the gym on this day.

................................................. [2]

© UCLES 2018 0580/31/O/N/18 [Turn over


8

4 (a) (i) Complete the table of values for y = x 2 - 5x .

x –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
y –4 –6 –6 –4 0

[2]

(ii) On the grid, draw the graph of y = x 2 - 5x for -1 G x G 6 .


y
7

–1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 x
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

–6

–7
[4]

(iii) Write down the co-ordinates of the lowest point of your graph.

(..................... , .....................) [1]

(iv) Use your graph to solve the equation x 2 - 5x = 3.

x = ................... or x = ................... [2]

© UCLES 2018 0580/31/O/N/18


9

(b)
y
5
L
4

–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 x
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

Line L is drawn on the grid.

(i) Find the equation of line L in the form y = mx + c.

y = ................................................ [3]

(ii) Line P is parallel to line L and passes through the point (0, -1).

On the grid above, draw line P for -5 G x G 5 . [2]

© UCLES 2018 0580/31/O/N/18 [Turn over


10

5 (a) The scale drawing shows the positions of a lighthouse L and a ship S.
The scale is 1 centimetre represents 5 kilometres.

North

North

Scale: 1 cm to 5 km

(i) Work out the actual distance, in kilometres, from S to L.

.......................................... km [2]

(ii) Measure the bearing of S from L.

................................................. [1]

(iii) Another ship, T, is 22 km from L on a bearing of 210°.

Mark and label the position of T on the scale drawing. [2]

© UCLES 2018 0580/31/O/N/18


11

(b) In this part, use a ruler and compasses only and show your construction arcs clearly.

The scale drawing shows the positions of two yachts, P and Q.


The scale is 1 centimetre represents 100 metres.

Scale: 1 cm to 100 m

(i) Construct the locus of points equidistant from P and Q. [2]

(ii) Another yacht, Y, is

• closer to P than to Q
and
• less than 700 m from Q.

On the scale drawing, construct and shade the region where yacht Y is. [3]

© UCLES 2018 0580/31/O/N/18 [Turn over


12

6 (a)
y
8

6
P
5

2
Q
1

–4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 x

(i) Write down the co-ordinates of point P.

(..................... , .....................) [1]

(ii) Write down the column vector PQ.

PQ = f p [1]

3
(iii) QR = e o
2

On the grid, plot point R. [1]

(iv) PQRS is a parallelogram.

On the grid, complete the parallelogram PQRS.


Write down the co-ordinates of point S.

(..................... , .....................) [2]

© UCLES 2018 0580/31/O/N/18


13

(b)
y
6

4
B
3

2
A
1

0 1 x
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 2 3 4 5 6
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

–6

(i) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle A onto triangle B.

......................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) On the grid, draw the image of triangle A after a reflection in the line y =-1. [2]

(iii) On the grid, draw the image of triangle A after a rotation through 180° about (0, 0). [2]

© UCLES 2018 0580/31/O/N/18 [Turn over


14

7 Nora makes a birthday cake.

(a) Nora has a packet containing 250 g of cherries.


7
She uses of the cherries in the cake.
10
Find the mass of cherries she has left.

.............................................. g [2]

(b) The cake is made by putting a small cylinder of cake on top of a large cylinder of cake.

The radius of the large cylinder is 15 cm. 8 cm


The radius of the small cylinder is 8 cm.
The height of each cylinder is 10 cm. NOT TO
10 cm SCALE

10 cm

15 cm

(i) Calculate the total volume of the cake.

..........................................cm3 [3]

(ii) Nora wraps a ribbon around the large cylinder.


The ribbon is 4 cm longer than needed to go all the way around this cylinder.

Calculate the length of this ribbon.

........................................... cm [3]

(c) The mass, m grams, of the cake is 1250 g, correct to the nearest 10 g.

Complete this statement about the value of m.

..................... G m 1 ..................... [2]

© UCLES 2018 0580/31/O/N/18


15

8 (a) Simplify.
4c + 2d - c + 6d

................................................. [2]

(b) h = 5m - 2n

Calculate h when m = 4 and n = -6.

................................................. [2]

(c) Solve.
7(x - 3) = 56

x = ................................................ [2]

(d) Make t the subject of the formula r = 6t + 7.

t = ................................................ [2]

(e) The diagram shows a triangle.


NOT TO
SCALE
(x + 15)° 3x°

Use the diagram to write down an equation and solve it to find the value of x.

x = ................................................ [4]

Question 9 is printed on the next page.

© UCLES 2018 0580/31/O/N/18 [Turn over


16

9
120 m
D C

NOT TO
90 m SCALE

A B
150 m

The diagram shows a field in the shape of a trapezium.


AB = 150 m, BC = 90 m and CD = 120 m.
Angle ABC = angle BCD = 90°.

(a) Calculate the area of the field.

............................................m2 [2]

(b) (i) Show that AD = 95 m, correct to the nearest metre.

[3]

(ii) A fence is built around the perimeter of the field.


It costs $48 to build each 5-metre section of the fence.

Calculate the cost of building this fence.

$ ................................................ [3]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2018 0580/31/O/N/18


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
* 2 7 3 0 7 2 4 3 2 0 *

MATHEMATICS 0580/32
Paper 3 (Core) October/November 2018
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For r, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 15 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (NH/CT) 153134/2
© UCLES 2018 [Turn over
2

1 Three people pick strawberries.


The strawberries are sold in boxes.

(a) (i) On Wednesday, they pick a total of 89 kg of strawberries.


The mean mass of each strawberry is 22 g.

Work out the number of strawberries they picked.


Give your answer correct to the nearest 10.

................................................. [3]

(ii) On Thursday, they pick a total of 4650 strawberries.


They fill each box with 35 strawberries.

How many boxes do they fill?

................................................. [2]

(b) On Saturday, they sell 208 boxes of strawberries at $3.25 for each box.

Work out how much money they receive.

$ ................................................ [1]

(c) On Monday, they receive $390 for their boxes of strawberries.


They share this money in the ratio Alison : Bob : Jenny = 7 : 3 : 2.

Work out how much money they each receive.

Alison $ ................................................

Bob $ ................................................

Jenny $ ................................................ [3]

© UCLES 2018 0580/32/O/N/18


3

(d) In 2016, they picked a total of 3500 kg of strawberries.


In 2017, they picked a total of 3080 kg of strawberries.

Work out the percentage decrease in the mass of strawberries they picked from 2016 to 2017.

.............................................% [3]

(e) An open box in the shape of a cuboid is 7 cm long, 5 cm wide and 4 cm high.

Complete the net of the box.


The base of the box has been drawn for you.

[2]

© UCLES 2018 0580/32/O/N/18 [Turn over


4

2 (a) The bar chart shows the number of different films shown at a cinema in each of four months.

9
8
7
Number of 6
films 5
4
3
2
1
0
Jan Feb Mar Apr May June
Month

(i) In May, 6 films were shown and in June, 4 films were shown.

Complete the bar chart. [1]

(ii) How many more films were shown in March than were shown in January?

................................................. [1]

(b) The cinema is open from 13 30 to 23 15 every day.

Work out how long the cinema is open in one week.


Give your answer in hours and minutes.

...................... h ................ min [3]

(c) One Monday afternoon, the cinema sells 24 adult tickets, 16 child tickets and 8 senior tickets.

Work out the total amount of money received for these tickets. Ticket prices

Adult $10.50
Child $ 6.25
Senior $ 9.00

$ ................................................ [3]

© UCLES 2018 0580/32/O/N/18


5

(d) One Tuesday, there are 24 children out of the 80 people in the cinema.

Find the percentage of these people that are children.

.............................................% [1]

(e) (i) A film lasts for 85 minutes.


It starts at 19 40.

Find the time when the film ends.

................................................. [1]

(ii) Another film lasts for 2 hours 45 minutes.


It finishes 10 minutes before the closing time of 23 15.

Find the time that it starts.

................................................. [2]

(f) In the cinema café, Harry buys a cup of tea for $1.85 and a cake for $1.70 .

Work out the change he receives from a $5 note.

$ ................................................ [2]

(g) In the café, the fridge has a temperature of 4 °C and the freezer has a temperature of −17 °C.

(i) Work out the difference in these temperatures.

............................................ °C [1]

(ii) The temperature in the freezer rises by 3 °C.

Work out the new temperature in the freezer.

............................................ °C [1]

© UCLES 2018 0580/32/O/N/18 [Turn over


6

3 (a) Simplify.

(i) 16c - 5d - 4c + 4d

................................................. [2]

(ii) 4x3 # 2x7

................................................. [2]

(b) Solve.
3x - 2 = 5x + 1

x = ................................................ [2]

(c) Factorise completely.


3x2y - 5xy

................................................. [2]

(d) Make r the subject of the formula.


T = 3(r + 5)

r = ................................................ [2]

© UCLES 2018 0580/32/O/N/18


7

4 Triangles A, B and C are shown on the grid.

y
6

5
C
4

0 x
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 5 6
–1

–2

–3
B
–4 A

–5

–6

(a) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle A onto triangle B.

..............................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................................. [3]

(b) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle A onto triangle C.

..............................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................................. [3]
2
(c) Translate triangle A by the vector e o . [2]
5
(d) Reflect triangle A in the line x = 3. [2]

© UCLES 2018 0580/32/O/N/18 [Turn over


8

5 (a) Draw all the lines of symmetry on the rectangle below.

[2]

(b) Work out the size of one interior angle of a regular hexagon.

................................................. [3]

(c) The diagram shows a plan of a garden.

40 m

10 m NOT TO
24 m 24 m SCALE

12 m 12 m

Work out the area of the garden.

........................................... m2 [3]
(d)
A

x° NOT TO
SCALE

132°
B C D

The diagram shows an isosceles triangle, ABC.


BCD is a straight line.

Find the value of x.

x = ................................................ [2]

© UCLES 2018 0580/32/O/N/18


9

(e) The diagram shows a hollow metal pipe in the shape of a cylinder.

NOT TO
SCALE

18 cm

(i) This diagram shows the cross-section of the pipe.

NOT TO
7.5 cm SCALE

6 cm

Work out the shaded area.

..........................................cm2 [3]

(ii) The cylinder is 18 cm long.

Work out the volume of the metal.

..........................................cm3 [1]

(iii) Work out the curved surface area of the outside of the pipe.

..........................................cm2 [3]

© UCLES 2018 0580/32/O/N/18 [Turn over


10

6 (a) 70 people each attempt a driving test.


Each person repeats the test until they pass.
The results are shown in the table.

Number of Number of
attempts people
1 19
2 17
3 8
4 12
5 9
6 5

(i) Write down the mode.

................................................. [1]

(ii) Calculate the mean.

................................................. [3]

(iii) Jules says that the median is 3.5 .

Show that he is wrong.

......................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2018 0580/32/O/N/18


11

(b) The number of attempts at a driving test and the number of driving lessons for each of 17 people are
shown in the scatter diagram.

10

6
Number of
attempts 5

0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Number of lessons

(i) What type of correlation is shown in the scatter diagram?

................................................. [1]

(ii) One of these people is picked at random.

Work out the probability that this person had 5 or more attempts.

................................................. [1]

(iii) Draw a line of best fit on the scatter diagram. [1]

(iv) Another person had 15 lessons.

Estimate their number of attempts.

................................................. [1]

© UCLES 2018 0580/32/O/N/18 [Turn over


12

7 (a) Write in figures the number eight million and twenty three thousand.

................................................. [1]

(b) Write these in order of size, starting with the smallest.


3 7
42% 0.45
7 17

.................... 1 .................... 1 .................... 1 .................... [2]


smallest

(c)
25
64 2.9 97 39 47 4.63 111 1.5 × 106
13
Write down a number from this list that is

(i) prime,

................................................. [1]

(ii) a multiple of 13,

................................................. [1]

(iii) irrational.

................................................. [1]

(d) The number, n, is given as 5300, correct to 2 significant figures.

Complete this statement about the value of n.

......................... G n 1 ......................... [2]

© UCLES 2018 0580/32/O/N/18


13

3 2
(e) Without using a calculator, work out 1 # 1 .
4 7
Show all your working and give your answer as a mixed number in its simplest form.

................................................. [3]

© UCLES 2018 0580/32/O/N/18 [Turn over


14

8 (a) Complete the table of values for y = 8x - x 2 .

x 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
y 0 12 15 15 12
[3]

(b) On the grid, draw the graph of y = 8x - x 2 for 0 G x G 8 .


y
18

16

14

12

10

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 x

[4]

(c) Write down the equation of the line of symmetry of this graph.

................................................. [1]

(d) Use the graph to solve 8x - x 2 = 10 .

x = ......................... or x = ......................... [2]

© UCLES 2018 0580/32/O/N/18


15

9 (a) The diagram shows a right-angled triangle.

x° NOT TO
SCALE

37°

Find the value of x.

x = ................................................ [1]

(b) The diagram shows another right-angled triangle.

NOT TO
9 cm SCALE

6.8 cm

(i) Work out the area of the triangle.


Give the units of your answer.

.............................. ............... [3]

(ii) Calculate the perimeter of the triangle.

........................................... cm [3]

© UCLES 2018 0580/32/O/N/18


16

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2018 0580/32/O/N/18


Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
* 0 9 1 2 5 7 2 6 5 0 *

MATHEMATICS 0580/33
Paper 3 (Core) October/November 2018
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For r, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 15 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (NH/CT) 153135/2
© UCLES 2018 [Turn over
2

1 (a) Some people each recorded their favourite holiday destination.


The results are shown in the pie chart.

Bali

USA

118° 72°
36° Brazil

108°

Mexico
Caribbean

(i) Complete the statements about the pie chart.

The sector angle for Mexico is ........................................ degrees.

The most popular destination is ........................................


1
of the people chose ........................................
5
Three times as many people chose ........................................ as ........................................ [4]

(ii) 180 people chose Bali.

Find how many people were asked altogether.

................................................. [2]

© UCLES 2018 0580/33/O/N/18


3

(b) Mr and Mrs Baker go on holiday with their three children.


They fly from Miami to Mexico City.

(i) The cost of each adult ticket is $450.


The cost of each child ticket is 70% of the cost of an adult ticket.

Calculate the total cost of the five tickets.

$ ................................................ [3]

(ii) The plane leaves Miami at 09 29.


It arrives in Mexico City 2 hours 11 minutes later.
The local time in Miami is 1 hour ahead of the local time in Mexico City.

Work out the time in Mexico City when the plane arrives.

................................................. [2]

(iii) The family travels 38 kilometres by taxi.


The journey costs $3.50 plus an extra $2.15 for each kilometre travelled.

Find the cost of the journey.

$ ................................................ [2]

(iv) At the end of the holiday Mr Baker changes 1335 pesos into dollars.
The exchange rate is $1 = 17.8 pesos.

Find how many dollars Mr Baker receives.

$ ................................................ [2]

© UCLES 2018 0580/33/O/N/18 [Turn over


4

2 Shapes A, B and C are shown on the 1 cm2 grid.

y
10

8
B
7

3
A
2

–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 x
–1

–2
C
–3

–4

(a) Shape A is a special type of quadrilateral.

Write down the mathematical name for shape A.

................................................. [1]

© UCLES 2018 0580/33/O/N/18


5

(b) Describe fully the single transformation that maps

(i) shape A onto shape B,

......................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [3]

(ii) shape A onto shape C.

......................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [3]

(c) On the grid,

translate shape A by the vector c m ,


8
(i) [2]
-4
(ii) reflect shape A in the line x = 2. [2]

(d) Find the area of shape B.

..........................................cm2 [1]

© UCLES 2018 0580/33/O/N/18 [Turn over


6

3 The scale drawing shows the positions of three towns A, B and C on a map.
The scale is 1 centimetre represents 10 kilometres.

North

North

Scale : 1 cm to 10 km

(a) Work out the actual distance between town A and town B.

........................................... km [2]

(b) (i) Measure the bearing of town C from town A.

................................................. [1]

(ii) Show how to use your answer to part (b)(i) to find the bearing of town A from town C.

...................................................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) Town D is 96 km from town C on a bearing of 100°.

(i) Mark the position of town D on the map. [2]


1
(ii) Jez drives from town C to town D in 1 hours.
2
Work out his average speed.

........................................ km/h [2]

(iii) Change 96 km into miles.


Assume that 8 km equals 5 miles.

....................................... miles [2]

© UCLES 2018 0580/33/O/N/18


7

4 (a) The diagram shows the first three patterns in a sequence.

Pattern 1 Pattern 2 Pattern 3 Pattern 4

On the grid, draw pattern 4. [1]

(b) These are the first four terms of another sequence.

41 35 29 23

(i) Write down the next two terms.

....................... , ....................... [2]

(ii) Write down the rule for continuing this sequence.

................................................. [1]

(c) These are the first four terms of a different sequence.

11 15 19 23

(i) Write down an expression for the nth term.

................................................. [2]

(ii) Is 129 a term in this sequence?


Show how you decide.

............... because ........................................................................................................................ [2]

© UCLES 2018 0580/33/O/N/18 [Turn over


8

5 (a) Stef buys 3.5 kilograms of bananas.

(i) Bananas cost $1.24 per kilogram.


Stef pays with a $5 note.

Work out how much change she receives.

$ ................................................ [2]

(ii) Write 3.5 kilograms in grams.

.............................................. g [1]

(b) Oranges cost 85 cents each.


Leo has a $10 note.

Work out the maximum number of oranges he can buy.

................................................. [2]

(c) 87% of the mass of a pineapple is water.


A pineapple has a mass of 700 g.

Work out the mass of water in this pineapple.

.............................................. g [2]

(d) The number of melons sold in a shop each day for 7 days is shown below.

18 5 23 40 28 19 17

Work out the mean number of melons sold.

................................................. [2]

© UCLES 2018 0580/33/O/N/18


9

(e) Rio and Chi go to a fruit shop.


Rio buys 4 apples and 2 plums for $1.96 .
Chi buys 7 apples and 3 plums for $3.24 .

Write down a pair of simultaneous equations and solve them to find the cost of 1 apple and the cost
of 1 plum.
You must show all your working.

Apple $ ................................................

Plum $ ................................................ [6]

© UCLES 2018 0580/33/O/N/18 [Turn over


10

6 (a) Write the number 602 047 in words.

.............................................................................................................................................................. [1]

(b) Find

(i) a multiple of 14,

................................................. [1]

(ii) 562,

................................................. [1]
3
(iii) 103 823 ,

................................................. [1]

(iv) 120.

................................................. [1]

(c) Find the lowest common multiple (LCM) of 12 and 78.

................................................. [2]

(d) Find the highest common factor (HCF) of 12 and 78.

................................................. [2]

(e) Write 432 as a product of its prime factors.

................................................. [2]

© UCLES 2018 0580/33/O/N/18


11

6
7 (a) Complete the table of values for y = .
x

x –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 5 6
y –1 –2 –3 –6 6 3 2 1.2 1
[2]
6
(b) On the grid, draw the graph of y = for -6 G x G -1 and 1 G x G 6 .
x
y
6

–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 x
–1

–2

–3

–4

–5

–6
[4]
6
(c) Use your graph to solve the equation = 4.5 .
x
x = ................................................ [1]

(d) (i) On the grid, draw the line y = x. [1]


6
(ii) Write down the co-ordinates of the points of intersection of y = and y = x.
x

(................ , ................) and (................ , ................) [2]

© UCLES 2018 0580/33/O/N/18 [Turn over


12

8 (a) A bag contains 20 bulbs.


8 are yellow, 5 are red, 4 are white and 3 are pink.
Sam takes one bulb at random.

Find the probability that the bulb he takes is

(i) white,

................................................. [1]

(ii) blue,

................................................. [1]

(iii) not pink.

................................................. [1]

(b) Sam has a rectangular pond, ABCD.

A D
NOT TO
12 m SCALE
7m

B C

(i) Calculate BC.

BC = ............................................ m [3]

(ii) He puts a fence around the edge of the pond.

Calculate the length of the fence.

............................................. m [1]

© UCLES 2018 0580/33/O/N/18


13

(c) A scale drawing of Sam’s garden, PQRS, is shown below.


The scale is 1 centimetre represents 4 metres.

P S

Q R

Scale : 1 cm to 4 m

Sam plants some bulbs so that they are

• less than 30 metres from P


and
• nearer to PQ than to PS.

Using a ruler and compasses only, construct and shade the region where he plants the bulbs. [5]

© UCLES 2018 0580/33/O/N/18 [Turn over


14

A
NOT TO
35° SCALE

O E

B
C

A, B and C are points on the circumference of the circle, centre O.


The straight line DE touches the circle at B.

(a) Write down the mathematical name for the line DE.

................................................. [1]

(b) On the circle, draw a radius. [1]

(c) Complete the following statements.

(i) Angle ABD = ............... because .................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) Angle ACB = ............... because .................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2018 0580/33/O/N/18


15

(d) AB = 9 cm.

(i) Calculate the area of the circle.


Give the units of your answer.

............................ .................. [3]

(ii) Calculate BC.

BC = .......................................... cm [2]

© UCLES 2018 0580/33/O/N/18


16

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.

Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2018 0580/33/O/N/18


https://www.edutvonline.com

Cambridge Assessment International Education


Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
* 7 9 9 8 1 2 1 3 6 3 *

MATHEMATICS 0580/32
Paper 3 (Core) February/March 2019
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For r, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 19 printed pages and 1 blank page.

DC (KS/SW) 164901/2
© UCLES 2019 [Turn over
2

1 (a) 60 boys are asked to name their favourite sport.


The results are shown in the pie chart.

Judo
Hockey

30°
Tennis 48°
Running
90° 72°
120°

Swimming

(i) Write down the most popular sport.

....................................................... [1]

(ii) Write down the fraction of boys who choose Running.

....................................................... [1]

(iii) Work out how many boys choose Judo.

....................................................... [2]

(iv) One of the boys is chosen at random.

Work out the probability that his favourite sport is not Judo.

....................................................... [1]

(v) Complete this statement.

Three times as many boys choose ............................... than choose ............................... [1]

© UCLES 2019 0580/32/F/M/19


3

(b) Two of the boys in part (a) then change their choice from Running to Swimming.

Complete the pie chart after this change.


The Tennis, Judo and Hockey sectors have been drawn for you.

Judo
Hockey

30°
Tennis 48°
90°

[2]
(c) 60 girls are asked to name their favourite sport.
Their results are shown in the bar chart below.

20

16

Number 12
of girls
8

0
Hockey Running Swimming Tennis Judo

Using your pie chart in part (b) and the bar chart above, write down one similarity and one difference
between the girls’ results and the boys’ results.

Similarity ...........................................................................................................................................

Difference .......................................................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2019 0580/32/F/M/19 [Turn over


4

2 (a)

Write down the fraction of the rectangle that is shaded.


Give your answer in its simplest form.

....................................................... [2]
7
(b) Write down a fraction that is equivalent to .
12

....................................................... [1]

(c) Write down a fraction that completes this calculation.

13 ............
# =1
11
............ [1]

(d) Find a fraction that makes this statement true.

7 ............ 8
1 1
9 9
............

[1]

(e) Write these numbers in order, starting with the smallest.


4
5.7 # 10 -1 0.33 57.2%
7

.................... 1 .................... 1 .................... 1 .................... [2]


smallest

© UCLES 2019 0580/32/F/M/19


5

3 (a) Maia shares $3000 between her three children.


She gives the eldest child $1200, the second eldest child $1000 and the rest to the youngest child.

Write this information as a ratio in its simplest form.

.............. : .............. : .............. [2]


eldest youngest

(b) Yani’s house is for sale.


She decides to reduce the selling price of $240 000 by 15%.

Calculate the new selling price.

$ ...................................................... [2]

(c) Hawa invests $750 at a rate of 3.5% per year compound interest.

Calculate the value of his investment at the end of 3 years.

$ ...................................................... [3]

© UCLES 2019 0580/32/F/M/19 [Turn over


6

4 A car park has 880 parking spaces.

(a) Some of the spaces are reserved.


The ratio of reserved spaces : not reserved spaces = 1 : 10.

Work out the number of spaces that are not reserved.

....................................................... [2]

(b) 25% of the 880 spaces are on the top floor.

Work out the number of spaces that are on the top floor.

....................................................... [1]
1
(c) At 06 00 one morning, 40 of the 880 spaces are filled.
By 06 30, no cars have left the car park but another 15 of the 880 spaces are filled.

Work out the fraction of the 880 spaces that are empty at 06 30.

....................................................... [3]

© UCLES 2019 0580/32/F/M/19


7

(d) The cost of each visit to the car park is shown in the table.

Length of visit Cost ($)


Up to 20 minutes Free
More than 20 minutes and up to 2 hours 2.50
More than 2 hours and up to 4 hours 4.50
More than 4 hours and up to 8 hours 8.50
More than 8 hours and up to 24 hours 12.00

(i) Samarth arrives at 11 40 and leaves at 15 30.

Find the cost of his visit.

$ ...................................................... [1]

(ii) Radhika leaves the car park at 17 50 and pays $8.50 .

(a) Work out the earliest time she could have arrived at the car park.

....................................................... [1]

(b) Work out the change she receives from a $20 note.

$ ...................................................... [1]

(iii) Dhruv bought a weekly car park ticket for $26.


That week, he visited the car park four times.
These are the lengths of time he parked his car for.

17 minutes 6 12 hours 11 hours 9 14 hours

Work out how much he saved by buying a weekly ticket.

$ ...................................................... [3]

© UCLES 2019 0580/32/F/M/19 [Turn over


8

5 Mrs Verma has a restaurant.


In the restaurant each table has 8 chairs.
Sometimes she puts tables together.
The diagrams show how the tables are put together and the position of each chair (X).

X X X X X X
X X X X X X
X X X X X X
X X X X X X
X X X X X X

1 table 2 tables 3 tables 4 tables

The pattern of tables and chairs forms a sequence.

(a) Draw the diagram for 4 tables. [1]

(b) Complete the table.

Number of
1 2 3 4 5 6
tables (t)
Number of
8 10 12
chairs (c)
[2]

(c) Find a formula for the number of chairs, c, in terms of the number of tables, t.

c = ...................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2019 0580/32/F/M/19


9

(d) 18 tables are put together in this way.

Work out the number of chairs needed.

....................................................... [2]

(e) Work out the number of tables, put together in this way, when 80 chairs are needed.

....................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2019 0580/32/F/M/19 [Turn over


10

6 Mr Patel is travelling by train to the city.


He is going to the library.

36

Library 32
City
station
28

24

Distance
(km) 20

16

Lanay
12
station

Keela
0
station
09 00 09 30 10 00 10 30 11 00 11 30 12 00
Time

The travel graph shows his journey from Keela station to the library.

(a) Write down the total time it takes Mr Patel to travel from Keela station to the library.

................................................ min [1]

© UCLES 2019 0580/32/F/M/19


11

(b) Work out the speed of the train between Lanay station and City station in km/h.

.............................................. km/h [2]

(c) Use the following information to complete the travel graph for Mr Patel.

• He spends 35 minutes at the library.


• He walks back to City station at the same constant speed he walked to the library.
• The train takes 20 minutes to travel from City station to Lanay station.
• The train stops for 10 minutes at Lanay station.
• The train travels at a constant speed of 48 km/h from Lanay station to Keela station.
[4]

© UCLES 2019 0580/32/F/M/19 [Turn over


12

7 The scale drawing shows the positions of an airport (A) and a train station (T) on a map.
The scale is 1 centimetre represents 2 kilometres.

North

North

Scale: 1 cm to 2 km

© UCLES 2019 0580/32/F/M/19


13

(a) Work out the actual distance, in kilometres, of the train station from the airport.

................................................. km [2]

(b) Measure the bearing of the airport from the train station.

....................................................... [1]

(c) There is a straight road that is equidistant from T and A.

Using a straight edge and compasses only, construct the position of the road on the map.
Show all your construction arcs. [2]

(d) Krishna’s house is

• on a bearing of 203° from the airport


and
• 8.8 km from the train station.

On the map, mark the two possible positions of Krishna’s house.


Label each of these points K. [4]

(e) The bus station is not shown on the map.


The bearing of the bus station from the train station is 318°.

Work out the bearing of the train station from the bus station.

....................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2019 0580/32/F/M/19 [Turn over


14

8 (a)
y

4
L
3

–2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 x
–1

Line L is drawn on the grid.

Find the equation of line L.


Give your answer in the form y = mx + c.

y = ...................................................... [3]

(b) The points (9, a) and (b, 3) lie on the line y = 23 x - 7.

Work out the value of

(i) a,

a = ...................................................... [2]
(ii) b.

b = ...................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2019 0580/32/F/M/19


15

(c) (i) Complete the table of values for y = x (3 - x) .

x -4 -2 -1 0 1 2 4

y -10 0 2 -4
[3]

(ii) On the grid, draw the graph of y = x (3 - x) for - 4 G x G 4.

y
5

-4 -2 0 2 4 x

-5

-10

-15

-20

-25

-30

[4]

(iii) Write down the co-ordinates of the highest point of the graph for - 4 G x G 4.

(................ , ................) [1]

© UCLES 2019 0580/32/F/M/19 [Turn over


16

9 The diagram shows a rectangle and two semicircles with diameters AC and BD.
This diagram is a scale drawing of a running track.
AC = BD = 60 m
AB = CD = 120 m

A B

60 m

C 120 m D

(a) (i) Complete the statement.

1 centimetre represents ............................ metres. [2]

(ii) Work out the total length of the running track in metres.

................................................... m [3]

(iii) Shreva walks at 1.4 m/s.

Work out how long it will take her to walk once around the track.
Give your answer in minutes and seconds, correct to the nearest second.

.................... minutes .................... seconds [3]

© UCLES 2019 0580/32/F/M/19


17

(b) Talan completes one lap of the track every 80 seconds.

(i) Work out how many laps he can complete in one hour.

....................................................... [2]

(ii) Naima completes one lap of the track every 88 seconds.


Talan and Naima start running from point A on the track at the same time.
They each complete a number of laps of the track.

Work out the smallest number of laps they each complete before they are both at point A again at
the same time.

Talan completes ................. laps and Naima completes ................. laps. [3]

© UCLES 2019 0580/32/F/M/19 [Turn over


18

10 (a) Using a straight edge and compasses only, construct the equilateral triangle ABC.
The base AB has been drawn for you.

A B

[2]

(b)
16 m
NOT TO
SCALE
14 m

24 m

Calculate the area of this trapezium.

.................................................. m2 [2]

(c) Each interior angle of a regular polygon is 162°.

Calculate the number of sides of the polygon.

....................................................... [3]

© UCLES 2019 0580/32/F/M/19


19

(d)
NOT TO
SCALE
h cm

6h cm

The area of this triangle is 363 cm2.

Calculate the value of h.

h = ...................................................... [3]

(e)

NOT TO
SCALE

This shape is drawn using two semicircles that have the same centre.
The large semicircle has radius 7 cm.
The small semicircle has radius 3 cm.

Calculate the area of the shape.

................................................ cm2 [3]

© UCLES 2019 0580/32/F/M/19


20

BLANK PAGE

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2019 0580/32/F/M/19


https://www.edutvonline.com

Cambridge Assessment International Education


Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
* 7 3 0 3 0 9 3 5 3 3 *

MATHEMATICS 0580/31
Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2019
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For r, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 16 printed pages.

DC (SC/SW) 164902/2
© UCLES 2019 [Turn over
https://www.edutvonline.com
2

1 Here is part of the menu for Jamie’s café.

Menu
Price ($)
Tea 2.35
Coffee 3.40
Lemonade 1.80
Cake 4.45
Biscuit 0.85

(a) Sue has one tea and one cake.

Calculate how much she pays.

$ .............................................. [1]

(b) Derrick has one coffee and two biscuits.

How much change does he receive from a $10 note?

$ .............................................. [2]

(c) Harriet works at the café for 34 hours each week.


She is paid $8.25 for each hour.

(i) Work out the amount she is paid each week.

$ .............................................. [1]

(ii) One week she works 8 hours extra.


The extra hours are paid at 1.5 times her usual rate of $8.25 for each hour.

Work out the total amount she is paid for that week.

$ .............................................. [2]
© UCLES 2019 0580/31/M/J/19
https://www.edutvonline.com
3

(d) Peter works these hours each week at the café.

Day Time
Monday 08 30 to 16 00
Tuesday 10 00 to 17 00
Thursday 08 30 to 16 30
Saturday 08 00 to 18 30

Work out the number of hours he works in one week.

...................................... hours [2]

(e) Jamie buys a clock for the café from Japan for 9395 yen.
The exchange rate is $1 = 110.27 yen.

Work out the cost of the clock in dollars, correct to the nearest cent.

$ .............................................. [3]

(f) Jamie invests $12 000 at a rate of 5% per year compound interest.

Calculate the value of his investment at the end of 3 years.

$ .............................................. [3]

© UCLES 2019 0580/31/M/J/19 [Turn over


https://www.edutvonline.com
4

2 (a) Work out 48 ' 3 - 5 # 2 .

............................................... [1]

(b) Insert one pair of brackets to make this statement correct.

3 + 2 # 12 - 4 = 19 [1]

(c) Write the following in order, starting with the smallest.

3 11
0.749 76%
4 15

.................... 1 .................... 1 .................... 1 .................... [2]


smallest

(d) Find the value of

(i) 265.69,

............................................... [1]

(ii) 83.

............................................... [1]

© UCLES 2019 0580/31/M/J/19


https://www.edutvonline.com
5

(e) Write down the smallest prime number.

............................................... [1]

(f) Write down all the factors of 18.

........................................................................................ [2]

(g) Write down a common factor of 16 and 72 that is greater than 2.

............................................... [1]
28
(h) Write as a fraction in its simplest form.
140

............................................... [1]

(i) Jeff and his friends win a prize.


5
Jeff’s share is $160 which is of the prize.
11
Work out the value of the prize.

$ .............................................. [2]

© UCLES 2019 0580/31/M/J/19 [Turn over


https://www.edutvonline.com
6

3 (a) On Monday, Main Street station sells 40 tickets.


There are four types of ticket; infant, child, adult and senior.
The bar chart shows the number of infant, child and adult tickets sold.

20

18

16

14

12
Frequency
10

0
Infant Child Adult Senior
Type of ticket

(i) Complete the bar chart. [3]

(ii) Find how many more adult tickets were sold than child tickets.

............................................... [1]

(iii) Write down the modal type of ticket.

............................................... [1]

(iv) One of these 40 people is chosen at random.

Find the probability that this person is a child.

............................................... [1]

© UCLES 2019 0580/31/M/J/19


https://www.edutvonline.com
7

(b) At Donville station the number of tickets sold each day is recorded for seven days.

104 18 72 31 27 45 60

Find

(i) the range,

............................................... [1]

(ii) the median,

............................................... [2]

(iii) the mean.

............................................... [2]

© UCLES 2019 0580/31/M/J/19 [Turn over


https://www.edutvonline.com
8

4 (a)
A
NOT TO

SCALE

118°
B C D

ABC is an isosceles triangle.


BCD is a straight line.

Find the value of a.

a = .............................................. [2]

(b) Find the size of one interior angle of a regular 10-sided polygon.

............................................... [3]

(c)
E
NOT TO

SCALE
F
O


58°
J G H

The points E, F and G lie on the circumference of a circle, centre O.


JGH is a tangent to the circle.

Find the value of x and the value of y.

x = ..............................................

y = .............................................. [2]
© UCLES 2019 0580/31/M/J/19
https://www.edutvonline.com
9

(d)

G
E
C 28°

A NOT TO
B 67°
D SCALE
F

In the diagram AG and AF are straight lines.


Lines BC and DE are parallel.

Find angle CED and give a reason for your answer.

Angle CED = ................................. because ..................................................................................... [2]

(e)
R
NOT TO
SCALE
28 cm

P Q
21 cm

Calculate PR.

PR = ......................................... cm [2]

© UCLES 2019 0580/31/M/J/19 [Turn over


https://www.edutvonline.com
10

5 (a) The diagram shows a rectangle with length 7a and width 2a.

7a NOT TO
SCALE
2a

Write an expression, in its simplest form, for

(i) the perimeter,

............................................... [2]

(ii) the area.

............................................... [2]

(b) The nth term of a sequence is n2 + 5.

Find the first three terms of this sequence.

.................... , .................... , .................... [2]

© UCLES 2019 0580/31/M/J/19


https://www.edutvonline.com
11

12
(c) (i) Complete the table of values for y = , x ! 0.
x

x -6 -4 -3 -2 -1 1 2 3 4 6

y -2 -3 12 2
[3]
12
(ii) On the grid, draw the graph of y = for -6 G x G -1 and 1 G x G 6.
x
y

12

10

–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 x
–2

–4

–6

–8

– 10

–12
[4]

(iii) On the grid, draw the line y = 8. [1]


12
(iv) Use your graph to solve = 8.
x

x = .............................................. [1]

© UCLES 2019 0580/31/M/J/19 [Turn over


https://www.edutvonline.com
12

6 Fourteen students each take two tests in French, a speaking test and a written test.
The table shows the scores.

Speaking test 10 13 48 30 35 18 41 40 22 28 20 44 37 46
Written test 24 44 51 39 45 29 56 20 39 49 33 52 44 52

(a) Complete the scatter diagram.


The first ten points have been plotted for you.

60

55

50

45

40

35
Written test
30

25

20

15

10

0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Speaking test
[2]

(b) What type of correlation is shown in this scatter diagram?

............................................... [1]

(c) One student has a high score in the speaking test and a low score in the written test.

On the scatter diagram, put a ring around this point. [1]

(d) On the scatter diagram, draw a line of best fit. [1]

(e) Use your line of best fit to estimate a score in the written test for a student who scored 25 in the
speaking test.

............................................... [1]
© UCLES 2019 0580/31/M/J/19
https://www.edutvonline.com
13

7
y

9
8
7
6
C
5
4
3
2
1

–9 –8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 x
–1
–2
–3 A
B –4
–5
–6
–7
–8
–9

(a) Describe fully the single transformation that maps shape A onto shape B.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................ [3]

(b) Describe fully the single transformation that maps shape A onto shape C.

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................ [3]
3
(c) On the grid, draw the image of shape A after a translation by the vector e o . [2]
1
(d) On the grid, draw the image of shape B after a reflection in the line y = 1. [2]

© UCLES 2019 0580/31/M/J/19 [Turn over


https://www.edutvonline.com
14

8 (a) A cylinder has a radius of 6 cm and a height of 17 cm.

Show that the volume of this cylinder is 1923 cm3, correct to 4 significant figures.

[2]

(b)
Q NOT TO
SCALE

P R
O

Points P, Q and R are on the circumference of a semicircle, centre O and radius 8 cm.
Angle POQ = 90°.

Calculate the shaded area.

.........................................cm2 [5]

© UCLES 2019 0580/31/M/J/19


https://www.edutvonline.com
15

9 (a) Simplify 8a + 3b - 2a + b.

............................................... [2]

(b) Calculate the value of 4x2 + xy when x = 3 and y = -2.

............................................... [2]

(c) Solve these equations.


x
(i) = 20
4

x = .............................................. [1]

(ii) 3x - 5 = 16

x = .............................................. [2]

(iii) 5(2x + 1) = 27

x = .............................................. [3]

(d) Make r the subject of this formula.


p = 3r - 5

r = .............................................. [2]

Question 10 is printed on the next page.

© UCLES 2019 0580/31/M/J/19 [Turn over


https://www.edutvonline.com
16

10 The scale drawing shows a rectangle ABCD.


The scale is 1 centimetre represents 20 metres.

A B

D C

Scale: 1 cm to 20 m

(a) Using a straight edge and compasses only, construct the bisector of angle ADC.
Show all your construction arcs. [2]

(b) Shade the region inside the rectangle that is

• nearer to DA than to DC
and
• less than 210 m from C.
[3]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2019 0580/31/M/J/19


https://www.edutvonline.com

Cambridge Assessment International Education


Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
* 3 3 5 3 3 8 7 0 3 3 *

MATHEMATICS 0580/32
Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2019
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For r, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 16 printed pages.

DC (SC/SW) 166635/2
© UCLES 2019 [Turn over
https://www.edutvonline.com
2

1 (a) (i) Write 26% as a decimal.

.................................................... [1]

(ii) Write 0.48 as a fraction.

.................................................... [1]

(b) Write down


5
(i) a fraction that is equivalent to ,
9

.................................................... [1]

(ii) the 7th odd positive number,

.................................................... [1]

(iii) a decimal number that is larger than 0.0467 but smaller than 0.0468 .

.................................................... [1]

(c) Find the value of


3
(i) 512 ,

.................................................... [1]
68
(ii) ,
26
.................................................... [1]

(iii) 70 .

.................................................... [1]

(d) Find the first even multiple of seven that is greater than 100.

.................................................... [2]
7
(e) 6 -1 10 8.97 # 10 - 3 64
5
From the list, write down the irrational number.

.................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2019 0580/32/M/J/19


https://www.edutvonline.com
3

2 80 students each record the name of their mathematics teacher.


The number of these students taught by Mr House and by Miss Patel are shown in the bar chart.

24

20

16
Frequency
12

0
Mr Mrs Mr Miss Mr
Jones Brown House Patel Smith

(a) How many more students are taught by Miss Patel than by Mr House?

.................................................... [1]

(b) 15 students are taught by Mr Smith.


Twice as many students are taught by Mrs Brown than by Mr Jones.

Use this information to complete the bar chart.

[4]

(c) Write down the mode.

.................................................... [1]

(d) One of these students is chosen at random.

Work out the probability that this student

(i) is taught by Mr House,

.................................................... [1]

(ii) is not taught by either Mr House or Miss Patel.

.................................................... [2]

(e) This information is also to be shown in a pie chart.

Work out the sector angle for Miss Patel.

.................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2019 0580/32/M/J/19 [Turn over
https://www.edutvonline.com
4

3 Mr Lester has a fruit and vegetable shop.

(a) Apples cost 32 cents each.


Suki buys 6 apples.

Work out the change Mr Lester gives Suki when she pays with a $10 note.

$ ................................................... [2]

(b) Green grapes cost $3.10 per kilogram.


Red grapes cost $2.80 per kilogram.
3
Work out the total cost of buying 0.6 kg of green grapes and 4 kg of red grapes.

$ ................................................... [3]

(c) George spends $12 on fruit each week.


The total amount he spends on food is $75.

Work out the percentage of the $75 he spends on fruit.

.................................................% [1]

(d) Mr Lester buys pineapples for $1.50 each.


He makes 60% profit when he sells them.

Work out the selling price of a pineapple.

$ ................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2019 0580/32/M/J/19


https://www.edutvonline.com
5

(e) The table shows the number of bananas bought by the last 50 customers.

Number of
Frequency
bananas bought
0 14
1 0
2 2
3 5
4 11
5 8
6 10

(i) Find the range.

.................................................... [1]

(ii) Work out the median.

.................................................... [1]

(iii) Calculate the mean.

.................................................... [3]

© UCLES 2019 0580/32/M/J/19 [Turn over


https://www.edutvonline.com
6

4 The scale drawing shows town A, town B and town C on a map.


There is a straight road between town A and town B.
The scale of the map is 1 centimetre represents 8 kilometres.

North

North

North

B
Scale: 1 cm to 8 km

(a) Measure the bearing of town A from town B.

.................................................... [1]

(b) Work out the actual distance, in kilometres, between town A and town B.

............................................... km [2]

© UCLES 2019 0580/32/M/J/19


https://www.edutvonline.com
7

(c) Write the scale of the map in the form 1 : n.

1 : ................................................... [1]

(d) A straight road from town C is on a bearing of 246°.


It meets the road from town A to town B at point X.

On the map, draw the road from town C to point X.


Label the position of X.

[1]

(e) (i) Josie is at point X at 10 50.


She arrives at town B 37 minutes later.

Work out the time that she arrives at town B.

.................................................... [1]

(ii) Sammy leaves town A and travels to town B at a constant speed of 75 km/h.

(a) Work out the time for this journey.


Give your answer in hours and minutes, correct to the nearest minute.

.................... h ................. min [3]

(b) Sammy wants to arrive at town B at the same time as Josie.

Work out the time that Sammy must leave town A.

.................................................... [1]

© UCLES 2019 0580/32/M/J/19 [Turn over


https://www.edutvonline.com
8

5 The diagram shows four shapes A, B, C and D and a point P on a 1 cm2 grid.

12

11

10

A
9
C
8
D
7

5
B
4

3
P
2

–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 x

(a) Find

(i) the perimeter of shape A,

............................................... cm [1]

(ii) the area of shape A.

..............................................cm2 [1]

© UCLES 2019 0580/32/M/J/19


https://www.edutvonline.com
9

(b) (i) Write down the co-ordinates of point P.

(................. , .................) [1]

(ii) Find the co-ordinates of the image of point P when

(a) P is reflected in the y-axis,

(................. , .................) [1]

(b) P is reflected in the line y = 6 .

(................. , .................) [2]

(iii) Find the vector that translates point P to the point (49, -12) .

f p [2]

(c) Describe fully the single transformation that maps

(i) shape A onto shape B,

....................................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................................... [3]

(ii) shape C onto shape D.

....................................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................................... [3]

© UCLES 2019 0580/32/M/J/19 [Turn over


https://www.edutvonline.com
10

6 (a) The grid shows the first three diagrams in a sequence.


Each diagram is made using identical small squares.
Each square has sides that are 1 unit long.

Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3 Diagram 4

(i) On the grid, draw Diagram 4. [1]

(ii) Complete the table.

Diagram number 1 2 3 4

Perimeter 4 12 20
[1]

(iii) Find an expression, in terms of n, for the perimeter of Diagram n.

.................................................... [2]

(iv) For one of the diagrams in the sequence the perimeter is 300 units.

Work out its Diagram number.

.................................................... [2]

(v) Diagram 3 is drawn on a piece of card.


The side of each small square is 7 cm.
The diagram is the net of an open box.

Calculate the volume of this box.


Give the units of your answer.

................................... ............... [3]

© UCLES 2019 0580/32/M/J/19


https://www.edutvonline.com
11

(b) These are the first four diagrams in a sequence.


Each diagram is made from small equilateral triangles.

Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Diagram 3 Diagram 4

(i) Write down the number of lines of symmetry of Diagram 3.

.................................................... [1]

(ii) Complete the table.

Diagram number (n) 1 2 3 4

Number of white triangles (w) 1 3 6

Number of grey triangles (g) 0 3

Total number of small triangles (t) 1 4


[2]

(iii) Find a formula, in terms of n, for the total number of small triangles, t, in Diagram n.

t = ................................................... [1]

(iv) The formula for the number of white triangles, w, in Diagram n is w = 12 n (n + 1) .

Show that this formula gives the correct number of white triangles when n = 3.

[2]

(v) Complete this statement for Diagram 15.

When n = 15 , w = ................. , g = ................. and t = ................. [3]

© UCLES 2019 0580/32/M/J/19 [Turn over


https://www.edutvonline.com
12

7 (a) A triangle is isosceles.


One of its angles is 96°.

Find the other two angles.

........................ and ........................ [1]

(b)

NOT TO
SCALE
45° 6x°
3x° 5x°

Find the value of x.

x = ................................................... [4]

© UCLES 2019 0580/32/M/J/19


https://www.edutvonline.com
13

(c) Work out the size of one interior angle of a regular polygon with 20 sides.

.................................................... [3]

(d)
C

7.4 m 2.3 m
NOT TO
SCALE
A B

The diagram shows a right-angled triangle ABC.

Calculate the length of AB.

AB = ................................................ m [2]

(e) The diagram shows the vertices of a triangle lying on the circumference of a circle with centre O.

61°
NOT TO
SCALE
O b°

Find the value of b.


Give a reason for your answer.

b = .................... because ................................................................................................................... [2]

© UCLES 2019 0580/32/M/J/19 [Turn over


https://www.edutvonline.com
14

8 (a) (i) Write down the co-ordinates of the point where the line y = 6x - 3 crosses the y-axis.

(................. , .................) [1]

(ii) Write down the equation of the straight line that

• passes through the origin


and
• is parallel to y = 6x - 3.

.................................................... [1]

(b)
y
4

–4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 x
–1

–2

–3

–4

(i) On the grid, draw the line through the point (- 3, - 2) that is perpendicular to the y-axis.

[1]

(ii) On the grid, draw the line y =- 2x.

[1]

© UCLES 2019 0580/32/M/J/19


https://www.edutvonline.com
15

(c) The equations of two straight lines are y = 3x + 13 and y = 7x - 3.

Use algebra to solve these two simultaneous equations to find the co-ordinates of the point where the
lines meet.
You must show all your working.

(................. , .................) [3]

Question 9 is printed on the next page.

© UCLES 2019 0580/32/M/J/19 [Turn over


https://www.edutvonline.com
16

9 Zach goes on holiday.

(a) The mass, m kilograms, of his suitcase is 23.5 kg, correct to the nearest 500 g.

Complete this statement about the value of m.

...................... G m 1 ...................... [2]

(b) The ratio of the costs flights : hotels = 3 : 8.


The cost of the flights is $861.

Work out the total cost of flights and hotels.

$ ................................................... [2]

(c)

$1 = 0.88 euros

£1 = 1.15 euros

Zach changes $575 into euros.


He spends 45% of the euros in France.
He changes the euros he does not use into pounds (£) to spend in England.

Work out how many pounds he receives.

£ ................................................... [4]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2019 0580/32/M/J/19


https://www.edutvonline.com

Cambridge Assessment International Education


Cambridge International General Certificate of Secondary Education
* 5 2 6 0 1 0 8 9 5 7 *

MATHEMATICS 0580/33
Paper 3 (Core) May/June 2019
2 hours
Candidates answer on the Question Paper.
Additional Materials: Electronic calculator Geometrical instruments
Tracing paper (optional)

READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS FIRST

Write your centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.

Answer all questions.


If working is needed for any question it must be shown below that question.
Electronic calculators should be used.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For r, use either your calculator value or 3.142.

At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 104.

This document consists of 16 printed pages.

DC (JM/SW) 166636/2
© UCLES 2019 [Turn over
https://www.edutvonline.com
2

1 (a) Write this number in figures.

One million three hundred and two thousand five hundred and ninety-six.

................................................. [1]

(b) (i) Two numbers are added together to give the number in the box immediately above.

5 –3 –4

Complete the diagram. [2]

(ii) Two numbers are multiplied together to give the number in the box immediately above.

5 –3 –4

Complete the diagram. [3]

(c) Write these in order of size, starting with the smallest.


5
18.4% 1.83 # 10 -1 5-1
27

....................... 1 ....................... 1 ........................ 1 ....................... [2]


smallest

© UCLES 2019 0580/33/M/J/19


https://www.edutvonline.com
3

(d) Work out 142 as a percentage of 304.

............................................. % [1]

(e) (i) Find the highest common factor (HCF) of 28 and 98.

................................................. [2]

(ii) Find the lowest common multiple (LCM) of 28 and 98.

................................................. [2]

(f) The average distance from Earth to Mars is 2.25 # 10 8 km.


A space ship travels from Earth to Mars at an average speed of 5.8 # 10 4 km/h.

Find how long, in hours, the journey takes.

....................................... hours [2]

© UCLES 2019 0580/33/M/J/19 [Turn over


https://www.edutvonline.com
4

2 Three quadrilaterals are shown on a 1 cm2 grid.

–7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 x
–1

–2

–3

A
–4

–5 B

–6

–7

–8

(a) Write down the mathematical name of the shaded quadrilateral.

................................................. [1]

© UCLES 2019 0580/33/M/J/19


https://www.edutvonline.com
5

(b) For the shaded quadrilateral

(i) measure the perimeter,

............................................ cm [1]

(ii) work out the area.

.......................................... cm2 [1]

(c) Describe fully the single transformation that maps the shaded quadrilateral onto

(i) quadrilateral A,

....................................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) quadrilateral B.

....................................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................................... [3]

(d) On the grid,

(i) reflect the shaded quadrilateral in the line x = 1, [2]


1
(ii) enlarge the shaded quadrilateral by scale factor , centre (- 1, 0) . [2]
2

© UCLES 2019 0580/33/M/J/19 [Turn over


https://www.edutvonline.com
6

3 The music teacher at a school forms an orchestra.


The instruments in the orchestra are 36 string, 15 woodwind and 12 brass.

(a) Write the ratio string : woodwind : brass in its simplest form.

................ : ................ : ................ [2]

(b) The 36 string instruments are violins, cellos and double basses in the ratio

violins : cellos : double basses = 9 : 2 : 1.

(i) Show that the number of violins is 27.

[1]

(ii) Work out the number of cellos and the number of double basses.

Cellos ................................................

Double basses ................................................ [2]

(c) The 15 woodwind instruments are oboes, flutes and clarinets.


20% of these instruments are oboes.
There are twice as many flutes as clarinets.

Find the number of flutes.

................................................. [2]
1
(d) Of the 12 brass instruments, are trumpets, 3 are trombones and the remainder are horns.
3
Find the number of horns.

................................................. [2]

© UCLES 2019 0580/33/M/J/19


https://www.edutvonline.com
7

(e) The music teacher needs to buy all the instruments for the orchestra.

Number of Price of each


Cost ($)
instruments instrument ($)
String 36 131 4716
Woodwind 15 217
Brass 12 221

(i) Complete the table. [1]

(ii) Find the total cost of all the instruments.

$ ................................................ [1]

(f) The school is given 65% of the total cost of all the instruments.

Find how much more money is needed.

$ ................................................ [2]

© UCLES 2019 0580/33/M/J/19 [Turn over


https://www.edutvonline.com
8

4 (a) Complete the table of values for y = 5 + 2x - x 2 .

x -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4

y 2 5 6 -3
[2]

(b) On the grid, draw the graph of y = 5 + 2x - x 2 for - 2 G x G 4 .

–2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 x

–1

–2

–3
[4]

(c) (i) On the grid, draw the line of symmetry. [1]

(ii) Write down the equation of the line of symmetry.

................................................. [1]

© UCLES 2019 0580/33/M/J/19


https://www.edutvonline.com
9

(d) Use your graph to find the solutions of the equation 5 + 2x - x 2 = 4 .

x = ....................... or x = ..................... [2]

(e) (i) On the grid, draw a line from (- 1, 2) to (1, 6) . [1]

(ii) Find the equation of this line in the form y = mx + c .

y = ................................................ [3]

© UCLES 2019 0580/33/M/J/19 [Turn over


https://www.edutvonline.com
10

5 The scale drawing shows a play area, ABCDE.


The scale is 1 centimetre represents 3 metres.

E C

A B
Scale: 1 cm to 3 m
(a) Find the actual distance h in metres.

h = ............................................. m [2]

(b) Find the actual area of triangle CDE.

............................................ m2 [3]

(c) A straight path crosses the play area from C to AB.


It is equidistant from CB and CD.

Using a straight edge and compasses only, construct the path.


Show all your construction arcs. [2]

(d) There is a circular pool in the play area.


The pool has a diameter of 8 m.

Calculate

(i) the circumference of the pool,

.............................................. m [2]

(ii) the area of the pool.

............................................ m2 [2]
© UCLES 2019 0580/33/M/J/19
https://www.edutvonline.com
11

6 (a)
D


s° E

NOT TO
SCALE

34° r° t°
A B C

In the diagram, ABC is a straight line.


AD is parallel to BE, angle BAD = 34° and AB = BD .

(i) Complete the statements.

(a) p = ................ because ....................................................................................................... [2]

(b) q = ................ because ....................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) Work out the value of r and the value of s.

r = ................................................

s = ................................................ [2]

(iii) Find the value of t and give a reason for your answer.

t = ................ because ......................................................................................................... [2]

(b)
A

B
NOT TO
SCALE
O
C

In the diagram, B and D are points on the circumference of a circle, centre O.


AC is a straight line touching the circle at B only and BD is a straight line through O.

Complete the statement.

Angle ABD = ................ because .....................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................ [2]
© UCLES 2019 0580/33/M/J/19 [Turn over
https://www.edutvonline.com
12

7 The travel graph shows part of a train journey between station A and station C.

160
Station C

140

120
Distance
(km)
100

Station B

80

60

40

20

Station A 0
12 30 13 00 13 30 14 00 14 30 15 00 15 30
Time

(a) (i) Calculate, in km/h, the speed of the train between station A and station B.

......................................... km/h [2]

(ii) The train leaves station B at 14 40.

For how many minutes did the train stop at station B?

........................................... min [1]

(iii) The train travels at a constant speed between station B and station C, arriving at 15 20.

Complete the travel graph for the journey between station B and station C. [1]

(iv) On which part of the journey was the train travelling faster?

Between station ........... and station ........... [1]

© UCLES 2019 0580/33/M/J/19


https://www.edutvonline.com
13

(b) Another train leaves station C at 12 45.


It travels to station A at a constant speed of 62 km/h without stopping at station B.

(i) Work out how long, in hours and minutes, this journey takes.

.................... h ................... min [2]

(ii) Write down the time this train arrives at station A.

................................................. [1]

(iii) On the grid, show the journey of this train. [1]

(iv) Find the distance from station A when the two trains pass each other.

............................................ km [1]

© UCLES 2019 0580/33/M/J/19 [Turn over


https://www.edutvonline.com
14

8 (a) Kyung records the number of people in each of 24 cars on Wednesday.


His results are shown below.
1 3 6 1 2 2 4 5
3 4 1 5 3 2 4 1
1 1 2 4 4 1 2 1

(i) Complete the frequency table.


You may use the tally column to help you.

Number in a car Tally Frequency

[2]

(ii) Write down the mode.

................................................. [1]

(iii) Work out the range.

................................................. [1]

(iv) Work out the median.

................................................. [1]

(v) Calculate the mean.

................................................. [3]

(vi) One of these cars is chosen at random.

Find the probability that the number of people in this car is 4.

................................................. [1]
© UCLES 2019 0580/33/M/J/19
https://www.edutvonline.com
15

(b) Kyung also records the number of people in each of 24 cars on Saturday.
The table shows the results.

Number in a car 1 2 3 4 5 6

Frequency 1 2 5 13 2 1

On the grid, complete the bar chart to show these results.

14

12

10

8
Frequency

0
1 2 3 4 5 6
Number in a car
[2]

(c) Write down one comparison between the frequency tables in part (a)(i) and part (b).

............................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................ [1]

Question 9 is printed on the next page.

© UCLES 2019 0580/33/M/J/19 [Turn over


https://www.edutvonline.com
16

9 Mr Razif travels by bus from Singapore to Kuala Lumpur with his wife and his four children.

(a)
Ticket Price

Adult $32.40

Child $24.40

Family (2 adults and 3 children) $115.00

Work out how much Mr Razif saves if he buys a family ticket and one child ticket rather than six
individual tickets.

$ ................................................ [4]

(b) The bus leaves Singapore at 12 40 and arrives in Kuala Lumpur at 17 35.

Work out, in hours and minutes, the time this journey takes.

.................... h ................... min [1]

(c) Mr Razif changes some dollars into Malaysian ringgits.


He receives 318 ringgits when the exchange rate is $1 = 4.24 ringgits.

Work out how many dollars he changes.

$ ................................................ [2]

Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.

To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge
Assessment International Education Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download
at www.cambridgeinternational.org after the live examination series.

Cambridge Assessment International Education is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of the University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which itself is a department of the University of Cambridge.

© UCLES 2019 0580/33/M/J/19

You might also like